Youth

Tweens Might Say No to Drugs, Alcohol and Cigarettes, Study Says

When it comes to prevention of substance use in our “tween” population, turning kids on to ‘thought control’ may just be the answer to getting them to say no, Medical News Today reports.

New research published in the Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, co-led by professors Roisin O’Connor of Concordia University and Craig Colder of State University of New York at Buffalo, has found that around the” tween-age” years, youth are decidedly ambivalent toward cigarettes and alcohol. It seems that the youngsters have both positive and negative associations with these harmful substances and have yet to decide one way or the other. Because they are especially susceptible to social influences, media portrayals of drug use and peer pressure become strong allies of substance use around these formative years.

“Initiation and escalation of alcohol and cigarette use occurring during late childhood and adolescence makes this an important developmental period to examine precursors of substance use,” O’Connor said. “We conducted this study to have a better understanding of what puts this group at risk for initiating substance use so we can be more proactive with prevention.”

The study showed that at the impulsive, automatic level, these kids thought these substances were bad but they were easily able to overcome these biases and think of them as good when asked to place them with positive words. O’Connor explains that “this suggests that this age group may be somewhat ambivalent about drinking and smoking. We need to be concerned when kids are ambivalent because this is when they may be more easily swayed by social influences.”

According to O’Connor, drinking and smoking among this age group is influenced by both impulsive (acting without thinking), and controlled (weighing the pros against the cons) decisional processes. With this study, both processes were therefore examined to best understand the risk for initiating substance use.

To do this, close to 400 children between the ages of 10 and 12 participated in a computer-based test that involved targeted tasks. The tweens were asked to place pictures of cigarettes and alcohol with negative or positive words. The correct categorization of some trials, for example, involved placing pictures of alcohol with a positive word in one category and placing pictures of alcohol with negative words in another category.

The next step in the study is to look at kids over a longer period of time. The hypothesis from the research is that as tweens begin to use these substances there will be an apparent weakening in their negative biases toward drinking and smoking. The desire will eventually outweigh the costs. It is also expected that they will continue to easily outweigh the pros relative to the cons related to substance use.

O’Connor said researchers would like to continue to track the youth, who, he said, know that drugs are inherently bad.

“The problem is the likelihood of external pressures that are pushing them past their ambivalence so that they use. In a school curriculum format I see helping kids deal with their ambivalence in the moment when faced with the choice to use or not use substances,” O’Connor concluded.

Source:www.cadca.org 15th March 2012

Why teenagers should steer clear of cannabis

Adolescents’ use of marijuana may increase the risk of heroin addiction later in life, a new study suggests. Researchers say the work adds to “overwhelming” evidence that people under 21 should not use marijuana because of the risk of damaging the developing brain.

The idea that smoking cannabis increases the user’s chance of going on to take harder drugs such as heroin is highly contentious. Some dub cannabis a “gateway” drug, arguing that peer pressure and exposure to drug dealers will tempt users to escalate their drug use. Others insist that smoking cannabis is unrelated to further drug use.

Now research in rats suggests that using marijuana reduces future sensitivity to opioids, which makes people more vulnerable to heroin addiction later in life. It does so by altering the brain chemistry of marijuana users, say the researchers.

“Adolescents in particular should never take cannabis – it’s far too risky because the brain areas essential for behaviour and cognitive functioning are still developing and are very sensitive to drug exposure,” says Jasmin Hurd, who led the study at the Karolinska Institute in Sweden.
But Hurd acknowledges that most people who use cannabis begin in their teens. A recent survey reported that as many as 20% of 16-year-olds in the US and Europe had illegally used cannabis in the previous month.

“Teenage” rats

In order to explore how the adolescent use of cannabis affects later drug use, Hurd and colleagues set up an experiment in rats aimed to mirror human use as closely as possible.

In the first part of the trial, six “teenage” rats were given a small dose of THC – the active chemical in cannabis – every three days between the ages of 28 and 49 days, which is the equivalent of human ages 12 to 18. The amount of THC given was roughly equivalent to a human smoking one joint every three days, Hurd explains. A control group of six rats did not receive THC.

One week after the first part was completed, catheters were inserted in all 12 of the adult rats and they were able to self-administer heroin by pushing a lever.
“At first, all the rats behaved the same and began to self-administer heroin frequently,” says Hurd. “But after a while, they stabilised their daily intake at a certain level. We saw that the ones that had been on THC as teenagers stabilised their intake at a much higher level than the others – they appeared to be less sensitive to the effects of heroin. And this continued throughout their lives.”

Hurd says reduced sensitivity to the heroin means the rats take larger doses, which has been shown to increase the risk of addiction.

Drug memory

The researchers then examined specific brain cells in the rats, including the opioid and cannabinoid receptors. They found that the rats that had been given THC during adolescence had a significantly altered opioid system in the area associated with reward and positive emotions. This is also the area linked to addiction.

“These are very specific changes and they are long-lasting, so the brain may ‘remember’ past cannabis experimentation and be vulnerable to harder drugs later in life,” Hurd says.
Neurologist Jim van Os, a cannabis expert at the University of Maastricht in the Netherlands told New Scientist the research was a welcome addition to our understanding of how cannabis affects the adolescent brain.

“The issue of cross-sensitisation of cannabis/opioid receptors has been a controversial one, but these findings show the drug’s damaging effects on the reward structures of the brain,” van Oshe says. “There is now overwhelming evidence that nobody in the brain’s developmental stage – under the age of 21 – should use cannabis.”

Source: On line edition of Neuropsychopharmacology. Reported in NewScientist.com July 2006

Young People and Alcohol

• Young people in the UK have by far the most positive expectations of alcohol in Europe and are least likely to feel that it might cause them harm.
• Exposure to alcohol marketing increases the likelihood that young people will start to use alcohol and the amount they consume.
• The alcohol industry spends £800 million on marketing in the UK annually
• A spends £153 encouraging drinking per £1 contributed to Drinkaware – the industry led alcohol information organisation charged with promoting sensible drinking.
• Underage drinkers consume approximately the equivalent of 6.9 million pints of beer or 1.7 million bottles each week
• 630,000 11- to 17-year-olds drink twice or more each week.
• Between 2002 and 2009 – 92,220 under-18s were admitted to hospital in England for alcohol-related conditions- over 36 children or young people each day.
• Under-18s alcohol-related hospital admissions increased by 32% between 2002 and 2007.
• The latest European School Survey Project on Alcohol and Other Drugs reported that in the UK 26% of 11-15 year-olds reported suffering an accident or injury because of their drinking, the highest percentage in Europe.
• Although cases of dependence amongst underage drinkers are rare, in 2008/9 – 8,799 younger people accessed treatment for alcohol up from 4,886 in 2005/6.

Source:www.alcoholconcern.org.uk Nov.2011

Drug Legalisation: An Evaluation of the Impacts on Global Society

Position Statement – December 2011

The flawed proposition of drug legalisation

Various well funded pressure groups have mounted campaigns to overturn the United Nations Conventions on drugs. These groups claim that society should accept the fact of drugs as a problem that will remain and, therefore, should be managed in a way that would enable millions of people to take advantage of an alleged ‘legal right’ to use drugs of their choice.

It is important to note that international law makes a distinction between “hard law” and “soft law.” Hard law is legally binding upon the States. Soft law is not binding. UN Conventions, such as the Conventions on Drugs, are considered hard law and must be upheld by the countries that have ratified the UN Drug Conventions.

International narcotics legislation is mainly made up of the three UN Conventions from 1961 (Single Convention on Narcotic Drugs), 1971 (Convention on Psychotropic Substances), and 1988 (Convention against Illicit Traffic in Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances):

• The 1961 Convention sets out that “the possession, use, trade in, distribution,import, export, manufacture and the production of drugs is exclusively limited to medical and scientific purposes”. Penal cooperation is to be established so as to ensure that drugs are only used licitly (for prescribed medical purposes).

• The 1971 Convention resembles closely the 1961 Convention, whilst
establishing an international control system for Psychotropic Substances.

• The 1988 Convention reflects the response of the international community to increasing illicit cultivation, production, manufacture, and trafficking activities. International narcotics legislation draws a line between licit (medical) and illicit (non-medical) use, and sets out measures for prevention of illicit use, including penal measures. The preamble to the 1961 Convention states that the parties to the Convention are “Recognizing that addiction to narcotic drugs constitutes a serious evil for the individual and is fraught with social and economic danger to mankind”. The Conventions are reviewed every ten years and have consistently been upheld.

The UN system of drug control includes the Office of Drugs and Crime, the International Narcotics Control Board, and the Commission on Narcotic Drugs. The works of these bodies are positive and essential in international drug demand and supply reduction. They are also attacked by those seeking to legalise drugs.

It is frequently and falsely asserted that the so-called “War on Drugs” is inappropriate and has become a very costly and demonstrable failure. It is declared by some that vast resources have been poured into the prevention of drug use and the suppression of illicit manufacturing, trafficking, and supply. It is further claimed that what is essentially a chronic medical problem has been turned into a criminal justice issue with inappropriate remedies that make “innocent” people criminals. In short, the flawed argument is that “prohibition” monies have been wasted and the immeasurable financial resources applied to this activity would be better spent for the general benefit of the community.

The groups supporting legalisation are: people who use drugs, those who believe that the present system of control does more harm than good, and those who are keen to make significant profits from marketing newly authorised addictive substances. In addition to pernicious distribution of drugs, dealers circulate specious and misleading information. They foster the erroneous belief that drugs are harmless, thus adding to even more confused thinking.

Superficially crafted, yet pseudo-persuasive arguments are put forward that can be accepted by many concerned, well intentioned people who have neither the time nor the knowledge to research the matter thoroughly, but accept them in good faith. Frequently high profile people claim that legalisation is the best way of addressing a major social problem without cogent supporting evidence. This too influences others, especially the ill informed who accept statements as being accurate and well informed. Through this ill-informed propaganda, people are asked to believe that such action would defeat the traffickers, take the profit out of the drug trade and solve the drug problem completely.

The total case for legalisation seems to be based on the assertion that the government assault on alleged civil liberties has been disastrously and expensively ineffective and counter-productive. In short, it is alleged, in contradiction to evidence, that prohibition has produced more costs than benefits and, therefore, the use of drugs on a personal basis should be permitted. Advocates claim that legalisation would eliminate the massive expenditure incurred by prohibition and would take the profit out of crime for suppliers and dealers. They further claim that it would decriminalise what they consider “understandable” human behaviour and thus prevent the overburdening of the criminal justice system that is manifestly failing to cope. It is further argued irrationally that police time would not be wasted on minor drug offences, the courts would be freed from the backlog of trivial cases and the prisons would not be used as warehouses for those who choose to use drugs, and the saved resources could be used more effectively.

Types of drug legalisation

The term “legalisation” can have any one of the following meanings:

1. Total Legalisation – All illicit drugs such as heroin, cocaine, methamphetamine, and marijuana would be legal and treated as commercial products. No government regulation would be required to oversee production, marketing, or distribution.

2. Regulated Legalisation – The production and distribution of drugs would be regulated by the government with limits on amounts that can be purchased and the age of purchasers. There would be no criminal or civil sanctions for possessing, manufacturing, or distributing drugs unless these actions violated the regulatory system. Drug sales could be taxed.

3. Decriminalisation – Decriminalisation eliminates criminal sanctions for drug use and provides civil sanctions for possession of drugs. To achieve the agenda of drug legalisation, advocates argue for:

• legalising drugs by lowering or ending penalties for drug possession and use – particularly marijuana;

• legalising marijuana and other illicit drugs as a so-called medicine;
• harm reduction programmes such as needle exchange programmes, drug injection sites, heroin distribution to addicts, and facilitation of so-called safe use of drugs that normalize drug use, create the illusion that drugs can be used safely if one just knows how, and eliminates a goal of abstinence from drugs;

• legalised growing of industrial hemp;
• an inclusion of drug users as equal partners in establishing and enforcing drug policy; and

• protection for drug users at the expense and to the detriment of non-users under the pretence of “human rights.”

The problem is with the drugs and not the drug policies

Legalisation of current illicit drugs, including marijuana, is not a viable solution to the global drug problem and would actually exacerbate the problem. The UN Drug Conventions were adopted because of the recognition by the international community that drugs are an enormous social problem and that the trade adversely affects the global economy and the viability of some countries that have become transit routes.

The huge sums of illegal money generated by the drug trade encourage money laundering and have become inextricably linked with other international organised criminal activities such as terrorism, human trafficking, prostitution and the arms trade. Drug Lords have subverted the democratic governments of some countries to the great detriment of law abiding citizens.

Drug abuse has had a major adverse effect on global health and the spread of communicable diseases such as AIDS/HIV. Control is vitally important for the protection of communities against these problems. There is international agreement in the UN Conventions that drugs should be produced legally under strict supervision to ensure adequate supplies only for medical and research purposes. The cumulative effects of prohibition and interdiction combined with education and treatment during 100 years of international drug control have had a significant impact in stemming the drug problem. Control is working and one can only imagine how much worse the problem would have become without it. For instance:

• In 2007, drug control had reduced the global opium supply to one-third the level in 1907 and even though current reports indicate recent increased cultivation in Afghanistan and production in Southeast Asia, overall production has not increased.

• During the last decade, world output of cocaine and amphetamines has stabilized; cannabis output has declined since 2004; and opium production has declined since 2008. We, therefore, strongly urge nations to uphold and enhance current efforts to prevent the use, cultivation, production, traffic, and sale of illegal drugs. We further urge our leaders to reject the legalisation of currently illicit drugs as an acceptable solution to the world’s drug problem because of the following reasons:

• Only 6.1% of people globally between the ages of 15 and 64 use drugs (World Drug Report 2011 UNODC) and there is little public support for the legalisation of highly dangerous substances. Prohibition has ensured that the total number of users is low because legal sanctions do influence people’s behaviour.

• There is a specific obligation to protect children from the harms of drugs, as is
evidenced through the ratification by the majority of United Nations Member States of the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child (CRC). Article 33 states that Member States “shall take all appropriate measures, including legislative, administrative, social and educational measures, to protect children from the illicit use of narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances as defined in the relevant international treaties, and to prevent the use of children in the illicit production and trafficking of such substances”.

• Legalisation sends the dangerous tacit message of approval, that drug use is
acceptable and cannot be very harmful.

• Permissibility, availability and accessibility of dangerous drugs will result in
increased consumption by many who otherwise would not consider using them.

• Enforcement of laws creates risks that discourage drug use. Laws clearly define what is legal and illegal and emphasise the boundaries.

• Legalisation would increase the risks to individuals, families, communities and world regions without any compensating benefits.

• Legalisation would remove the social sanctions normally supported by a legal system and expose people to additional risk, especially the young and vulnerable.

• The legalisation of drugs would lead inevitably to a greater number of dependencies and addictions likely to match the levels of licit addictive substances. In turn, this would lead to increasing related morbidity and mortality, the spread of communicable diseases such as AIDS/HIV and the other blood borne viruses exacerbated by the sharing of needles and drugs paraphernalia, and an increased burden on the health and social services.

• There would be no diminution in criminal justice costs as, contrary to the view held by those who support legalisation, crime would not be eliminated or reduced. Dependency often brings with it dysfunctional families together with increased domestic child abuse.

• There will be increases in drugged driving and industrial accidents.

• Drug Control is a safeguard protecting millions from the effects of drug abuse and addiction particularly, but not exclusively, in developing countries.

• Statements about taxation offsetting any additional costs are demonstrably flawed and this has been shown in the case of alcohol and tobacco taxes. Short of governments distributing free drugs, those who commit crime now to obtain them would continue to do so if they became legal.

• Legalisation would not take the profit out of the drug trade as criminals will always find ways of countering legislation. They would continue their dangerous activities including cutting drugs with harmful substances to maximise sales and profits. Aggressive marketing techniques, designed to promote increased sales and use, would be applied rigorously to devastating effect.

• Other ‘legal’ drugs – alcohol and tobacco, are regularly traded on the black market and are an international smuggling problem; an estimated 600 billion cigarettes are smuggled annually (World Drug report 2009). Taxation monies raised from these products go nowhere near addressing consequential costs.

• Many prisons have become incubators for infection and the spread of drug related diseases at great risk to individual prisoners, prison staff and the general public. Failure to eliminate drug use in these institutions exacerbates the problem.

• The prisons are not full of people who have been convicted for mere possession of drugs for personal use. This sanction is usually reserved for dealers and those who commit crime in the furtherance of their possession.

• The claim that alcohol and tobacco may cause more harm than some drugs is not a pharmacokinetics of psychotropic substances suggest that more, not less, control of their access is warranted.

• Research regularly and increasingly demonstrates the harms associated with drug use and misuse. There is uncertainty, yet growing evidence, about the long-term detrimental effects of drug use on the physical, psychological and emotional health of substance users.

• It is inaccurate to suggest that the personal use of drugs has no consequential and damaging effects. Apart from the harm to the individual users, drugs affect others by addiction, violence, criminal behaviour and road accidents. Some drugs remain in the body for long periods and adversely affect performance and behaviour beyond the time of so-called ‘private’ use. Legalisation would not diminish the adverse effects associated with drug misuse such as criminal, irrational and violent behaviour and the mental and physical harm that occurs in many users.

• All drugs can be dangerous including prescription and over the counter medicines if they are taken without attention to medical guidance. Recent research has confirmed just how harmful drug use can be and there is now overwhelming evidence (certainly in the case of cannabis) to make consideration of legalisation irresponsible.

• The toxicity of drugs is not a matter for debate or a vote. People are entitled to their own opinions but not their own facts. Those who advocate freedom of choice cannot create freedom from adverse consequences.

• Drug production causes huge ecological damage and crop erosion in drug producing areas.

• Nearly every nation has signed the UN Conventions on drug control. Any government of signatory countries contemplating legalisation would be in breach of agreements under the UN Conventions which recognise that unity is the best approach to combating the global drug problem. The administrative burden associated with legalisation would become enormous and probably unaffordable to most governments. Legalisation would require a massive government commitment to production, supply, security and a bureaucracy that would necessarily increase the need for the employment at great and unaffordable cost for all of the staff necessary to facilitate that development.

• Any government policy must be motivated by the consideration that it must first do no harm. There is an obligation to protect citizens and the compassionate and sensible method must be to do everything possible to reduce drug dependency and misuse, not to encourage or facilitate it. Any failures in a common approach to a problem would result in a complete breakdown in effectiveness. Differing and fragmented responses to a common predicament are unacceptable for the wellbeing of the international community. It is incumbent on national governments to cooperate in securing the greatest good for the greatest number.

ISSUED this 21st day of December, 2011 by the following groups:
Drug Prevention Network of the Americas (DPNA)
Institute on Global Drug Policy
International Scientific and Medical Forum on Drug Abuse
International Task Force on Strategic Drug Policy
People Against Drug Dependence & Ignorance (PADDI), Nigeria
Europe Against Drugs (EURAD)
World Federation Against Drugs (WFAD)
Peoples Recovery, Empowerment and Development Assistance (PREDA)
Drug Free Scotland

Marijuana 2.0 – It is a Different Drug Now

After alcohol, marijuana is the drug most abused by teens. In fact,
marijuana is the most widely used illicit substance in the United
States and recent data show an uptrend in teen marijuana use
during 2009. Unfortunately, it is still viewed today by many as being the
same drug it was 45 years ago, despite significant changes.

Prevalence of Use by
Teens in the past 30 ays (2008)
monitoringthefuture.org
Marijuana:
8th grade – 5.8%,
10th grade- 13.8%,
12th grade – 19.4%

It is a Stronger Drug Today. Delta9-tetrahydrocannabinol, A.K.A. “THC” is
the active ingredient in marijuana that creates the intoxication. From the
1960’s – 1970’s marijuana was around 1/2 % – 3% THC. For 35 years following the 70‘s, the potency of
marijuana slowly increased to 4% by 1995.

From 1995 to 2008 the percentage of THC went from 4% to just over 10% on average

2. Average Age of First Use is Younger Today.
Replicated studies since 1997 have provided a convergence of data suggesting that “early onset of first
intoxication,” as an independent variable, significantly increases the probability of developing addiction. 4
Today the average age of first intoxication is 12 years old. This compares to the 1960’s when marijuana
was primarily used by college students.
One study by (1997) Grant & Dawson, shows the probability of a person developing addiction based
on age of first intoxication in the chart below. In addition to age as a variable if the drug-user has a
genetic family history of addiction then the risk factor is increased by 15 percent. See chart below.

 

3. Marijuana Then vs. Today – A Picture is Worth a Thousand Words:

Marijuana Then:

Marijuana Then

 

Paraphernalia Then:

 

       

 

Marijuana Today:

20 – 25% THC)

Marijuana Today   Marijuana Today

 

Paraphernalia Today

Vaporizer, Grinder, Blunt Wrap

Vaporizer   Grinder   Blunt Wrap

Clearly this is not the same marijuana used 40 years ago or certainly prior to 1995. For many, this grade of
marijuana has only been accessible from “cannabis clubs.” At the same time, because the cost of the marijuana
in the clubs was so expensive, many card holders still purchased marijuana from dealers on the street.
However, with the economic contraction high grade marijuana prices have fallen in many of the cannabis clubs
and access is now easier. Moreover, seeds to grow highly potent marijuana are easily purchased via the internet.
Clients in our program state that “the weed is so sticky I need to use a weed grinder to break it up if I want to
roll a blunt.”

4. Withdrawal From the Drug Can Occur Today:

t the 2009 medical doctor’s CSAM conference in San Francisco, a focus was on how to manage marijuana
withdrawal with Gabapentin. Withdrawal symptoms include loss of appetite, problems sleeping and anxiety.
Clearly people did not experience withdrawal 40 years ago and medicines weren’t being explored to manage
withdrawal symptoms. Finally, with regard to teens, any drug being abused inhibits normal neural, emotional
and social development, which can create a pathological relationship to intoxication resulting in negative
consequences with school, family, money, friendships, romantic attachments, health, mental health, sports,
employment, etc.

Final Thoughts: Evaluations, Education
&Treatment

Marijuana is not the innocuous drug that some believe it to be.
Too often parents and professionals base their understanding of
the drug from their own personal use 20 years ago. One of the
biggest challenges facing professionals
who specialize in the treatment of teen
and young adult addictive disorders is
that the intervention is not only with the
individual, but it is also with the family,
other health care professionals, schools,
and legal system, who might “minimize”
or discount the severity of marijuana
abuse. Statements such as “It is only
marijuana,” “at least it isn’t oxycontin,
meth, etc” are examples of the type of
denial described as “minimizing.” These messages from
various systems support denial for the individual who is having
consequences in different areas of their life because of the drug.
For this reason, intervention must occur with the individual,
family and community in order to be effective. It is also
important that if families are seeking help for their child who is
abusing drugs, they should seek professionals who are specially
trained in adolescent and young adult addiction. If you are a
parent or a professional working with teens and it is discovered
that they have used, regardless of the frequency, an evaluation
by a specialist is warranted. The individual needs to become
educated, explore their relationship to intoxication and examine
how it has already impacted different areas of their life in
addition to learning new affect regulation and relational skills to
move beyond this in their life. In addition, the family needs
education on teen addiction, an understanding on how the brain,
emotional, and social development are thwarted by drug use.
An examination of parental denial & enabling is needed as well
as help with developing and implementing a good home
contract, drug testing and education regarding how to be both a
supportive resource for their child meanwhile maintaining a
zero tolerance of drug use.

Sources:
1. Janet E. Joy, Stanley J. Watson, Jr., and John A Benson, Jr., “Marijuana and Medicine:
Assessing the Science Base,” Division of Neuroscience and Behavioral Research, Institute of
Medicine (Washington, DC: National Academy Press, 1999).
2. http://www.monitoringthefuture.org/data/09data.html#2009data-drugs
3. http://www.justice.gov/ndic/pubs37/37035/national.html
4. (1997) Grant & Dawson, Journal of Substance Abuse, Vol. 9
5. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/newUsers.html
6. (1997) Grant & Dawson, Journal of Substance Abuse

Filed under: Cannabis,Uncategorized,Youth :

Pot Shock

PATIENTS suffering the effects of cannabis abuse are being treated by Tasmanian public hospitals every day, says a leading health authority.

People with short-term drug-induced psychosis and longer-term mental illness, compounded by pot smoking, are seeking medical help at an increasing rate.   Mental Health Services clinical statewide director Peter Norrie said the Royal Hobart Hospital was seeing many cannabis cases.

First-time pot smokers were turning up at the Royal with full-blown psychosis — delusional, confused and anxious.   Other more regular pot smokers with long-term mental illness were fronting for treatment for episodes likely to have been triggered or related to using cannabis. 

“These days it’s close to every day,” said Dr Norrie, who is a senior clinical consultant psychiatrist at the Royal.   He said he was talking about “drug-induced psychosis or long-term mental illness associated with pot smoking”.   Dr Norrie said it was “very common” for first-time users to present with “floridly psychotic” behaviour.

He said psychiatrists were increasingly concerned with the link between substance abuse and mental illness.   Cannabis use had been linked with depression, anxiety and schizophrenia. International studies show modern strains of marijuana are from three to 10 times stronger than those used by previous generations.

“Clinically psychiatrists have suspected a link for many years and the latest research seems to confirm this,” Dr Norrie said.

“The chicken-and-egg debate has raged for years whether pot causes psychosis or people with a tendency to psychotic illness are predisposed to smoke pot.”

Dr Norrie said the first signs of schizophrenia were often a lack of engagement with society. But those symptoms could also be what is commonly known as “typically teenage” or a sign of the onset of depression.

Disengaged teenagers could then turn to cannabis.

If psychosis did occur it was hard to tell whether smoking pot was a cause or a symptom. Dr Norrie said some pot smokers appeared to be able to continue the habit without serious mental illness but others were prone to individual cases of psychosis or longer-term mental disease.

“There’s a certain group of people who smoke pot who are unlikely to develop mental illness but there’s certainly a significant number of the population who suffer from mental illness and pot smoking adds to the risk,” Dr Norrie said.

Drug-induced psychosis usually consists of paranoia, confusion and anxiety.

Sufferers present with memory problems and delusions. They can believe they have special powers, hear and see things that are not there and are unable to distinguish what is real.

Source: Sunday Tasmanian 30th January 2005

Myocardial Infarction Associated With Use of the Synthetic Cannabinoid K2

Physicians who encounter myocardial infarction in teenagers should consider the possibility that the teens may have ingested K2, a form of synthetic cannabinoid, researchers said.

“Although chest pain is a common presenting complaint of teenagers seen in emergency departments, chest pain from cardiac causes remains exceedingly rare,” Colin Kane, MD, a pediatric cardiologist at the UT Southwestern Medical Center in Dallas, and colleagues wrote in the December issue ofPediatrics. “Use of illicit drugs causing chest pain and myocardial ischemia, however, must remain part of the differential diagnosis.”

The researchers reported on three cases of myocardial infarction in teenagers following ingestion of K2. Designer drugs containing synthetic cannabinoids have become more popular among teens, but little is known about their health implications.

K2 is a collection of herbs and spices that have been treated with a synthetic cannabinoid. The effects are said to be stronger than naturally occurring cannabis.

“These types of drugs give a marijuana-like effect but do not show up on drug screens,” Kane explained to MedPage Today. Therefore, careful questioning may be needed to elicit information about K2 exposure, the authors suggested.
All three cases involved 16-year-old males with no previous health problems. Each complained of chest pains of at least three days’ duration and presented between August and November of 2010.

Initial electrocardiograms revealed ST-segment elevation and high troponin levels. There was no personal or family history of early cardiac problems. Urine drugs screens noted the presence of THC in two patients. No other drugs, including cocaine and amphetamines, were found.

“When the first patient came we initially thought it was a virus that was affecting his heart,” said Kane. “The day after he was hospitalized, the chest pain, ECG, and laboratory test all changed dramatically. We went back to the patient and were more persistent about anything else he might have done. It just isn’t normal for a 16-year-old to have a heart attack.”
Shortly thereafter, two new cases presented with similar findings. After establishing that these males also had smoked K2, Kane and colleagues became concerned because their patients were not having just chest pains, but actual heart attacks.

“I have since then seen a number of kids in my practice who have smoked K2 and complained of chest pains,” said Kane. “I haven’t seen any other frank heart attacks.”

This led them to wonder if there was something different about the K2 that was in circulation at that time. Another option is that teenagers were showing up in the emergency room, but the heart attacks were not found because it is so atypical in the age group.

“It is disconcerting and frightening that K2 is relatively easy to obtain and could have such serious health consequences,” said Kane. “Emergency and primary care doctors need to ask patients specifically about the use of K2 and synthetic marijuana. If the clinical findings fit, physicians should take the extra step and look for heart damage, even in previously healthy teenagers.”

Source:   www.pediatrics.aappublications.org at University of Florida on November 14, 2011

Filed under: Cannabis,Health,Youth :

Marijuana Use and Adolescents: What Clinicians Need to Know

As marijuana use among teenagers increases and its perceived danger among this age group decreases, clinicians need to know the latest science about the harmful effects of the drug on the adolescent brain, according to a researcher at the University of Colorado, Denver.

Paula Riggs, PhD, Professor of Psychiatry, notes the most recent Monitoring the Future Survey shows a significant increase in marijuana use, including daily marijuana use among U. S. high school students and a decrease in perceived risk of use. “There are a number of indicators, including the increasing number of states that have passed ‘medical marijuana’ legislation, and that society as a whole tends to view marijuana as a relatively benign, recreational drug. However, scientific research does not support this.”

A growing body of research shows that adolescent marijuana use can be detrimental to the brain development and may produce long-lasting neurocognitive deficits and increased risk of mental health problems including psychosis, said Dr. Riggs, who spoke about this topic at the recent California Society of Addiction Medicine meeting.

Marijuana is the most commonly used illicit drug in the United States. Although some have questioned whether marijuana is an addictive drug, scientific research shows that one in 10 people overall, and one in six adolescents, who use marijuana develop dependence or addiction, Dr. Riggs says. Research shows that marijuana can cause structural damage, neuronal loss and impair brain function on a number of levels, from basic motor coordination to more complex tasks, such as the ability to plan, organize, solve problems, remember, make decisions and control behavior and emotions.

Dr. Riggs also cited recent studies indicating that adolescents may be more vulnerable to addiction, in part due to rapid brain development. “Emerging research suggests that individuals who start using marijuana during their teenage years may have longer-lasting cognitive impairments in executive functioning than those who start later,” she says. “Animal studies also suggest that exposure to marijuana during adolescence compared to adulthood may increase the vulnerability or risk of developing addiction to other substances of abuse such as cocaine and methamphetamine.”

She adds, “It is important for pediatricians, psychiatrists and other mental health clinicians to be aware of current research because they are on the front line to identify teens when they first start to experiment. They need to be able to effectively screen adolescents for marijuana use, and be armed with the scientific facts to educate teens and families about associated risks.”

Source   www.partnershipatdrugfree.org  Nov. 2011

Clever children more likely to end up on drugs

Scientists think they do so in part as a “coping strategy” to avoid bullying from their peers, and partially because they find life boring.

The effect is more pronounced in girls than boys, with those exhibiting high IQs as children more than twice as likely to have tried cocaine or cannabis by the age of 30, as those of lower intelligence. The effect in boys with high IQs is also marked, with them being around 50 per cent more likely to have done so by that age as their less intelligent former classmates.

A team at Cardiff University analysed data from almost 8,000 people born in one week in April 1970, who were enrolled at birth in the ongoing British Cohort Study, which follows participants through life. All these children had their IQs tested between the age of five and 10. Drug use, as reported by the participants themselves, was then recorded at 16 and 30 years of age.

At 16, 7.0 per cent of boys and 6.3 per cent of girls had used cannabis. This minority had “statistically significant higher mean childhood IQ scores” than non-users, according to the authors of the report, published in the Journal of Epidemiology and Community Health. At 30, 35.4 per cent of men and 15.9 per cent of women had used cannabis, while the figures for cocaine were 8.6 and 3.6 per cent respectively.

The authors noted: “Across most drugs (except amphetamine in men), men and women who reported using in the past 12 months had a significantly higher childhood IQ score than those who reported no use.”
They concluded: “High childhood IQ may increase the risk of substance abuse in early adulthood.”
The study did not look into why this was the case, although it did not fine any relationship between the social class of the participants’ parents and future drug use.

However, the authors noted that other studies suggested “intellectually ‘gifted children’ [with an IQ higher than 130] report high levels of boredom and being stigmatised by peers, either of which could conceivably increase vulnerability to using drugs as an avoidant coping strategy”.

Dr James White of Cardiff University’s Centre for Development and Evaluation of Complex Interventions for Public Health Understanding, said: “Although it is not yet clear exactly why there should be a link between high IQ and illicit drug use, previous research has shown that people with a high IQ are more open to new experiences and keen on novelty and stimulation.”

Source: www.telegraph.co.uk 15th Nov.

Filed under: Youth :

Nicotine Acts as “Gateway” Drug to Cocaine, Study in Mice Finds

Nicotine appears to be a “gateway” drug that primes the brain to be susceptible to cocaine, according to a new study in mice.  The researchers say if further studies show the findings apply to humans, a decrease in smoking rates in young people would be expected to lead to a decrease in cocaine addiction, the Los Angeles Times reports.

The study found mice exposed to nicotine in drinking water for at least seven days showed an increased response to cocaine. The researchers also looked at data on cocaine use among a group of high school students, and found 81 percent of those who started using cocaine did so in a month when they were smoking tobacco.

The findings appear in the journal Science Translational Medicine.
Previous studies have shown that most illegal drug users report using tobacco products or alcohol before they started illicit drug use, according to a news release by the National Institute on Drug Abuse, which funded the study. Until now, studies have not shown a biological mechanism through which exposure to nicotine increases vulnerability to illegal drug use, the release notes.

“Now that we have a mouse model of the actions of nicotine as a gateway drug this will allow us to explore the molecular mechanisms by which alcohol and marijuana might act as gateway drugs,” lead author Eric Kandel, MD, of Columbia University Medical Center, said in the release. “In particular, we would be interested in knowing if there is a single, common mechanism for all gateway drugs or if each drug utilizes a distinct mechanism.”

Source:   www.drugfree.org.  4th Nov.

Filed under: Cocaine,Nicotine,Youth :

Children of addicts ‘more likely to experience problems in adulthood’

Children of drug addicts are suffering in desperation as shame and secrecy shroud the substance misuse in families, it was claimed today.

Youngsters whose parents take drugs are also more likely to have problems with substances, as well as their mental health, social skills and academically, a seminar heard. Joan O’Flynn, director of the National Advisory Committee on Drugs (NACD), said there is a need for more integration between addiction services, children’s services and medical professionals.

“Alcohol and drugs misuse by parents can impact negatively on a child’s experience of positive parenting and can create stressful family circumstances that impact on child development,” she said. “For many of the affected children, the effect of their parents’ substance misuse continues into their adult lives.

“For some, the impact can be multifaceted and persist not only into adult life but even into the lives of the next generation.” She added that stress, combined with the increased likelihood of the child being in care or homeless, leaves young people at a high risk of emotional isolation or social marginalisation.

Alcohol Action Ireland estimates between 61,000 and 104,000 children aged under 15 are living with parents who misuse alcohol. Director Fiona Ryan said: “Shame and secrecy shroud the issue of substance misuse in families with children living lives of quiet desperation.

“Alcohol Action Ireland has spent the past three years campaigning for children affected by parental alcohol problems to be seen and heard.” An NACD report – ‘Parental Substance Misuse: Addressing its Impact on Children’ – was launched at a seminar it jointly hosted with the Health Service Executive (HSE) and Alcohol Action Ireland, the national charity for alcohol-related issues.

The report reviewed all major international research on the impact of parental substance misuse on children and identified what steps can be taken in Ireland to reduce its impact.

It recommended additional research and data be collected to properly estimate the number of children whose parents have substance misuse problems. It also wants an assessment of which adult alcohol and drug treatment services are supporting parents and liaising with child support services. Women should also be educated on the adverse effects of consuming alcohol and drugs during pregnancy, it added.

Source: www.IrishExaminer.com 26th October 2011

Filed under: Alcohol,Parents,Youth :

ER admissions for Ecstasy increase 74% in just four years…and nearly 20% involve children as young as 12

It was the party drug of the 90s. But alarmingly Ecstasy’s popularity seems to be rising again. A worrying trend is re-emerging for the illegal substance after U.S. hospital admissions involving Ecstasy leapt 74.8 per cent in just four years, according to a national study.
Most of the Ecstasy-related hospital visits involved patients aged 18 to 29, but notably 17.9 per cent involved children as young as 12
The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) study indicated the number of hospital emergency visits involving Ecstasy increased from 10,220 in 2004 to 17,865 visits in 2008.
Slightly more than half (52.8 per cent) of the emergency visits were male, the study found. More than a third of the Ecstasy-related visits were made in the South (34.0 per cent) while nearly a third were in the West (31.4 per cent).
Nearly a fifth were made in the Midwest (18.5 per cent), and nearly a sixth were made in the Northeast (16.1 per cent).
But in another alarming trend the study also found that 77.8 per cent of these visits – almost 8 in 10 cases – also involved the use of at least one of more other substances alongside Ecstasy.
The most common drugs used in combination with Ecstasy are marijuana, alcohol and cocaine.
In cases where patients were 21 or older 39.7 per cent had taken Ecstasy with three or more other drugs.
‘The resurgence of Ecstasy use is cause for alarm that demands immediate attention and action,’ said SAMHSA Administrator Pamela S Hyde, J D.

The drug induces feelings of euphoria but can produce psychedelic and stimulant side effects such as anxiety attacks, hypertension and even hypothermia.
The variety and severity of these can increase when the drug is used in combination with other substances.
Dr Peter Delany, director of the Centre for Behavioural Health Statistics and Qualities at SAMHSA, said the agency ‘needed to start digging’ to find the cause of the spike in admissions. ‘Kids are getting it (Ecstasy) at raves and parties, which may indicate a return to social gatherings,’ he said. ‘It is also probably a very cheap drug,’ he added.
‘The largest group of people (doing Ecstasy) are 18 to 29. These are people who have a lot more freedom and a lot more money,’ he said. He also cited the need for prevention education to continue well into adulthood to address this age group.
The more pressing issue, Dr Delany said was the people who were admitted to hospital with more than one substance in their system. ‘Ignorance is part of it,’ he said. ‘There is a lot of risk taking in that age group. ‘This (Ecstasy) is not a safe drug. The first time out of the door can have some serious side effects. When you are mixing it with multiple drugs you don’t know what the reaction will be. Everyone is different,’ he said.
Dr Delany also cited so-called ‘pharm’ or ‘trail mixing’ parties, when young people put a collection of drugs into a bowl and it becomes a very dangerous lucky dip.
But these bowls don’t just contain illegal drugs, they also contain prescription drugs raided from parents’ medical cabinets. Another report by SAMHSA found there has also been a dramatic rise in emergency visits associated with the misuse of prescription drugs.
From 2004 to 2008 these rose from 144,644 visits to 305,885 visits a year and occurred among men and women, as well as among those younger than age 21 and those 21 and older.
The three prescription opioid pain relievers most frequently involved were Oxycodone products (rose 152 percent), Hydrocodone products (rose 123 per cent) and Methadone products (rose 73 per cent).
‘These alarming findings provide one more example of how the misuse of prescription pain relievers is impacting lives and our health care system,’ said SAMHSA administrator Pamela S Hyde. ‘This public health threat requires an all-out effort to raise awareness of the public about proper use, storage, and disposal of these powerful drugs.’

Source: www.dailymail.co.uk 25th March 2011

Filed under: Ecstasy,Health,Youth :

Substance Use amongst Children in Scotland

WEEKLY DRINKING
Weekly drinking is reported among even the youngest children in the survey. At age 11, 3% of young people report drinking alcohol every week (4% of boys and 2% of girls)). One in ten 13-year olds (10%) and more than a quarter of 15- year olds (27%) are weekly drinkers. Among 13 and 15-year olds, there is no gender difference in weekly drinking.
In all six surveys since 1990, young people have been asked about their alcohol consumption frequency2. The highest rates of weekly drinking were found in 1998 (45%of girls and 44% of boys). Reporting of weekly drinking in 2010 is similar to that in 1990, with a particularly large decline since 2006 among both boys and girls (29% of boys in 2010 compared with 39% in 2006 and 25% of girls in 2010 compared with 36% in 2006) .

TYPES OF ALCOHOL DRINKS
Young people were asked to report how frequently they drink each of seven listed alcoholic drinks. They were instructed to include those times when they only drink a small amount. Beer is the alcoholic drink most commonly consumed at least once a week by 15-year old boys, whereas, for 15-year old girls, spirits and alcopops are the preferred drinks. Boys are almost 5 times more likely to drink beer weekly than girls. Girls are 1.5 times more likely to drink alcopops.

DRUNKENNESS
Overall, a fifth of young people (20%) have been drunk on at least two occasions. Prevalence of drunkenness is much higher among older adolescents; 43% of 15-year olds report having been drunk at least twice compared with 15% of 13-year olds and 2% of 11-year olds .
At age 15, girls are more likely than boys to report drunkenness (47% of girls compared with 40% of boys).
Reporting of drunkenness among 15-year olds increased in the 1990s and then subsequently declined
Among boys, prevalence in 2010 (40%) is similar to that in 1990 (44%). Among girls, rates of drunkenness have declined slightly since the late 1990s, but have not changed since 2006 (48%), and remain higher in 2010 (47%) than in 1990 (36%).

FREQUENCY OF CANNABIS USE
Nineteen percent (19%) of 15-year olds and 4% of 13-year olds have used cannabis at least once in their lives
Boys are more likely to have ever used cannabis than girls. Sixteen percent (16%) of 15-year olds and 3% of 13-year olds reported cannabis use within the previous year (Figure 12.13), with 15-year old boys being more likely to have used cannabis in the previous year than 15-year old girls (19% and 13% respectively). Nine percent (9%) of 15-year olds used cannabis in the previous month, compared to just 2% of 13-year olds. Among 15-year olds, boys are more likely than girls to report cannabis use in the last month (12% of boys and 6% of girls).
Between 2002 and 2010, there has been a decrease in lifetime cannabis use among 15-year olds, from 39% to 23% among boys and from 35% to 15% among girls (Use of cannabis in the previous year has also decreased since 2002, from 31% to 19% among boys, and from 30% to 13% among girls .

CANNABIS USER GROUPS AMONG 15-YEAR OLDS
Six percent (6%) of 15-year olds are classified as ‘experimental’ cannabis users (once or twice in the past 12 months), 7% as ‘regular’ users (between 3 and 39 times in past 12 months) and 2% as ‘heavy’ users (40 times or more in past 12 months) A small number (3%) report using cannabis, but not in the previous 12 months and were therefore classified as ‘former’ users. Boys are more likely to be heavy users, but there is no gender difference among other user groups. The proportion of young people in each category of cannabis use is lower than in 2002

Source:THE HEALTH BEHAVIOUR IN SCHOOL-AGED CHILDREN: WHO COLLABORATIVE CROSS-NATIONAL STUDY (HBSC) SCOTLAND NATIONAL REPORT 2010 SUBSTANCE USE

Filed under: Miscellaneous,Youth :

Marijuana Use Precedes the Onset Of Psychotic Symptoms In Youth and Young Adults

Mar 24, 2011

Marijuana use during adolescence and young adulthood increases the risk of psychotic symptoms, while continued cannabis use may increase the risk for psychotic disorder in later life, concludes a new study published in the British Medical Journal.

Cannabis is the most commonly used illicit drug in the world, particularly among adolescents, and is consistently linked with an increased risk for mental illness. However, it is hasn’t been clear whether the link between cannabis and psychosis is causal, or whether it is because people with psychosis use cannabis to “self- medicate” their symptoms.

So a team of researchers, led by Professor Jim van Os from Maastricht University in the Netherlands, investigated the association between cannabis use and the incidence and persistence of psychotic symptoms over 10 years.

The study occurred in Germany and involved a random sample of 1,923 teens and young adults from the ages of 14 to 24.

Incident cannabis use almost doubled the risk of later incident psychotic symptoms, even after accounting for factors such as age, sex, socioeconomic status, use of other drugs, and other psychiatric diagnoses. Furthermore, in those with cannabis use at the start of the study, continued use of cannabis over the study period increased the risk of persistent psychotic symptoms. There was no evidence for self medication effects as psychotic symptoms did not predict later cannabis use.

These results “help to clarify the temporal association between cannabis use and psychotic experiences,” the authors said in their study summary. “In addition, cannabis use was confirmed as an environmental risk factor impacting on the risk of persistence of psychotic experiences.”

Source: British Medical Journal March 2011

New research ‘makes the case’ for investment in young people’s drug and alcohol treatment

24 February 2011

DrugScope has welcomed new research demonstrating that drug treatment services for young people are extremely cost effective, with long term savings of between £5 and £8 for every pound invested.
Published by the Department for Education, the report, Specialist drug and alcohol services for young people – a cost benefit analysis, finds that drug and alcohol treatment for young people reduces otherwise significant economic, social and health costs. Immediate savings are achieved in reduced crime and improved health. In the longer term, there are reductions in costs associated with problematic drug use in adulthood, including unemployment, crime and drug and alcohol dependency.

Approximately 24,000 young people received specialist drug and alcohol treatment in the UK in 2008/09. Most were treatedprimarily for alcohol (37%) or cannabis (53%); one in ten were treated for problems associated with Class A drugs, including heroin and crack.
A report published by DrugScope in 2009, Young people’s drug treatment at the crossroads, found that as well as helping young people with their drug or alcohol problems, treatment services also address wider needs, such as mental health issues, involvement with the criminal justice system and social exclusion.
Despite evidence of the cost effectiveness of spending on substance misuse treatment, many young people’s services have contacted DrugScope to report significant cuts in local funding.
Commenting on the report, Martin Barnes, Chief Executive of DrugScope said:
“At a time when many drug and alcohol services for young people are facing funding cuts, this research makes a timely, compelling and robust case for continued investment. Even on quite cautious and conservative estimates, the evidence shows that there are immediate net gains in return for spending on drug and alcohol treatment. Not only will cuts in services have a negative impact on vulnerable young people, the research confirms that greater costs are likely to be incurred in terms of crime, unemployment and poor health.
“The concern is that with a record number of young people not in education, employment or training there will be a greater demand on prevention and treatment services. It is far easier to prevent young people from developing problems at an early stage that it is to treat adults with addiction issues. A considered assessment of the benefits to local communities of investment in drug and alcohol treatment services needs to be made to inform decisions on funding.”

Source: www.drugscope.org.uk 24 Feb 2011

Filed under: Treatment/Addiction,Youth :

CESAR Study Finds 9 Warning Signs of Early Marijuana Use

Vol. 13, Issue 26
Distribution: 6,606
U n i v e r s i t y o f M a r y l a n d , C o l l e g e P a r k

A Weekly FAX from the Center for Substance Abuse Research
Nine behaviors and attitudes differentiate students who used marijuana before age 15 from those who had not, according to an analysis of data from the 2002 Maryland Adolescent Survey (MAS). Overall, one-fifth of Maryland12th grade students reported using marijuana before age 15.

A scale of 9 warning signs of early marijuana use among 12th graders was developed from an analysis of the MAS data (see below). The scale also detected early use among 8th and 10th graders. The more warning signs a student had, the more likely he or she was to have used marijuana early (see Figure 1). For example, approximately three-fourths of 12th graders with 6 or more warning signs were early marijuana users, compared to 3% of 12th graders with no warning signs.
Students with more warning signs also reported using a greater number of other illegal drugs* and experiencing a greater number of serious problems resulting from drug and alcohol use (see Figure 2). The report, “Warning Signs for Early Marijuana Users Among Maryland’s Public School Students,” discusses the implications of these findings for intervening with youth and
implementing prevention programs. Complimentary copies of the report can be ordered by contacting CESAR at cesar@cesar.umd.edu or 301-405-9770.

Behaviors
• Cigarette use before age 15
• Alcohol use before age 15
• 20 or more unexcused absences
• Drug arrest
• Alcohol arrest

Attitudes/Opinions

• Smoking marijuana is safe
• Smoking cigarettes is safe
• My parents think it’s okay to smoke marijuana
• My parents think it’s okay to smoke cigarettes
The 9 Warning Signs for Early Marijuana Use

0 1 2 3 4 5 6+
Number of Warning Signs
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
0.3 0.9 1.8
3.4
5.0
6.4
9.1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6+
Number of Warning Signs
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
0.1 0.5 1.3
2.4
3.5 4.4
6.7
Alcohol & Drug Problems Other Illegal Drugs Used
Figure 1: Percentage of Maryland
12th Grade Students Reporting
Marijuana Use Before Age 15
0 1 2 3 4 5 6+
Number of Warning Signs
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
3%
18%
40%
54%59%
73%76%
*Other illegal drugs were inhalants, nitrates, crack, cocaine, LSD, PCP, other hallucinogens, methamphetamines, designer drugs, heroin, amphetamines,
barbiturates, narcotics, and Ritalin®.
Figure 2: Mean Number of Other Illegal Drugs* Used
in Lifetime and Alcohol and Drug Problems**
by Maryland 12th Graders
**Alcohol and drug problems were school absences, health problems, family problems, being high/drunk at school, poor school performance, inability to stop
using drugs/alcohol, and driving while under the influence of alcohol/drugs.
301-405-9770 (voice) 301-403-8342 (fax) CESAR@cesar.umd.edu www.cesar.umd.edu
CESAR FAX is supported by BYRN 2003-1006, awarded by the U.S. Department of Justice through the Governor’s Office of Crime Control and Prevention.

SOURCE: Maryland Drug Early Warning System (DEWS), CESAR, “Warning Signs for Early Marijuana Users Among Maryland’s Public School Students,” DEWS Investigates, June 2004. For more information, contact Dr. Eric Wish at ewish@cesar.umd.edu.

Source: CesarFax June 28, 2004

CASA Columbia Releases 2011 Teen Survey: National Survey of American Attitudes on Substance Abuse XVI: Teens and Parents

This week, The National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse at Columbia University released the National Survey of American Attitudes on Substance Abuse XVI: Teens and Parents. This year’s survey reveals that teens who regularly use social networking sites are at increased risk of smoking, drinking and using drugs. The survey finds that compared to teens who in a typical day do not spend any time on a social networking site, those who do are five times likelier to use tobacco, three times likelier to use alcohol, and twice as likely to use marijuana.

The CASA Columbia survey also reveals that 40 percent of all teens surveyed have seen pictures on Facebook, Myspace or other social networking sites of kids getting drunk, passed out, or using drugs and kids who have seen such pictures at also at increased substance abuse risk.

This year’s survey explored teen TV viewing habits in relation to teen substance abuse and found that compared to teens that do not watch suggestive teen programming, those who do are likelier to smoke, drink and use drugs.

According to Joseph A. Califano, Jr., CASA Columbia’s Founder and Chairman and Former U.S. Secretary for Health, Education, and Welfare: “The relationship of social networking site images of kids drunk, passed out, or using drugs and of suggestive teen programming to increased teen risk of substance abuse offers grotesque confirmation of the adage that a picture is worth a thousand words. The time has come for those who operate and profit from social networking sites like Facebook to deploy their technological expertise to curb such images and to deny use of their sites to children and teens who post pictures of themselves and their friends drunk, passed out or using drugs. Continuing to provide the electronic vehicle for transmitting such images constitutes electronic child abuse.”
Source: www.CADCA.org Aug. 2011

Smoking during pregnancy raises ‘birth defect risk’

Women who smoke while pregnant should be aware that they are increasing the chance their baby will be born malformed, say experts.
The risk for having a baby with missing or deformed limbs or a cleft lip is over 25% higher for smokers, data show. Along with higher risks of miscarriage and low birth weight, it is another good reason to encourage women to quit, say University College London doctors.
In England and Wales 17% of women smoke during pregnancy. And among under 20s the figure is 45%. Although most will go on to have a healthy baby, smoking can cause considerable damage to the unborn child.
Missing limbs
Researchers now estimate that each year in England and Wales several hundred babies are born with a physical defect directly caused by their mother’s smoking. Every year in England and Wales around 3,700 babies in total are born with such a condition. The experts base their calculations on 172 research papers published over the last 50 years, which looked at maternal smoking and birth defects.
The findings, from 174,000 cases of malformation and 11.7 million healthy births, revealed that smoking increased the risk of many abnormalities. The chance of a baby being born with missing or deformed limbs is 26% higher, and cleft lip or palate is 28% more likely.
Similarly, the risk of clubfoot 28% greater, and gastrointestinal defects 27% more. Skull defects are 33% more likely, and eye defects 25% more common. The greatest increase in risk – of 50% – was for a condition called gastroschisis, where parts of the stomach or intestines protrude through the skin. Professor Allan Hackshaw, who led the research, suspects many women who smoke while pregnant do not know about these risks.
“There’s still this idea among some women that if you smoke the baby will be small and that will make it easier when it comes to the delivery. “But what is not appreciated is that smoking during pregnancy increases the risk of defects in the child that are life-long.”
Women should quit smoking before becoming pregnant, or very early on, to reduce the risks
He said very few public health educational policies mention birth defects when referring to smoking and those that do are not very specific – this is largely because of past uncertainty over which ones are directly linked. “Now we have this evidence, advice should be more explicit about the kinds of serious defects such as deformed limbs, and facial and gastrointestinal malformations that babies of mothers who smoke during pregnancy could suffer from,” he said.
Of the 700,000 babies born each year in England and Wales, around 120,000 babies are born to mums who smoke. Amanda Sandford of Action on Smoking and Health said: “This study shows some of the worst outcomes of smoking during pregnancy. Pregnant smokers will be shocked to learn that their nicotine habit could cause eye or limb deformities in their baby.
“There is clearly a need to raise awareness of these risks among girls and to ensure pregnant women are given all the support they need to help them quit smoking and to stay stopped after the birth.” Basky Thilaganathan of the Royal College of Obstetricians and Gynaecologists said women who struggled to quit should at least cut down on how much they smoke.
Professor Hackshaw said the risk was likely dose-related – meaning the more a woman smokes, the bigger the risk to her unborn child.

Source: www.bbc.co.uk 12th July 2011

Review Finds Some School-Based Programs Curb Alcohol Misuse

Reports that school prevention programs aimed at curbing alcohol misuse in children are somewhat helpful, enough so to deserve consideration for widespread use, according to a large, international systematic review.

The most significant program effects were reductions in episodes of drunkenness and binge drinking, reviewers found.

“School-based prevention programs that take a social skills-oriented approach or that focus on classroom behavior management can work to reduce alcohol problems in young people,” David Foxcroft, lead review author said. “However, there is good evidence that these sorts of approaches are not always effective.”

The reasons for inconsistent results with these programs are unclear, said Foxcroft, from Great Britain’s Oxford Brookes University.

Foxcroft and co-author Alexander Tsertsvadze, at the University of Ottawa Evidence-Based Practice Center, in Canada, analyzed 53 randomized controlled trials done in a wide range of countries with youth ages 5 to 18 when studies began.

Forty-one studies took place in North America, six in Europe and six in Australia. One was conducted in India and one in Swaziland. Two studies transpired in multiple locations.

Most studies assessed generic prevention programs that targeted several risky behaviors, such as drinking, smoking and drug abuse, while the rest focused on alcohol-specific programs.

The researchers compared drinking among the youngsters who took part in various school-based programs to the drinking done by students who were not. The youngsters in the comparison groups might have participated in other alcohol-prevention programs, such as family-based ones, or they might have just experienced the ordinary school curriculum.

The authors concluded that their evidence supported the use of certain generic prevention programs over alcohol-specific ones. They cited the Life Skills Training Program, the Unplugged Program and the Good Behavior Game as particularly effective interventions.

The review appears in the May 2011 issue of The Cochrane Library, a publication of The Cochrane Collaboration, an international organization that evaluates medical research. Systematic reviews draw evidence-based conclusions about medical practice after considering both the content and quality of existing medical trials on a topic.

“These findings are important,” David Jernigan, Ph.D., director of the Center on Alcohol Marketing and Youth at the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health, said. “Efforts to reduce young people’s drinking through school-based programs are legion. A $300 million federal program supporting school-based prevention ended last year, partly based on research findings that these programs do not work. This review does not find that. Instead it indicates that there is something in certain school-based programs that in fact can work.”

Jernigan emphasizes that “school-based programs are so often expected to do the whole job of prevention, and this is an unfair expectation.” He describes school-based programs functioning as “lonely voices” in an environment saturated with marketing messages promoting youthful drinking. The amount of drinking in a youngster’s home and community and the price of alcohol are other major influences that need addressing, he said. Until then, “we can’t expect large effects from school-based programs alone.”

Health Behavior News Service is part of the Center for Advancing Health.

Source: www.cadca.org 12th May 2011

Boozy kids as young as 10 are blocking hospital beds after being admitted for alcohol problems.

The number of under-16s arriving drunk at accident and emergency inAberdeenhas soared by a shocking 60 per cent.

And health chiefs have warned that more and more vital hospital beds are now being filled up with booze-binge schoolchildren.

Alarming statistics reveal the number of people treated for alcohol-related emergencies by NHS Lothian has soared by 68 per cent.

There were 4,751 cases in 2008/09, up from 2,823 in 2006/07. And inAberdeen, the number has risen from 1,712 people five years ago to 2,220 in 2008/09.

The figure for the same period in Aberdeenshire increased from 900 to 1,051.

The numbers were only topped by Greater Glasgow andClyde, with 13,592 alcohol-related discharges in 2008/09.

Worried politicians last night called for urgent action to tackleScotland’s underage drinking shame.

MSP Murdo Fraser, the Tory shadow health secretary, said: “These are frightening figures that show just how deep the problem is. We have to target problem drinks and problem drinkers, give better education on the dangers of alcohol abuse, and crack down on those who sell to children.”

A Labour spokesman called the new statistics “highly alarming”.

He added: “The SNP Government has to bring forward measures that actually work. They need to crack down on the rogue shops that openly sell booze to kids.”

And north-east MSP Maureen Watt said: “The scale of the increase inAberdeenis deeply alarming.

“It is the second largest increase acrossScotlandand more than three times the national average.”

The Nats MSP added: “Aberdeen Royal Infirmary is not the only hospital in which, on any night of the week, beds and trolleys are blocked by people sleeping off the effects of drink.

“Do taxpayers think that is a good use of their money and health professionals’ time? I do not think so.”

Dr Pauline Strachan, director of acute services at NHS Grampian, told a Holyrood committee: “If we look at accident and emergency attendance it was traditionally 20 to 30-year-olds.

“Now we see children as young as 10, 11 or 12 being presented in a drunken state.

“There had been a 60 per cent increase in children under 16 being admitted drunk at accident and emergency.

“Also about 20 or 25 years ago, it tended to be 50 or 60-year-olds who had chronic liver disease.

“Now it’s not unusual for people in their 20s.”

Ambulance chiefs inAberdeenrecently revealed they dealt with more than 6,000 calls during popular drinking times last year.

NHS Grampian said: “Alcohol misuse places an unnecessary burden on emergency services.”

Source:scottish-sun@the-sun.co.uk   15th June 2010

Filed under: Alcohol,Health,Youth :

Binge drinking ‘can damage memory skills’ in teen girls

Teenagers – especially girls – who binge drink could be damaging the part of their brain which controls memory and spatial awareness, say Californian researchers.

Young women’s brains are particularly vulnerable to harm from alcohol because they develop earlier than men’s.  Tests on 95 adolescents aged 16 to 19 were carried out by researchers at severalUSuniversities.

The study is published in Alcoholism: Clinical & Experimental Research.

Researchers recruited 27 binge-drinking males and 13 females and gave them neurophsychological tests and “spatial working memory” tests to complete.

Binge-drinking young women were defined as those drinking more than three pints of beer or more than four glasses of wine at one sitting. Binge-drinking men drank four pints of beer or a bottle of wine.   The same tests were then carried out on 31 males and 24 females who did not have episodes of drinking heavily and the results compared.

Using MRI scans, the study team found that female teenage heavy drinkers had less brain activation in several brain regions than female non-drinking teens when doing the same spatial task.  They suggested that this could cause problems when driving, playing sports involving complex moves, using a map or remembering how to get somewhere.

Susan Tapert, professor of psychiatry at theUniversityofCaliforniaand lead study author, said these differences in brain activity negatively affected other functions, like concentration and “working memory”.

The study describes “working memory” as using and working with information that is in your mind, like adding up numbers. It is also critical to logical thinking and reasoning.  But the young men studied were not affected to the same extent, Dr Tapert said.   “Male binge drinkers showed some, but less, abnormality as compared to male non-drinkers. This suggests that female teens may be particularly vulnerable to the negative effects of heavy alcohol use.”

Fluctuations

Previous research has shown that among adult alcoholics, women are more vulnerable to the damaging effects of alcohol on the brain than men.

Edith Sullivan, a professor in psychiatry and behavioural sciences atStanfordUniversity, said that the brains of adolescent boys and girls appear to be affected differently by alcohol.  “Females’ brains develop one to two years earlier than males, so alcohol use during a different developmental stage – despite the same age – could account for the gender differences.

“Hormonal levels and alcohol-induced fluctuations in hormones could also account for the gender differences. Finally, the same amount of alcohol could more negatively affect females since females tend to have slower rates of metabolism, higher body fat ratios, and lower body weight.”

Don Shenker, from Alcohol Concern, said the research demonstrates why reducing binge drinking among young people must be an urgent priority. “Ministers should go much further to clamp down on off-licence promotions which are driving under-age drinking and reviewing the extent of alcohol marketing which young people are exposed to and which makes drinking appear attractive.

“We have to also look at intervening as early as possible so that when teenagers go to A&E as a result of drinking or in trouble with the police or at school, they are provided with the right advice and support to reduce their risky drinking and make healthier choices.”

A Department of Health spokeswoman said “We are already taking action to tackle problem drinking, including plans to stop supermarkets selling below cost alcohol and working to introduce a tougher licensing regime.   ”Our recent white paper set out our plan to ring-fence public health spending and give power to local communities to improve the health of local people and this includes improving alcohol treatment services through a greater focus on outcomes and payment by results.   We will also be publishing a new alcohol strategy later this year to follow on from the public health white paper.”

Source: www.bbc.co.uk  16th July 2011

School-based prevention for illicit drugs’ use

Contact address: Fabrizio Faggiano, Department of Medical Sciences, University of Piemonte Orientale A. Avogadro, Via Santena 5 bis, Novara, 28100, Italy. fabrizio.faggiano@med.unipmn.it.
Editorial group: Cochrane Drugs and Alcohol Group.
Publication status and date: Edited (no change to conclusions), published in Issue 3, 2008.

Citation: Faggiano F, Vigna-Taglianti F, Versino E, Zambon A, Borraccino A, Lemma P. School-based prevention for illicit drugs’ use. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2005, Issue 2. Art. No.: CD003020. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD003020.pub2.

Copyright © 2008 The Cochrane Collaboration. Published by John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.
________________________________________

Abstract

Background

Drug addiction is a chronic, relapsing disease. Primary interventions should be aimed to reduce first use, or prevent the transition from experimental use to addiction. School is the appropriate setting for preventive interventions.
Objectives
To evaluate the effectiveness of school-based interventions in improving knowledge, developing skills, promoting change, and preventing or reducing drug use versus usual curricular activities or a different school-based intervention .
Search strategy
We searched the Cochrane Drug and Alcohol Group trial register (February 2004), the Cochrane Central Register of Controlled Trials (The Cochrane Library Issue 2, 2004), MEDLINE (1966 to February 2004) , EMBASE (1988 to February 2004), and other databases. We also contacted researchers in the field and checked reference lists of articles.
Selection criteria
Randomised controlled trials (RCT), case controlled trials (CCT) or controlled prospective studies (CPS) evaluating school-based interventions designed to prevent substance use.
Data collection and analysis
Two authors independently extracted data and assessed trial quality.
Main results
32 studies (29 RCTs and three CPSs) were included with 46539 participants. Twenty eight were conducted in the USA; most were focused on 6th-7th grade students, and based on post-test assessment.

RCTs

(1) Knowledge versus usual curricula
Knowledge focused programs improve drug knowledge (standardised mean difference (SMD) 0.91; 95% confidence interval (CI) 0.42 to 1.39).
(2) Skills versus usual curricula
Skills based interventions increase drug knowledge (weighted mean difference (WMD) 2.60; 95% CI 1.17 to 4.03), decision making skills (SMD 0.78; CI 95%: 0.46 to 1.09), self-esteem (SMD 0.22; CI 95% 0.03 to 0.40), peer pressure resistance (relative risk (RR) 2.05; CI 95%: 1.24 to 3.42), drug use (RR 0.81; CI 95% 0.64 to 1.02), marijuana use (RR 0.82; CI 95% 0.73 to 0.92) and hard drug use (RR 0.45; CI 95% 0.24 to 0.85).
(3) Skills versus knowledge
No differences are evident.
(4) Skills versus affective
Skills-based interventions are only better than affective ones in self-efficacy (WMD 1.90; CI 95%: 0.25 to 3.55).

Results from CPSs

No statistically significant results emerge from CPSs.
Authors’ conclusions
Skills based programs appear to be effective in deterring early-stage drug use.
The replication of results with well designed, long term randomised trials, and the evaluation of single components of intervention (peer, parents, booster sessions) are the priorities for research. All new studies should control for cluster effect.
________________________________________

Plain language summary

School-based prevention for illicit drugs’ use
Drug addiction is a long-term problem caused by an uncontrollable compulsion to seek drugs. People may use drugs to seek an effect, to feel accepted by their peers or as a way of dealing with life’s problems. Even after undertaking detoxification to reach a drug-free state, many return to opioid use. This makes it important to reduce the number of people first using drugs and to prevent transition from experimental use to addiction. For young people, peers, family and social context are strongly implicated in early drug use. Schools offer the most systematic and efficient way of reaching them. School programs can be designed to provide knowledge about the effects of drugs on the body and psychological effects, as a way of building negative attitudes toward drugs; to build individual self-esteem and self-awareness, working on psychological factors that may place people at risk of use; to teach refusal and social life skills; and to encourage alternative activities to drug use, which instil control abilities.
The review authors found 32 controlled studies, of which 29 were randomised, comparing school-based programs aimed at prevention of substance use with the usual curriculum. The 46,539 students involved were mainly in sixth or seventh grade. Programs that focused on knowledge improved drug knowledge to some degree, in six randomised trials. Social skills programs were more widely used (25 randomised trials) and effectively increased drug knowledge, decision-making skills, self-esteem, resistance to peer pressure, and drug use including of marijuana (RR 0.8) and hard drugs (heroin) (RR 0.5). The programs were mainly interactive and involved external educators in 20 randomised trials. Effects of the interventions on assertiveness, attitudes towards drugs, and intention to use drugs were not clearly different in any of the trials.
Most trials were conducted in the USA and, as a nation’s social context and drug policies have a significant influence on the effectiveness of the programs, these results may not be relevant to other countries. Measures of change were often made immediately after the intervention with very little long-term follow up or investigation of peer influence, social context, and involvement of parents.

Source: http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com and www.cochranlibrary.com 2008

Filed under: Education,Prevention,Youth :

Substance use outcomes 5½ years past baseline for partnership-based, family-school preventive interventions.

Two of the most widely recommended US school and family prevention programmes retarded growth in some forms of substance use, especially among youngsters who had already used by their early teens, but there are some methodological concerns over the findings.
Summary 36 secondary schools in the rural US mid-west were randomly allocated to either carry on as normal (the control schools) or to one of two prevention programmes. Both were delivered primarily in the seventh grade (ages 12–13), and both featured the LifeSkills Training (LST) drug education curriculum consisting of fifteen classroom lessons with later ‘boosters’. In one set of schools, these lessons were supplemented by the Strengthening Families Program: for Parents and Youth 10-14. This entails seven two-hour evening sessions plus four booster sessions in the following year, during which groups of about six or seven families focus in turn on particular parenting issues and skills. In the first hour of each session, parents and children learn in parallel; in the second, they come together to practice these skills with each other. Only a quarter of the families allocated to these (and 38% of those actively recruited) attended any of the family sessions, but results are reported for all the families offered the intervention, regardless of attendance.
Questionnaire responses from 1677 pupils surveyed about six months before the grade seven lessons formed the baseline to assess changes in substance use among the same pupils over each of the five years following the lessons. Typically by then aged 17–18, about three quarters of the starting sample responded to the final assessments. For the featured report the sample was narrowed down slightly to pupils who had provided the relevant outcome measures at least three times: at baseline; about a month after the seventh grade interventions; and during at least one follow-up. For these pupils, the analysis tested whether over the five and a half years:
• trends in the growth of substance use differed between the three sets of schools; and
• whether by the end levels of substance use also differed.
First the study assessed how many pupils had started to use alcohol, cigarettes or cannabis. Most consistently positive results were found for cigarettes; growth in the proportion who had tried smoking, and the final proportion who had used by age 17–18, were significantly lower in intervention schools compared to control schools. For cannabis, only the final proportion was significantly lower, and for alcohol, only the growth trend, and then only when the family intervention had supplemented the lessons. When these measures were combined in an index representing experience of all three substances, both the growth trend and the final outcomes favoured the interventions. Experience of getting drunk was also measured and, like drinking itself, only the growth trend favoured the interventions.
Similar analyses for current use on at least a monthly basis and other more serious patterns of substance use found no results favouring the interventions. However, there were such results among the fifth of pupils considered at high risk of developing substance use problems. These were the pupils who at the first survey point at age 12–13 had already used two of the three substances. Compared to their lower risk peers, among these pupils both interventions had consistently greater effects on overall levels of use across the follow-up years. Further analysis showed that among lower risk pupils, the interventions made no significant difference. But among the higher risk fifth, growth in the average frequency of smoking cigarettes or using cannabis was less than in the control schools, and so too was final average frequency of use. This was not the case for the frequency of drinking or of getting drunk; for these measures only two of the eight outcomes significantly favoured the interventions. Among the same higher risk pupils, indices of serious use patterns combining measures of current or past use of all three substances consistently favoured the intervention schools.
Summarising their findings, the authors noted that for all substance initiation outcomes, one or both intervention groups showed significant, positive differences compared with the control group in the final follow-up year, and/or significant differences in growth trends over the five years since the interventions. In contrast, across all the pupils, more serious substance use outcomes reflecting mainly current and frequent use were not significantly affected. However, these forms of substance use were curbed when the analysis was restricted to higher risk pupils. Though the two interventions often bettered education-as-usual, in no case did one outperform the other. The authors speculated that less convincing initiation-prevention results than in earlier studies might have been due to the family intervention being delayed a year, when more pupils had already initiated substance use. In terms of affecting more serious forms of substance use, pupils already advanced in their substance use patterns responded relatively well, possibly because the messages were more ‘real’ for them and for their parents. Despite randomisation, there remained some significant baseline differences between control and intervention pupils which might also have obscured intervention impacts, though attempts were made to adjust for these in the analyses.
The two programmes tested in the study enjoy among the most widely respected research records in substance use prevention (LST SFP). The featured study’s strengths include large samples, reasonable follow-up rates, randomisation by school and an analysis controlling for the influence of the school itself, and outcome measures probing not just experience of the substances concerned, but how serious and lasting this was. Nevertheless the most which can be said is that the LifeSkills Training element probably retarded the initiation of smoking, possibly cannabis use, but not drinking, had no cross-sample benefits in respect of the forms of substance use of greatest concern, but may have had such benefits among the minority of pupils already relatively advanced in their substance use before the interventions started. Other LifeSkills Training studies have also most consistently found beneficial outcomes in respect of smoking, the programme’s original target.
Focusing on the featured study’s positive findings might give the impression of more all round success, but in respect of the full samples, these consisted of at most 13 out of 44 findings, and possibly (if arguably more appropriate methodological conventions had been followed) seven or fewer. Greater and more consistent success among the higher risk pupils is a tentative finding because of differences between intervention and control schools, because the study was not set up to test this subsample, and because of some methodological issues. Impacts on the forms of drug use of greatest concern emerged solely from this analysis, meaning that the interventions’ ability to reduce these cannot be considered to have been demonstrated, though the possibility that this might prove to be the case is encouraging. Importantly, though many tests did not show the interventions were superior to education-as-usual, none indicated that they were inferior; the only significant findings favoured the interventions. For more on all these issues see background notes.
Disappointingly, and despite earlier findings from the study, there was no real hint that adding the family programme improved on the school lessons in terms of the substance use measures reported in the study, though there may have been other benefits. Remaining support for the family programme comes mainly from a study whose findings (impressive as they were) derived from just over a third of the mainly white and rural families asked to participate in the study. A similar limitation applies to a later study of a substantially revised version among poor black families. Because of the way they were designed, these trials could establish benefits only among the minority of families prepared or able to participate in the interventions and complete the studies; they cannot be considered a secure indication of how the interventions would perform if applied across the board. So far in the UK a small pilot study has established the programme’s feasibility among a small set of families.
This leaves two of the most thoroughly researched universal prevention programmes for children of secondary school age with mixed findings of uncertain relevance to how they might perform if truly applied across the board. At least part of the problem lies in not in whether the benefits of these programmes are (or at least, can be) real, but in the difficulty of showing they are real. Verdicts in respect of drinking that public health strategies built on education and persuasion are relatively ineffective compared to measures such as restricting availability and raising price, would not be altered by the featured study. For smoking, the case for education in schools as a public health strategy is considerably stronger. Universal prevention programmes in general, and school-based programmes in particular, have greater impacts on tobacco use than on use of the other two substances featured in the study.
Some evidence supports the modest effectiveness of school programmes in preventing cannabis use. But of the four studies on which this verdict was based, one was a primary school programme not focused on substance use at all but on classroom management, education and parenting, another was conducted only among pupils for some reason excluded from mainstream education, and the programme studied in a third has since failed in a more real-world study conducted by researchers not associated with its development. The remaining study was conducted in secondary schools and concerned LifeSkills Training, but the impact on cannabis use was not statistically significant. This line up does not offer much support to drug education in mainstream secondary schools as a means of preventing cannabis use.
Mixed findings of a prevention impact from school programmes targeting substance use do not negate the possibility that general attempts to create schools conducive to healthy development will affect substance use along with other behaviours, nor do they relieve schools of the obligation to educate their pupils on this important aspect of our society. As much as the limited research, such considerations led the UK’s National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) to recommend that alcohol education should be an integral part of national science and health education curricula, in line with government guidance.
Thanks for their comments on this entry in draft to Richard Spoth of Iowa State University, Andrew Brown of the Drug Education Forum and David Foxcroft of Oxford Brookes University. Commentators bear no responsibility for the text including the interpretations and any remaining errors.
Last revised 02 July 2009

Source: Spoth R.L., Randall G.K., Trudeau L. et al.
Drug and Alcohol Dependence: 2008, 96(1–2), p, 57–68.

Teenagers, Friends and Bad Decisions

Why do otherwise good kids seem to make bad decisions when they are with their friends? New research on risk taking and the teenage brain offers some answers.
In studies at Temple University, psychologists used functional magnetic resonance imaging scans on 40 teenagers and adults to determine if there are differences in brain activity when adolescents are alone versus with their friends. The findings suggest that teenage peer pressure has a distinct effect on brain signals involving risk and reward, helping to explain why young people are more likely to misbehave and take risks when their friends are watching.
To test how the presence of peers influences risk taking, the researchers asked 14 young teenagers (ages 14 to 18), 14 college students and 12 young adults to play a six-minute video driving game while in a brain scanner. Participants were given cash prizes for completing the game in a certain time, but players had to make decisions about stopping at yellow lights, and being delayed, or racing through yellow lights, which could result in a faster time and a bigger prize, but also meant a higher risk for crashing and an even longer delay. The children and adults played four rounds of the game while undergoing the brain scan. Half the time they played alone, and half the time they were told that two same-sex friends who had accompanied them to the study were watching the play in the next room.
Among adults and college students, there were no meaningful differences in risk taking, regardless of whether friends were watching. But the young teenagers ran about 40 percent more yellow lights and had 60 percent more crashes when they knew their friends were watching. And notably, the regions of the brain associated with reward showed greater activity when they were playing in view of their friends. It was as if the presence of friends, even in the next room, prompted the brain’s reward system to drown out any warning signals about risk, tipping the balance toward the reward.
“The presence of peers activated the reward circuitry in the brain of adolescents that it didn’t do in the case of adults,” said Laurence Steinberg, an author of the study, who is a psychology professor at Temple and author of “You and Your Adolescent: The Essential Guide for Ages 10 to 25.” “We think we’ve uncovered one very plausible explanation for why adolescents do a lot of stupid things with their friends that they wouldn’t do when they are by themselves.”
Dr. Steinberg notes that the findings give a new view of peer pressure, since the peers in this experiment were not even in the same room as the teenager in the scanner.
“The subject was in the scanner, so the friends were not able to directly pressure the person to take chances,” Dr. Steinberg said. “I think it’s helpful to understand because many parents conceive of peer pressure as kids directly coercing each other into doing things. We’ve shown that just the knowledge that your friends are watching you can increase risky behavior.”
Dr. Steinberg notes that the brain system involved in reward processing is also involved in the processing of social information, explaining why peers can have such a pronounced effect on decision making. The effect is believed to be especially strong in teenagers because brain changes shortly after puberty appear to make young people more attentive and aware of what other people are thinking about them, Dr. Steinberg said.
The study results are borne out in real-world data that show teenagers have a much higher risk of car accidents when other teenagers are in the car. More study is needed to determine if the effect shown in the game study is the same when teenagers are in the presence of an opposite-sex friend or romantic interest. In the study, there were no meaningful differences in risk taking among boys and girls. However, some real-world driving data suggests that teenage boys take more risks behind the wheel when one or more boys are in the car, but drive more carefully if they are with a girlfriend.
For parents, the study data reinforce the notion that groups of teenagers need close supervision.
“All of us who have very good kids know they’ve done really dumb things when they’ve been with their friends,” Dr. Steinberg said. “The lesson is that if you have a kid whom you think of as very mature and able to exercise good judgment, based on your observations when he or she is alone or with you, that doesn’t necessarily generalize to how he or she will behave in a group of friends without adults around. Parents should be aware of that.”

Source: New York Times 5 Feb 2011

Filed under: Brain and Behaviour,Youth :

Half of U.S. Kids Face Parent Substance Abuse -Study

Half of all U.S. children live in a house where a parent or other adult uses tobacco, drinks heavily or uses illegal drugs, according to a report released on Tuesday.
These adults are three times more likely to abuse their children and four times more likely to neglect them than parents who do not abuse alcohol or drugs or use tobacco, said the report from Columbia University’s National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse.
“Children of alcohol and drug abusers are at increased risk of accidents, injuries and academic failure. Such children are more likely to suffer conduct disorders, depression or anxiety, conditions that increase the risk children will smoke, drink and use drugs,” the center said in a statement.
The report is an analysis of the center’s own research as well as dozens of reports from groups ranging from Alcoholics Anonymous, U.S. government surveys on families and health behavior and the Children’s Defense Fund, a nonprofit social welfare organization. It found that 35.6 million U.S. children, about half of all children in the country, live in a home where a parent or other adult uses tobacco, drinks heavily or uses illicit drugs.
More than 37 percent of U.S. children live with an adult who uses tobacco, nearly 24 percent live with a binge or heavy drinker and 12.7 percent live in a household where a parent or other adult uses illicit drugs, the report found.
Several studies show that children exposed to household cigarette smoke have a higher risk of sudden infant death syndrome, asthma and ear infections. They are more likely to have their tonsils or adenoids surgically removed and recent studies show they have a bigger risk of cancer and heart disease.
“If substance abusing parents are not concerned about what drugs, alcohol and tobacco are doing to themselves, they should be concerned about the ill effects they have on their children,” center Chairman Joseph Califano said.
“Children of substance abusing parents are much likelier to become substance abusers themselves,” he added.
“A child who gets through age 21 without smoking, using illegal drugs or abusing alcohol is virtually certain never to do so.”

Source: WASHINGTON (Reuters) Mar 29, 2005

Usage of cannabis in UK

Results of a new survey into cannabis use showed that 1 in 3, 15 year olds has now smoked cannabis. 18% of pupils aged 11 to 18 had taken drugs in the previous 12 months. 13% had tried cannabis in the previous year, by the age of 15, that had risen to 31%. 28% of pupils sold they had been offered cannabis. Harder drugs like cocaine ecstasy and amphetamines had been touted to 1 in 5 schoolchildren. A Dept of Health spokesman said that the no. of pupils taking drugs had decreased slightly from 20% in 2001 to 1870 in 2002. This is all in a survey of 10000 pupils by the National Centre for Social Research and The National Centre for Educational Research.

Source: Survey of 10,000 pupils by National centre for Social Research & National centre for Educational Research. Reported in daily Mail 29 March 2003

Filed under: Cannabis,Youth :

Combining in-school and community-based media efforts: reducing marijuana and alcohol uptake among younger adolescents

Abstract

This study tests the impact of an in-school mediated communication campaign based on social marketing principles, in combination with a participatory, community-based media effort, on marijuana, alcohol and tobacco uptake among middle-school students. Eight media treatment and eight control communities throughout the US were randomly assigned to condition. Within both media treatment and media control communities, one school received a research-based prevention curriculum and one school did not, resulting in a crossed, split-plot design.
Four waves of longitudinal data were collected over 2 years in each school and were analyzed using generalized linear mixed models to account for clustering effects. Youth in intervention communities (N = 4216) showed fewer users at final post-test for marijuana [odds ratio (OR) = 0.50, P = 0.019], alcohol (OR = 0.40, P = 0.009) and cigarettes (OR = 0.49, P = 0.039), one-tailed. Growth trajectory results were significant for marijuana (P = 0.040), marginal for alcohol (P = 0.051) and non-significant for cigarettes (P = 0.114).
Results suggest that an appropriately designed in-school and community-based media effort can reduce youth substance uptake. Effectiveness does not depend on the presence of an in-school prevention curriculum.

Source: Health Education Research Vol. 21, Issue 1 2005

Filed under: Education,Prevention,Youth :

Teenage therapy ‘reduces binge drinking’

Using teacher therapists to identify problem personality traits in teenagers, and help them understand their behaviour, could be the key to stopping them binge drinking and taking drugs.
Adolescent alcohol consumption has more than doubled in the past decade and 15% of pupils reported taking drugs last year.
Addiction experts believe prevention is the key – stopping young people abusing drink and drugs before they start, instead of simply treating the addiction once it has taken hold.
Researchers at the Institute of Psychiatry at King’s College, London, asked more than 1,000 13-year-olds at secondary schools in London to answer a range of questions about their personalities.
They were looking for pupils with four problem personality traits: negative thinking, anxiety, impulsiveness and sensation seeking.
Half of those teenagers were then given two tailored therapy sessions – one 90 minutes long, the second an hour. In small groups teenagers with particular personality traits were encouraged to explore their personalities – including strengths and difficulties.
They were encouraged to think about other ways to deal with the risks associated with that behaviour – techniques they hope the teenagers will then use when they come face to face with drink or drugs.
“It’s about coping with the trait rather than changing the personality – in no way do we ever suggest they stop being who they are or change who they are,” says Dr Patricia Conrod, Consultant Clinical Psychologist at King’s College.
“It’s changing how it is they’re coping with who they are and perhaps capitalising on some of the more positive sides of the trait and learning to manage some of its more difficult sides.”
The results, they say, speak for themselves – one study of 13 to 16-year-olds led to a 40% reduction in binge drinking and cut the chance of teenagers taking cocaine by 80%. It is the first school based programme outside the US to successfully prevent alcohol uptake and misuse in teenagers.
Students asked to give feedback about the sessions told the researchers they helped with controlling anger and dealing with negative thinking.
A second trial then looked at whether ordinary teachers, with no psychiatric training, could be taught to deliver the sessions.
Focusing on more than 20 secondary schools and another thousand pupils, it found that with little training: a three day workshop followed by three hours of supervised practice; teachers could do as good a job as the professionals.
Latest figures show that alcohol misuse currently costs the NHS around £2.7bn a year. Charities say as successful as treating an addiction can be, most do begin in adolescence, hence the need to attack the problem before it even exists.
“Prevention is important because we need to stop people progressing to much severer problems later in life,” says Nick Barton, the Chief Executive of Action on Addiction, who helped fund the study.
“We find for instance in our treatment centres that when we assess drinking or drug use history, that very often the onset was way back in adolescence, sometimes as young as 11 but certainly the period between 11 and 16 was when the first attraction to substance use took hold.”
The researchers believe this programme could be delivered with just two well trained counsellors per borough who would teach school staff how to lead the sessions.
It will cost money, they say, but in the long run a little bit of investment now to stop another generation of binge drinkers could save the NHS millions in the future.

Source: http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/health 25th August 2010

News media turns young people off illicit drugs

Media reports on illicit drugs “reduce acceptability and increase perception of risk” among young people, study finds.
Mainstream media reporting is far more likely to deter young people from using illicit drugs than encourage their use, a new Australian study has found.
But the study also found that types of reports most likely to have the strongest impact on young people – those on social and health consequences of drug taking – were underrepresented in the media.
The study by the Drug Policy Modelling Program at the National Drug and Alcohol Research Centre at the University of NSW, and funded by the Commonwealth Department of Health and Ageing, measured the impact of media reports on illicit drugs on the attitudes of over 2,000 young people aged 16 – 24.
The study also analysed 4,000 newspaper reports referring to illicit drugs and found that just over half focussed on criminal justice and legal issues, while only 24 per cent highlighted the health or social problems associated with drug taking.
Participants were shown eight different types of reports and their responses were measured.
Chief Investigator of the study Dr Caitlin Hughes, a Research Fellow at NDARC’s Drug Policy Modelling Program (DPMP), said that while drugs are one of the most common motifs in popular culture and one of the most frequently reported on there is very little research anywhere in the world on how media reporting on illicit drug issues influences attitudes or behaviour on illicit drug use..
“We know from related fields that media messages can influence people’s knowledge, attitudes and behaviour.
“It is commonly assumed that news media can incite drug use,” said Dr Hughes.
“Our research has found that the opposite is the case. Most media portrayals appear to reduce interest in illicit drugs, at least in the short term.
“They increase perceptions of risk, reduce perceptions of acceptability and reduce the reported likelihood of future drug use,” said Dr Hughes.
”But the irony is that the messages that are most effective at deterring youth interest in drugs are currently under-represented in Australian news media,” said Dr Hughes.
News items which focussed on the health and social issues – for example evidence about cannabis and psychosis or cannabis and poor educational outcomes – were more likely to have a deterrent effect than reports on drug busts and arrests.

“Our results show clearly there is an opportunity to better harness the media to shape young peoples’ attitudes to illicit drugs.
We are not saying news media is the silver bullet in drug prevention, but given news media is so pervasive we do think it ought to be recognised, both within Australian and internationally, as a potentially powerful tool for preventing illicit drug use.”

Key points:
• A total of 2,296 youth aged 16-24 years completed the survey
• All youth were shown 8 different media messages about drugs (on the two most commonly used drugs in Australia – cannabis and ecstasy)
• 66.4% and 86.5% of participants had weekly or more frequent contact with television news, online news, radio news and/or print newspapers
• Most news media messages elicited moderate to large impacts on youth attitudes. Negative health or social messages elicited large impacts on youth attitudes.
• Messages on ecstasy had greater impact on youth than messages on cannabis
• Females more likely to be deterred from use than males
• People who have never used drugs more likely to be deterred than current users
• Reports on criminal arrests significantly less persuasive than reports about negative health or social consequences
• Across all drugs, criminal justice/law enforcement topics accounted for 55% of all topics
• 60% of articles emphasised that illicit drugs lead to legal problems. 14% health problems, 10% social problems, 10% cost to society and 6% other (4% neutral and 2% benefits)
• Tabloids were more likely to emphasise legal problems: 71% compared to 61% for broadsheet
• 11 newspapers, one national, seven major metropolitan, in Sydney, Canberra, Melbourne, Brisbane and Perth and three local in Geelong, Newcastle and Sydney were reviewed

What they said: (comments from the focus groups).
Re power of media to dissuade youth drug use:
“Media is probably one of the few ways that prevention message(s) can keep being pushed.” (20 year old female)
“When I was younger… the way that that was portrayed in the media totally shaped the way that I saw drugs.” (22 year old female)
Re fatal overdose of a young person:
“I think that would convince me not to take drugs. Just „cause……I feel sorry for her.” (17 year old male)

Source: Media reporting on illicit drugs in Australia: trends and impacts on youth attitudes to illicit drug use. Drug Policy Modelling Program, September 2010. It can be accessed through: http://www.dpmp.unsw.edu.au

Filed under: Australia,Prevention,Youth :

Smoking and Teenage Depression

Teens may smoke to “self-medicate” against depression, but researchers in Canada say smoking may increase depressive symptoms in some adolescents.

Lead author Michael Chaiton of the Ontario Tobacco Research Unit of the University of Toronto and co-author Jennifer O’Loughlin of the University of Montreal Hospital Research Centre say the study involved 662 high-school teenagers who completed as many as 20 questionnaires from grades 7-11 about their use of cigarettes to affect mood.

Study participants were divided into groups of: teens who never smoked; smokers who did not use cigarettes to self-medicate, improve mood or physical state; and smokers who used cigarettes to self-medicate. Study participants were asked to rate on a rating scale depressive symptoms such as: felt too tired to do things; had trouble going to sleep or staying asleep; felt unhappy, sad, or depressed; felt hopeless about the future; felt nervous or tense; and worried too much about things.

Smokers who used cigarettes as mood enhancers had higher risks of elevated depressive symptoms than teens who had never smoked, researchers concluded.

Source: Journal of Addictive Behaviors.Sept 2010

Underage drinking

Researchers at King’s College London’s Institute of Psychiatry say a personality-based intervention for substance abuse that was delivered by teachers was successful in reducing drinking rates, particularly binge drinking, among adolescents.

In the article titled “Personality-Targeted Interventions Delay Uptake of Drinking and Decrease Risk of Alcohol-Related Problems When Delivered by Teachers,” principal Investigator Dr. Patricia Conrod and colleagues evaluated 2,506 adolescents, with a mean age of 13.7, using the Substance Use Risk Profile scale; a 23-item questionnaire which assesses personality risk for substance abuse along four dimensions including sensation-seeking, impulsivity, anxiety-sensitivity, and hopelessness.

Of the 1,159 students identified by researchers as being at high risk for substance abuse, 624 received intervention as part of the Adventure Trial and a matched high risk group of 384 received no intervention. School based interventions consisted of two 90 minute group sessions conducted by a trained educational professional. In order to adequately evaluate the students, the teachers attended a 3-day rigorous workshop, followed by 4 hour supervision and feedback session. An 18 point checklist was used to determine whether the teachers demonstrated a good understanding of the aims and components of the programs.

Although the trial is designed to evaluate mental health symptoms, academic achievement, and substance use uptake over a 2 year period, the authors have focused their findings on the six month outcomes of drinking and binge-drinking rates, quantity by frequency of alcohol use, and drinking-related problems. Reporting on the efficacy of the intervention at six months, author and Trial Coordinator Maeve O’Leary-Barrett writes, “Receiving an intervention significantly decreased the likelihood of reporting drinking alcohol at follow-up, with the control group 1.7 times more likely to report alcohol use than the intervention group (odds ratio, 0.6).”

Furthermore, receiving an intervention also predicted significantly lower binge-drinking rates in students who reported alcohol use at baseline (odds ratio, 0.45), indicating a 55 percent decreased risk of binge-drinking in this group compared with controls. In addition, high-risk intervention-school students reported lower quantity by frequency of alcohol use and drinking-related problems compared with the non-treatment group at follow-up.

The Adventure Trial is the first to evaluate the success of the personality-targeted interventions as delivered by teachers. The findings at six months suggest that this approach may provide a sustainable school-base prevention program for youth at risk for substance abuse.

In the JAACAP article, Principal Investigator Dr. Patricia Conrod and colleagues comment on the success of their program by stating, “In-house personality-targeted interventions allow schools to implement early prevention strategies with youth most at risk for developing future alcohol-related problems and provide the potential for follow-up of the neediest individuals.”

Source: Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. Sept. 2010

U.K. Study Finds Teens Know About Marijuana Harms

 
An online survey of 27,000 U.K. teens found that many were well aware of the risks associated with marijuana use, including panic attacks and paranoia, the BBC reported Aug. 6. 2009The survey from the U.K. antidrug group Frank found that 74 percent of teens acknowledged at least some of the drawbacks of using marijuana; for example, 42 percent said they personally knew someone who had experienced memory loss, panic attacks or paranoia due to marijuana use.Overall, 64 percent of those surveyed said that marijuana could cause panic attacks, 41 percent said users could become paranoid, and 38 percent said memory loss was associated with using the drug.Half of the adolescents surveyed also believed that marijuana use led to loss of motivation and poor grades in school.Source: www.jointogether.org. March 2010  

Scottish Social Attitudes Survey 2009: Public Attitudes To Drugs And Drug Use in Scotland

“This report summarises the key findings from a report exploring public attitudes towards illegal drugs and drug misuse in Scotland, based on data from the 2009 Scottish Social Attitudes survey. It focuses in particular on attitudes towards opiate misuse, and on views of potential policy responses to this. However, it also places such attitudes in the context of wider views and experiences of illegal drugs.”

Main Findings
■ Support for legalising cannabis – which increased in Scotland (as in the rest of the UK) in the late 1990s – has fallen considerably in more recent years, from 37% in 2001 to 24% in 2009. Attitudes towards prosecution for possession of cannabis for personal use also hardened between 2001 and 2009.

■ Most people said taking cocaine occasionally is wrong – 76% rated it as 4 or 5 on a scale where 5 meant ‘very seriously wrong’.

■ 45% of people agreed that ‘Most people who end up addicted to heroin have only themselves to blame’, while just 27% disagreed.

■ Around half (53%) disagreed that ‘most heroin users come from difficult backgrounds’ (29% agreed).

■ Among those in paid employment, around half (47%) said they would be ‘very’ or ‘fairly comfortable’ working alongside someone they knew had used heroin in the past, while around 1 in 5 would be uncomfortable.

■ Just a quarter (26%) said they would be comfortable with someone who was receiving help to stop using heroin moving near to them, while half (49%) would be uncomfortable.

■ There was no public consensus on what should be the top government priority for tackling heroin use in Scotland – 32% chose ‘tougher penalties for those who take heroin’, 32% ‘more help for people who want to stop using heroin’ and 28% ‘more education about drugs’.

■ Just 16% agreed that people who possess heroin for personal use should not be prosecuted (compared with 34% for cannabis).

■ Public support for providing clean needles to injecting drug users fell from 62% in 2001 to 50% in 2009.

■ Opinion on educating young people about safer drug use was split – 44% agreed that young people should be given information about how to use drugs more safely, but 40% disagreed.

■ Four out of five (80%) agreed that ‘the only real way of helping drug addicts is to get them to stop using drugs altogether’. However, 29% agreed that ‘most heroin users can never stop using drugs completely’, while 27% said they neither agreed nor disagreed or did not know.

■ 63% disagreed that ‘Someone who has been a heroin addict can never make a good parent, even if their drug problems are in the past’.

■ Around two thirds (64%) said that young children of heroin users should be placed into temporary foster care until the parents stop taking heroin. A further 1 in 5 believed the child should stay at home while the family receives help from social workers and just 8% said the child should be permanently adopted by another family.

The full report is also accessible online.

Source: http://uwsnealb.wordpress.com/2010/05/28/scottish-social-attitudes-survey-2009-public-attitudes-to-drugs-and-drug-use-in-scotland/ May 25 2010

20 Children A Day Treated For Alcoholism

How serious is the child and teenage alcohol problem in your area?

More than 20 children and teenagers are being treated in hospital every day for alcohol-related illnesses, including mental disorders, poisoning and liver disease, according to newly released official data.

The figures, labelled “staggering” by one of Britain’s most senior doctors, show that in the year 2005-6, during which Labour introduced 24-hour drinking, the number of under-18s seeking treatment for alcohol-related health problems leapt by 13% to 8,894, an average of 24 a day.

The research, released in parliament by Caroline Flint, the health minister, shows that the number treated has gone up by 33% since Labour came to power in 1997.

Professor Ian Gilmore, president of the Royal College of Physicians, said: “This is a staggering rise and it is only the tip of the iceberg.
“Drinks sold by supermarkets and off-licences are cheaper than ever, and those shops have been at the front of the queue for 24-hour licences, so it has never been more available.

“The younger they drink, the more likely they are to have alcohol-related problems later in life. It is now commonplace to see men and women in their twenties with end-stage alcoholic liver damage.”
The disease figures released by Flint do not include those people treated for injuries sustained in incidents such as drunken fights or drink-driving.

Separately, the government has released figures for patients treated for alcohol-related conditions in accident and emergency wards, showing that alcohol-related medical emergencies and hospital treatments have doubled since 1997.

In some parts of the country the rise is even steeper. The worst areas include the region formerly covered by Cheshire and Merseyside Strategic Health Authority, where 742 young people were treated last year, a rise of more than 25% in just a year. In Northumberland, Tyne and Wear, the number went up by a quarter.
By contrast, some southern health authorities experienced an improvement. In Bedfordshire and Hertfordshire, for example, there were only 119 cases, a fall of 30%.

In addition to the figures for children and teenagers, the Department of Health data also show that the number of people aged 18 and over treated for alcohol-related illness has gone up from 124,925 to 253,603 since 1997, a rise of more than 100%.
The data, released in a written answer, appear to contradict the government’s claims that the liberalisation of pub opening and supermarket off-sales time would lead to more responsible drinking.

They bear out research published earlier this year by the British Association for Emergency Medicine, which found an increase in alcohol-related injuries treated in hospital among all age groups since the change to the drinking laws.

Ahead of its launch of 24-hour opening in November 2005, the government assured voters that there would be tougher controls on underage drinking.
It announced on-the-spot fines for children buying alcohol and tougher penalties for staff serving them.
Tessa Jowell, the culture secretary, said at the time: “The result will be more freedom for responsible adults and tougher treatment for the yobbish minority.”

Labour’s approach to teenage drinking has not always lived up to the responsible image that it likes to project.
In the run-up to the 2001 general election, the party sent text messages to first-time voters telling them, “Don’t give a XXXX for last orders? Vote Labour”. This was an allusion to advertisements for Castlemaine XXXX, the Australian beer.

Dr Gray Smith-Laing, a consultant at the Medway Maritime hospital in Gillingham, Kent, who treats patients with liver disease, said last week: “What we’re seeing is the numbers going up, the age coming down.

“The idea that (24-hour opening) just smooths out the drinking and people drink the same amount over a longer period of time is complete rubbish.”
The Department of Health says that levels of binge drinking have peaked and new facilities such as walk-in centres could explain the growth in treatment for drink-related injuries.

The department said yesterday: “The increased attendances at A&E departments, as seen in recently published figures, began some years ago. Evidence suggests that increased rate of growth of attendances predates the change in licensing laws by several years. In fact, this year growth has actually slowed.”

SOURCE: POSTED BY ALCOHOLICS ANONYMOUS UK AT 7:50 AM MON 25.12.06

Drugs Figures Paint Incorrect Pictures Of Misuse

MULTIPLE DRUG USE NOW THE NORM, HEROIN SHUNNED BY YOUNG
Government drug policy is too centred on heroin abuse, fails to take account of the realities of current usage trends and needs to focus on individual user behaviour if it is to reflect the true picture and formulate meaningful responses, a leading academic at National University of Ireland Maynooth urged.
‘A Dizzying Array of Substances; An Ethnographic Study of Drug Use in the Canal Communities’ is the result of a long-term study which closely examined the realities of drug use in local life of Rialto, Bluebell and Inchicore, three communities served by the Canal Communities Local Drugs Task Force. It was led by principal investigator Dr A Jamie Saris and primary field researcher Fiona O’Reilly at the Department of Anthropology, NUI Maynooth.
The ethnographic research, carried out mostly in 2008 and early 2009, gives the most compelling evidence to date that multiple drug use is the norm amongst drug users in the Canal Communities and, the researchers concluded, most probably in other areas.
“The big problem is that as far as government is concerned, ‘drugs’, from a treatment perspective, has traditionally meant heroin. Thus, the apparent leveling off of the need for a very opiate-centric treatment service in the Canal Communities in recent years is deceptive” said Dr Saris.
Besides the ethnographic work, the study surveyed, on a long term basis, 92 people using either heroin or methadone in the study area. Unsurprisingly most of those surveyed were on methadone (98%). Of those surveyed:
•63% claimed to have used heroin in the previous three months
•30% had used crack cocaine
•22% had used powder cocaine
•46% had also taken street tranquilisers
•50% were on prescribed tranquillisers, and
•60% had also smoked cannabis within the past three months.
“The majority of those registered on the methadone treatment programme are also using a cocktail of other substances, very often including heroin. Multiple drug use is the reality for nearly all users, and official policy needs to have this understanding at its centre”, Saris said.
In the course of their study, the research team also noted a strong stigma against heroin use amongst the 16-25 age group who still regularly used a lot of other substances, including cocaine and off-label prescription medication. “The reality is that these people are difficult for a treatment infrastructure built around opiates to service. If they have issues, they are more difficult to address,” said Saris.
” The stress that policy-makers and community activists place on ‘crack’ or ‘heroin’ or any other single drug as clear and present social dangers obscures the ubiquity of polydrug use. It makes it appear that these users are very different from other drug-users in the rest of society including cannabis and recreational cocaine users, and it also obscures how commonly legal pharmaceuticals, such as benzodiazepines, even methadone itself, are regularly consumed ‘illegally’.”
He said that a focus on drug use alone is the mistake. “The lives we examined, however damaged by an attraction to certain pharmaceuticals, are rarely defined solely by such behaviour. These people are also sons and daughters, fathers and mothers, partners and lovers, as well as employees and community members. This sensibility does in fact inform a lot of local community activities aimed at assisting users, but such work is often difficult to justify to official funders under the rubric of ‘treatment’, as currently understood. Unless we can understand who users are, what they are taking and why, we will not be able to assign the appropriate resources, treatments or management systems.”
Tony MacCarthaigh, chairperson of the Canal Communities Local Drugs Task Force commented that “individuals and not chemicals need to become the focal point of treatment, and treatment needs to assist individuals in developing another orientation not just to drugs, but to life”.
Source: www.addictiontoday.org 9th July 2010

Monitoring the Future survey shows that while marijuana continues to be the most commonly


Monitoring the Future survey shows that while marijuana continues to be the most commonly used illicit drug among teens in the USA, current use of marijuana has dropped by 25 also dropped by seven percent among all three grades combined. Teen use of amphetamines, particularly methamphetamine, dropped significantly in five years and year-over-year, between 2005 and 2006, with less than one percent of teens having used it in the past 30 days.

The survey also noted reductions in the following drug categories between 2001 and 2006, including:

** Marijuana use is down in all categories for all grades combined. Lifetime, past year, and past 30 day use decreased 18 percent, 20 percent, and 25 percent (from 35% to 29%; 26% to 22%; and 17% to 13%, respectively).

** Use of cigarettes is down since 2001 in all four use categories (lifetime, past month, daily, and more than one-half pack per day) in all three grades.

** Youth use of alcohol was also down across the board – in all five use categories (lifetime, past year, past month, daily, and more than five drinks in a row in the last two weeks) and in all three grades over five years.

** Lifetime use of steroids for teens declined among all three grades, with past year and past month use also down among 8th and 10th graders.

Source: Source: nyac@TheAntiDrug.com Dec 2006

Filed under: Cannabis,USA,Youth :

Patterns and Trends in Inhalant Use by Adolescent Males and Females, 2002-2005

Combined data from SAMHSA’s 2002 to 2005 National Surveys on Drug Use & Health found an annual average of 1.1 million (4.5%) youths aged 12 to 17 used an inhalant in the 12 months prior to being surveyed. About 2.6% of all youth who had not used inhalants before were new users (that is, had used an inhalant for the first time in the past year. The annual average of new users was 600,000 youth (289,000 males and 311,000 females).
The types of inhalants most frequently mentioned as having been used in the past year by new users were: glue, shoe polish, or toluene (30.5%), gasoline or lighter fluid (25.3%), nitrous oxide or “whippets” (23.9%), and spray paints (23.5%).
Among new inhalants users, females were more likely than males to have used: glue, shoe polish, or toluene (34.9% vs. 25.8%); spray paints (26.1% vs. 20.8%); aerosol sprays other than spray paints (23.0% vs. 16.4%); correction fluid, degreaser, or cleaning fluid (23.4% vs. 13.6%); and amy nitrite, “poppers,” locker room odorizers, or “rush” (18.2% vs. 11.6%).
New male inhalant users were more likely than females to have used nitrous oxide or “whippets” (29.0% vs.19.3%). Between 2002 and 2005, use of nitrous oxide or whippets declined among new inhalant users (from 31.6% to 21.3% in 2005). In contrast, use of aerosol sprays other than spray paints doubled from 12.6% of new inhalant using youth in 2002 to 25.4% of new inhalant using youth in 2005.

Source: The NSDUH Report: Patterns and Trends in Inhalant Use by Adolescent Males and Females, 2002-2005

Filed under: Solvent abuse,Youth :

Brief skills training is effective to curb college drinking

Brief skills training is effective to curb college drinking
A study in Swedish colleges, where over-use of alcohol is widespread, showed that a Brief Skills Training Program was effective in reducing alcohol consumption over a two-year period.

Students were randomly assigned to a brief skills training program (BSTP) with interactive lectures and discussions, a twelve-step–influenced (TSI) program with didactic lectures by therapists trained in the 12-step approach, and a control group. More than three quarters of the students were rated “high risk” on an alcohol consumption score.

At follow-up two years later, the high-risk students who had received the BSTP program showed significantly better outcomes than high-risk students who had undergone TSI. The TSI students did no better than the control group.

Source:The study results are in the March issue of Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental

Study Praises Prevention Based on ‘Competence Skills’


April 5, 2007

A new study finds that teaching teens ‘competence skills’ — such as good self-management and positive psychological characteristics — can effectively reduce adolescent alcohol and other drug use.
Health News Digest reported April 4 that the study from Weill Cornell Medical College researchers found competence skills can protect teens from social risk factors for substance abuse, including having friends who use alcohol, tobacco, or illicit drugs.
Researchers who studied a group of 1,500 (mostly Hispanic) adolescents from New York City over a period of three years found that those with high refusal-assertiveness marks and sound decision-making skills were less likely to smoke or use multiple substances, even when they had friends or siblings who did.
“The take-home message from these findings is that competence skills matter in our understanding of substance use,” says study author Jennifer A. Epstein of the Division of Prevention and Health Behavior at Weill Cornell. “They can combat powerful social influences from friends and siblings to use multiple substances, including cigarettes. Moreover, this research provides important support for drug-abuse prevention programs that include the teaching of competence skills, including refusal skills and decision-making skills.”
“Students need to be encouraged to develop competence skills to resist drugs, since social and other risk factors can never be entirely eliminated,” added Gilbert Botvin, senior author of the report and developer of the Life Skills Training prevention program.
The study was published in the issue of the journal

Source: journal: Addictive Behaviors. April 2007

Filed under: Education,Youth :

Calif. Tobacco Prevention Program Credited with Cutting Smoking


Research Summary

Smoking among young adults has plummeted since California implemented a groundbreaking tobacco-control plan 12 years ago, according to new research from the University of California at San Diego.

The California Tobacco Control Program, established in 1989, has been credited with reducing smoking among all adult smokers, but the decline among young adults has been especially striking, researchers said. Notably, cessation rates among young Californians were higher than among young adults in New York and New Jersey, which have similarly high tobacco prices but lack comprehensive stop-smoking campaigns, as well as compared to young adults in tobacco-growing states (TGS).

“We were surprised to find that, since the advent of the California campaign, young people have increased their rate of quitting by 50 percent, far more than their older counterparts,” said study author Karen Messer, Ph.D. “It used to be that smokers over age 50 were the ones quitting because they understood the health consequences of smoking …
“These young adults have grown up in a tobacco-controlled climate, where smoking isn’t the norm and isn’t socially supported. We may be seeing the first generation who believe it’s not cool to smoke, which could pay huge dividends in their future health.”

Another UCLA study focused on tobacco consumption trends. “We found that there is a national trend of declining cigarette consumption for all age groups, but the most significant by far was observed in California smokers over age 35,” noted researcher Wael K. Al-Delaimy, M.D., Ph.D.
“The data suggest that — compared with states with no tobacco control initiatives (TGS) or states with an increased cigarette price as the principal tobacco control measure (NY/NJ) – California’s comprehensive tobacco control program is more effective in decreasing cigarette consumption for those over age 35.”

Source: journal Tobacco Control April 2007

Adolescent Brains Not Ready to Avoid Risks, Study Says


A Temple University psychologist argues that society would be better off using strict laws to prevent risky behaviors by adolescents rather than education programs, saying that teens’ brains are too immature to avoid risk-taking, USA Today reported April 5.
“We need to rethink our whole approach to preventing teen risk,” said researcher Laurence Steinberg, who drew his conclusions after reviewing a decade’s worth of research on the adolescent brain. “Adolescents are at an age where they do not have full capacity to control themselves. As adults, we need to do some of the controlling.”
Steinberg said society would be best served by raising the driving age, increasing cigarette prices, and enforcing underage-drinking laws than investing in prevention programs. “I don’t believe the problem behind teen risky behavior is a lack of knowledge,” he said. “The programs do a good job in teaching kids the facts. Education alone doesn’t work. It doesn’t seem to affect their behavior.”
“Kids will sign drug pledges. They really mean that, but when they get in a park on a Friday night with their friends, that pledge is nowhere to be found in their brain structure,” agreed psychologist Michael Bradley. “They’re missing the neurologic brakes that adults have.”
Isabel Sawhill, co-director of the Center on Children and Families at the Washington-based Brookings Institution, said the findings are “good research for policymakers to consider, but we shouldn’t infer from this research that all our past efforts have been ineffective. I’m not in favor of just doing education, but I’m also not in favor of not doing it, either. We need to do some of both.”

Source: Current Directions in Psychological Science. April 2007

Alcohol Prevention More Difficult For Young Men To Swallow


Young men are three times more likely to die from alcohol-related injuries than females. To make matters worse, new research released today shows that they do not respond to school-based drug education as well as their female counterparts.
Delivery of a new school-based program has resulted in lower alcohol consumption, less binge drinking and less alcohol-related harms – but only in females.
CLIMATE Schools: Alcohol Module was developed and trialled by the National Drug and Alcohol Research Centre (NDARC) at the University of NSW. Researcher, Ms Laura Vogl, found that the findings were consistent with the results of many other school-based drug prevention programs.
“Males are a much harder group to reach,” Ms Vogl said. “It is common knowledge that alcohol use generally increases from the early to late teenage years. This program was effective in subduing this growth. Twelve months after the program was delivered it was clear that the CLIMATE program had subdued the growth of alcohol use and harm for females.”
After one year, students who did not get the CLIMATE program reported:
o Twice the increase in average weekly alcohol consumption compared with the students who received the CLIMATE program.
o A fives times greater increase in the frequency of binge drinking compared with the students who received the CLIMATE program.
o Twice the increase in the maximum number of drinks consumed during these binging occasions, and
o A five times greater increase in the number of alcohol-related harms experienced in the previous 12 months compared with the students who received the CLIMATE program

CLIMATE Schools: Alcohol Module was developed by NDARC in collaboration with the Clinical Research Unit for Anxiety and Depression and secondary school teachers. This program was trialled with over 1,500 Year 8 students in Catholic and Independent schools. This innovative program uses a computerised cartoon-based teenage drama to teach young people skills to minimise alcohol consumption and reduce the risk of harm.
The program was successful in teaching all young people, both males and females, the knowledge to minimise alcohol-related harm. It was also effective in moderating students’

beliefs regarding the positive benefits of alcohol. Students were far less likely to glamorise the effects of alcohol after they had completed the CLIMATE program.
However, when it came to behaviour change, it was only female students who changed their behaviour.
For the boys, the CLIMATE program was no more effective in changing alcohol use behaviour than the standard alcohol prevention education currently being delivered in the control schools.
Ms Vogl said that there could be a number of reasons to explain this result.
”The Australian Alcohol Guidelines were used in the program and these state that males can drink more alcohol than females to stay at low risk,” explained Ms Vogl. ”Currently, many young females drink similar amounts to their male counterparts. Pointing out to young women that they cannot actually drink as much alcohol for the same level of risk, may have been a shock for many and made them rethink their behaviour.“
Drinking and the experience of alcohol-related harm is often seen as a badge of honour or sign of manhood and could be a contributing factor to the gender differences.
“If a male student is involved in a fight, he may be viewed as a hero. Likewise, if a male has unplanned sex whilst under the influence of alcohol, he may be viewed as a stud. By contrast, if a female accidentally falls pregnant while under the influence of alcohol, she may be viewed as promiscuous. If she vomits in a public place as a result of drinking, the consequences can be dire.”
Traditionally, male socialisation and friendships also revolve more closely around alcohol than that of females. For alcohol prevention interventions to be effective with male students a broader range of alcohol related beliefs may need to be targeted.
Research has suggested that it may be necessary to focus on the negative sexual effects of alcohol, such as erectile dysfunction, to achieve success. The only obstacle to this is that it may be considered inappropriate to teach this in Year 7 and 8 of high school, when alcohol prevention education needs to be implemented.
“Alcohol-related harm is a major concern during adolescence, especially for males. Effective alcohol prevention programs do exist and in many cases are the ones implemented in schools. However, greater time needs to be given for more intensive interventions with the hope of more effectively changing the behaviour of young males.”
ends

Source: NDARC. Univ. of New South Wales. Australia February 25 2007

Filed under: Alcohol,Education,Youth :

Genetic Risk Factors for both Marijuana and Alcohol Misuse Similar

• Marijuana is the most commonly used illicit drug in the United States.
• New research shows that the use and misuse of alcohol and marijuana are influenced by a common set of genes.
Marijuana is the most commonly used illicit drug in the United States. Roughly eight to 12 percent of marijuana users are considered “dependent” and, just like alcohol, the severity of symptoms increases with heavier use. A new study has found that use and misuse of alcohol and marijuana are influenced by a common set of genes.
Results will be published in the March 2010 issue of Alcoholism: Clinical & Experimental Research and are currently available at Early View.
“Results from a large annual survey of high-school students show that in 2008, 41.8 percent of 12th graders reported having used marijuana,” explained Carolyn E. Sartor, a research instructor at Washington University School of Medicine and corresponding author for the study. “Although many may have used the drug on only a few occasions, 5.4 percent of 12th graders reported using it daily within the preceding month.”
“The active ingredient in marijuana is THC, which mimics natural cannabinoids that the brain produces,” added Christian Hopfer, associate professor at the University of Colorado School of Medicine. “The cannabinoid system is critical for learning, memory, appetite, and pain perception. Most users of marijuana will not develop an ‘addiction’ to it, but perhaps one in 12 will. What is not commonly appreciated about marijuana use is that strong evidence has emerged that it increases the risk of developing mental illnesses and possibly exacerbates pre-existing mental illnesses.”
“Like any drug, marijuana can be used in a way that negatively impacts quality of life, interfering with functioning at school or work or leading to problems with family and friends,” said Sartor. “Although at least three of six symptoms listed in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders – Fourth Edition (DSM-IV) are needed to meet full criteria for cannabis (marijuana) dependence … the presence of even one or two of these symptoms could create distress or interfere with day-to-day functioning. There is strong evidence for a genetic component to use and dependence on marijuana as well as alcohol, and the use (and misuse) of these substances frequently occur together.”
Researchers examined 6,257 individuals (2,761 complete twin pairs and 735 singletons) listed in the Australian Twin Registry, 24 to 36 years of age. Alcohol and marijuana use histories were gathered in telephone diagnostic interviews and used to derive levels of alcohol consumption, frequency of marijuana use, and DSM-IV alcohol and cannabis dependence symptoms.
“Our findings indicate that … many of the same genetic factors that contribute to alcohol use also contribute to marijuana use,” said Sartor. “Likewise, alcohol dependence symptoms and cannabis dependence symptoms can be traced to some of the same genetic influences. For both alcohol and marijuana, the majority of genetic factors that contribute to use also contribute to dependence symptoms.”
“In other words,” said Hopfer, “the genetic influences on drug use are not specific to individual drugs, but seem to influence a general tendency to engage in drug use. This is important to note because there is a tendency to study drugs in isolation – alcohol, tobacco, marijuana, cocaine, etc. These findings add support to the notion of common mechanisms underlying all addictions.”
“The fact that very little of the environmental influences on alcohol and marijuana use, or on alcohol and cannabis dependence symptoms, could be traced to common sources indicates that there may be important distinctions between those environmental factors that influence alcohol-related outcomes and those that influence marijuana-related outcomes,” said Sartor. “Identifying alcohol- and marijuana-specific risk factors is an important next step in this line of research.”
“Marijuana research is relatively sparse compared to alcohol or nicotine research,” added Hopfer. “However, if you look at reports of at least adolescents and young people using, it becomes clear that marijuana use, including daily marijuana use, is quite common and the effects of this are not well understood. The mental illness/marijuana connection has not received much press, although I think the evidence has grown substantially that marijuana is a causal risk factor for the development of mental illness.”

Source: http://www.attcnetwork.org/explore/priorityareas/science/tools/asmeDetails.asp?ID=643

Study: Parents’ Expectations Can Influence Risky Teen Behavior

Research Summary

The more parents expect their teens to engage in risky behaviors such as drinking and using drugs, the more likely their teens are to follow through with those behaviors, Reuters reported Oct. 16.
Researchers found that adolescents with mothers who expected them to be more rebellious and take greater risks reported higher levels of risky behavior than other adolescents during follow-up surveys.
On the other hand, parents may lower the rate of risky behavior among their adolescent children by expecting that they can resist negative peer pressure and instead engage in positive behavior, according to the study.
“Parents who believe they are simply being realistic might actually contribute to a self-fulfilling prophecy,” said study author and Wake Forest University psychology professor Christy Buchanan. “By thinking risk-taking or rebelliousness is normal for teenagers and conveying that to their children, parents might add to other messages from society that make teenagers feel abnormal if they are not willing to take risks or break laws.”
The study’s recommendations for parents included modeling good behavior for their teens, exposing them to examples of positive things that other teens are doing, and making sure their teens know there are consequences to risky behavior.
The study was based on surveys of more than 200 6th- and 7th-graders and their mothers.
Source: Journal of Research on Adolescence. June 2009

Filed under: Parents,Youth :

‘Truth’ Campaign Can Save Half a Million Lives, Billions of Dollars

The truth youth anti-smoking campaign has the power to save hundreds of thousands of lives and billions of dollars in smoking related health care costs and productivity losses, according to the Citizens’ Commission to Protect the Truth, a group composed of every former U.S. Secretary of Health, Education and Welfare and Health and Human Services with the exception of Michael Leavitt; every former U.S. Surgeon General; and every former Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
A recent study published in the American Journal of Preventive Medicine indicated that the medical care costs averted by the truth® campaign – due to prevention of smoking – were far greater than the costs of the campaign itself and found that for every dollar invested in truth®, it is estimated that society saved over $6.80. The study focused on the period of 2000–2002. During this period of time, the truth® campaign has been credited with reducing the number of children and teen smokers by 300,000.
We believe that if the truth® campaign continues for another five years (2009-2014) with similar effectiveness, there will be up to 500,000 fewer youth smokers with savings of up to $9.0 billion in future medical costs.
The Commission based its analysis on the findings of the study presented in the May 2009 issue of the American Journal of Preventive Medicine, which found that the decrease in the number of youth who initiated smoking as a result of truth® during the period of 2000–2002 may result in averting up to $5.4 billion in future medical costs.
According to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, one-third of young smokers will die prematurely from smoking-related diseases. Since 80% of adult smokers began using tobacco products before the age of 18, the hundreds of thousands of children who opt not to smoke because of their exposure to truth® will almost certainly not become adult smokers.
“Ending smoking by American children and teens is crucial to the health and cost of healthcare to our nation. The truth® campaign provides a return on investment that would make the greediest corporate CEOs salivate. The truth® campaign is one of the most effective investments in the history of public health,” said Joseph A. Califano, Jr., Commission Chairman and former U.S. Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare who started the national anti-smoking campaign in 1978. “truth® is the only national smoking prevention campaign not directed by the tobacco industry which exposes the tactics of the tobacco industry, the truth about addiction, and the health effects and social consequences of smoking.”
The American Legacy Foundation’s life-saving truth® campaign is the largest national youth smoking prevention campaign and an extraordinary public health story. The campaign is a national peer-to-peer intervention that works. In its first two years, truth® was responsible for 22% of the overall decline in youth smoking—a decrease which represents approximately 300,000 fewer smokers. Peer reviewed studies, both old and new, underscore that truth® can inoculate teens against tobacco addiction. The truth® campaign’s successes are unassailable.
Source : Citizens Commission to Protect the Truth April 19, 2009

Filed under: Nicotine,Prevention,Youth :

Rise witnessed in child cocaine treatment


According to details given by the NHS, there has been a 65 per cent increase in people receiving treatment for cocaine addiction in UK. These are teenagers which is cause of concern.
These figures correspond to the announcement by the Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs (ACMD) earlier. It was found by an NHS study, conducted by the National Treatment Agency for Substance Misuse, that the number these teenagers has doubled since 2005.
It was reported that users were combining cocaine with alcohol that causes more damage to the heart and makes users more violent. It was noticed that a six-month treatment treated four in 10 people and they were no longer addicted, but several left the treatment midway.
In England, about 12,354 people were treated for cocaine addiction last year. Between 2005-06 and 2008-09 a rise was seen in the number of people coming for treatment and the figures increased from 453 to 745, and the number of 18- to 24-year-olds doubled from 1,586 to 3,005.
The chairman of the ACMD, Professor Les Iversen stated, “The figures were deeply concerning.”
The Conservatives and Liberal Democrats both stated that a change was needed in the government’s approach to tackling addiction.

Source: www.topnews.net.nz 3rdMarch 2010

Parental monitoring can reduce teens’ marijuana use

A new American study suggests that parental monitoring can help bring down the cases of marijuana use by adolescents.
Psychologists Andrew Lac and William Crano of the Claremont Graduate University examined various studies to find the connection between parental monitoring (when parents know where their children are, what company are they in and what they are doing) and adolescent marijuana use.
Lac and Crano selected 17 studies containing data on over 35,000 participants. They assessed parental monitoring on the basis of admissions made by adolescent themselves and not their parents’ reports of keeping an eye on their children. The researchers found a strong link between parental monitoring and the decreased use of marijuana by adolescents.
The authors write: “Our review suggests that parents are far from irrelevant, even when it comes to an illegal and often secretive behavior on the part of their children.” They also believe that their analysis might come in handy for marijuana-prevention programs that are aimed at parents.
The findings of the review have been published in the latest issue of Perspectives on Psychological Science, a journal of the Association for Psychological Science. (ANI)

Source: Health Wise November 17th, 2009

Filed under: Cannabis,Parents,Youth :

Parents encourage youngsters to drink, finds Oz study

A new Australian study suggests that parental encouragement leads to alcoholism in teenagers. The latest MBF Healthwatch survey found that 63percent of Aussies in the higher income bracket approve of alcohol consumption by 15 to 17 year olds at home under the eyes of parents.
“Our survey suggests many Australians believe it’s acceptable to buy alcohol for teenagers and allow them to drink under parental supervision at home,” Bupa Australia Chief Medical Officer, Dr Christine Bennett, said.
Dr Bennett continued: “Some parents may think this is harmless; some may see this approach as a way to teach their teenage children about socially responsible drinking. But we want parents to understand that early exposure may actually be doing them damage. “Evidence suggests that the earlier the age that alcohol is introduced, the greater the risk of long-term alcohol related health problems.
“Binge drinking in young people is on the rise. Too much alcohol impairs young people’s judgement, which can lead to violence, injury and build a pattern of use that leads to lifetime dependence. “It’s shocking to think that one teenager a week dies of alcohol abuse. We teach children about the harmful effects of smoking, unsafe sex and taking illicit drugs, but we also need to teach them about the damage that alcohol can do.”
The survey also found that people’s acceptance of supervised underage drinking was closely related to their income levels. Nearly 63percent people earning over 100,000 dollars approved supervised drinking; 53percent people with incomes between 70,001 to 100,000 dollars were comfortable with the idea followed by 48percent people getting paychecks ranging from 40,001 to 70,000 dollars.
Dr Bennett added: “Given that social drinking is a common part of the Australian culture, our challenge is to help our young people learn how to enjoy alcohol in a socially responsible way and protect them from harm now and in the long-term.
“That will mean educating young people about the risks of underage drinking and, as parents and a community, being good role models.”

Source: Health News Dec. 3rd 2009

Filed under: Alcohol,Australia,Parents,Youth :

Kids who drink with parents ‘develop alcohol problems’

Children, whose parents allow them to have alcohol at home in a bid to teach responsible drinking, drink even more outside of home, a new study claims.
A study of 428 Dutch families has found that teens who drank under their parents’ watch or on their own were at a greater risk of developing alcohol-related problems. The researchers insists that the study puts into question the advice of some experts who recommend that parents drink with their teenage children with the aim of limiting their drinking outside of the home.
Dr. Haske van der Vorst, the lead researcher on the study, said: “The idea is generally based on common sense. For example, the thinking is that if parents show good behavior-here, modest drinking-then the child will copy it. Another assumption is that parents can control their child’s drinking by drinking with the child.” Every family, which was quizzed, had two children between the ages of 13 and 15. Parents and teens completed questionnaires on drinking habits at the outset and again one and two years later.
The researchers found that, in general, the more teens drank at home, the more they tended to drink elsewhere; the reverse was also true, with out-of-home drinking leading to more drinking at home.
In addition, teens who drank more often, whether in or out of the home, tended to score higher on a measure of problem drinking two years later.
Haske van der Vorst, of Radboud University Nijmegen in the Netherlands concluded: “I would advise parents to prohibit their child from drinking, in any setting or on any occasion. “If parents want to reduce the risk that their child will become a heavy drinker or problem drinker in adolescence, they should try to postpone the age at which their child starts drinking.” (ANI)

Source: Health News. Jan 28th 2010

Filed under: Alcohol,Europe,Parents,Youth :

School-Based Drug Abuse Prevention Program Also Works Against Violence and Delinquency

Background: Prevention interventions that focus on the impact of social influences, making healthy choices, and promoting anti-substance abusing norms have proven effective in reducing adolescent drug use. The school-based drug abuse prevention program Life Skills Training (LST) teaches a variety of cognitive-behavioral skills for problem-solving and decisionmaking, resisting media influences, managing stress and anxiety, communicating effectively, developing healthy personal relationships, and asserting one’s rights. Researchers wanted to know if these strategies may also be successfully applied to combat adolescent delinquency, verbal and physical aggression, and fighting.

Study Design: Researchers introduced LST to 2,374 students in 20 New York City public and parochial schools, and established a comparable control group. Sample composition was 39 percent African-American, 33 percent Hispanic, 10 percent White; 55 percent economically disadvantaged; and 30 percent living in mother-only households.

What They Found: After 15 school-based sessions, delinquency and frequent fighting were significantly reduced across the entire intervention group.

Comments from the Authors: This study supports the idea that multiple problem behaviors may have common causes. It further suggests that the development of comprehensive, integrated school-based approaches to prevention may more efficiently target an array of related behaviors, thereby reducing the burden on resources and increasing the likelihood for adoption and implementation.

What’s Next: More research is needed to test the durability of the LST approach. It would also be useful to determine if these strategies can prevent more serious forms of violence, such as assault and homicide.

Publication: The study, led by Dr. Gilbert J. Botvin of the Department of Public Health at Weill Cornell University Medical College, was published in volume 7, pages 403-408 (2006) of Prevention Science.

Source: NIDA 27th Aug.2007

Filed under: Education,Prevention,Youth :

Binge drinking soars among under-14s

Oct 8, 2007 in alcohol, hospital
Tags: risky drinking, teenage binge drinking
The Telegraph:
One in seven people taken to hospital for drinking too much in the past year was under 14 years old, according to new figures.
A total of 2,239 under-14s were given treatment in A&E suffering from the effects of alcohol over the past 12 months, a study found – one in seven of the total under 59 admitted.
The revelations about the scale of underage drinking led to renewed calls for a clampdown on alcohol advertising seemingly targeted at children.
The last time The Telegraph looked at this issue (February 2007) they found there were 7,596 admissions involving 16- to 19-year-olds. The Guardian in June this year were reporting “that last year 5,280 children younger than 16 were admitted because of their drinking – of whom 59% were girls”. Previously (November 2006) the BBC had said they had found out there were “20 cases a day of under-18s diagnosed with conditions like alcohol poisoning.”

Source: Daily Dose 13th Oct.2007

Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

How to Implement a Model to Get Youth off Drugs and Out of Crime

In this national fellowship report, project directors from the first 10 Reclaiming Futures sites share the lessons they learned in creating and implementing a model for helping teens in trouble overcome drugs, alcohol and crime.

The directors offer specific steps for planning and instigating the changes, provide real-life examples from diverse communities across the nation, and provide a road map for communities to adopt the six-step model all at once or one step at a time.

The report recommends screening each teen for drug and alcohol problems, assessing the severity of his/her drug and alcohol use, providing prompt access to a treatment plan coordinated by a service team; and connecting the teen with employers, mentors, and volunteer service projects.

The report describes how judges, probation officers, treatment specialists, families and community members can take steps right now to improve the future of these youth.

Upon completion of a brief survey, the full report is available as a PDF to download at no cost.

http://www.reclaimingfutures.org/?q=judicial_report_survey&reportname=ProjectDirectors

Publication Year: 2007

Publisher

Reclaiming Futures
Portland State University
527 SW Hall, Suite 400
Portland, or 97201
Phone: 503.725.8911
Website: http://www.reclaimingfutures.org

Filed under: Addiction,Youth :

Methamphetamine Abuse Linked To Underage Sex, Smoking And Drinking

Children and adolescents who abuse alcohol or are sexually active are more likely to take methamphetamines (MA), also known as ‘meth’ or ‘speed’. New research reveals the risk factors associated with MA use, in both low-risk children (those who don’t take drugs) and high-risk children (those who have taken other drugs or who have ever attended juvenile detention centres).

MA is a stimulant, usually smoked, snorted or injected. It produces sensations of euphoria, lowered inhibitions, feelings of invincibility, increased wakefulness, heightened sexual experiences, and hyperactivity resulting from increased energy for extended periods of time. According to the lead author of this study, Terry P. Klassen of the University of Alberta, Canada, “MA is produced, or ‘cooked’, quickly, reasonably simply, and cheaply by using legal and readily available ingredients with recipes that can be found on the internet”.
Because of the low cost, ready availability and legal status of the drug, long-term use can be a serious problem. In order to assess the risk factors that are associated with people using MA, Klassen and his team carried out an analysis of twelve different medical studies, combining their results to get a bigger picture of the MA problem. They said, “Within the low-risk group, there were some clear patterns of risk factors associated with MA use. A history of engaging in behaviors such as sexual activity, alcohol consumption and smoking was significantly associated with MA use among low-risk youth. Engaging in these kinds of behaviors may be a gateway for MA use or vice versa. A homosexual or bisexual lifestyle is also a risk factor.”
Amongst high-risk youth, the risk factors the authors identified were, “growing up in an unstable family environment (e.g., family history of crime, alcohol use and drug use) and having received treatment for psychiatric conditions. Among high-risk youth, being female was also a risk factor”.

Source: BMC Pediatrics (2008, October 29). Methamphetamine Abuse Linked To Underage Sex, Smoking And Drinking. ScienceDaily. Retrieved November 12, 2009, from http://www.sciencedaily.com

Potentially fatal combination of youth and alcohol

By LINDSAY McINTOSH

THE antisocial effects of underage drinking are felt by communities across Scotland, with some areas becoming no-go zones on Friday and Saturday nights as a result.
But the real cost of the country’s child drink shame is human, with some youngsters killing themselves with booze.

Just over a year ago, the body of schoolgirl Naomi Thomson was found at a friend’s house in Fraserburgh, Aberdeenshire.
Her death certificate says the fatality is “unexplained”, but it lists “probable acute alcohol intoxication”. It is believed the 14-year-old drank herself to death at a sleepover party.

In February 2002, Craig Ritchie, 13, died after taking part in a secret drinking session with friends. He choked on his own vomit and suffered a heart attack. He was admitted to hospital in a coma and was declared dead ten days later. The pupil at Aberdeen’s Kincorth Academy had been drinking cider with a group of friends in Cove on the city’s outskirts.

In December 2005, two 13-year-old girls were found drunk and unconscious on a snow-covered street after going to an under-18s disco. One was on the brink of death when police officers discovered the scantily clad girls in Westhill, Aberdeenshire. The teenager did not come round for six hours after being treated for hypothermia and alcohol intoxication at Aberdeen Royal Infirmary.

Earlier this month, two girls of the same age were found on the streets in “mortal danger”, according to police. The pair had handed over their pocket money to a man to buy them alcohol from an off- licence in Livingston. Police said they could have lost their way and fallen unconscious which, combined with the cold weather, might have had fatal consequences. During an eight-hour blitz on the town, officers found six “heavily drunk” youths and took them to the police station to sober them up.

The definition of “under-age” sank to a shocking low this October, when community wardens in Cowie, Stirlingshire, caught a boy of seven swigging from a bottle of strong cider. Alcohol campaigners said the youngster could have died if he had drunk the whole one-litre bottle.

Wardens said they found young people openly drinking in the village streets, in flagrant disregard of local by-laws.

Jack Law, chief executive of the Alcohol Focus Scotland charity, said at the time: “Under-age drinking is a massive problem in Scotland, but we are obviously shocked at the age of this child. “There is evidence children find it relatively easy to access alcohol from adults. But these people need to realise there could be serious consequences.”

Under-age drinking is not only a pastime of children from deprived backgrounds. In the summer of 2000, Euan Blair, 16-year-old son of then-prime minister Tony Blair, was held for being drunk and incapable in Trafalgar Square. An ambulance was called for the teenager, as police were worried about his condition. He had been vomiting but did not require hospital treatment. The youngster had been at a post-exam celebration and gave a false name and address to police but was released without charge.
Source: The Scotsman 27 December 2007

Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

UK Incidence Of Children Living With Substance-misusing Parents Considerably Underestimated

Current figures underestimate the number of children who may be at risk of harm from parental substance use. Researchers writing in the open access journal BMC Public Health have generated new estimates using five national surveys which include measures of binge, hazardous and dependent drinking, illicit drug use and mental health.

Previous UK estimates were that 250-350,000 children live with problem drug users and 780,000 – 1.3 million with problem drinkers. However, the problem, according to the researchers, is that “these estimates are based on drug users in treatment or derive from problem drinking estimates in other countries.” The study, funded by Action on Addiction and the Wates Foundation and conducted by Dr Victoria Manning and colleagues at the National Addiction Centre, entailed a secondary analysis of national household surveys that enabled a focus on parenting and substance use. The new figures indicate that approximately 3.4 million children in the UK live with at least one binge drinking parent, 2.6 million with a hazardous drinker and around one million with a parent who uses illicit drugs.
Manning said: “In order to meet the needs of both parental substance misusers and their children, we first need to understand the true nature and scale of the problem. Without knowing the number of potentially at-risk families, we are unable to assist them until they come to the attention of agencies at crisis point.”
Around 335,000 children were estimated to be living with a drug dependent user, 72,000 with an injecting drug user, and 108,000 with an adult who had overdosed. The authors suggest the risk of harm may increase for the 500,000 children living with parents who have both mental health and substance misuse problems. According to Manning, “Whilst harm from parental substance use is not inevitable, we need to raise awareness of how recreational substance use, and in particular binge episodes, can affect parenting capacity. Substance use affects our judgement, emotions and how we respond to situations. Parental substance misuse can lead to inadequate child monitoring, modelling behaviour and poor standards of child care.”
The authors encourage the involvement of mainstream services to support vulnerable families by improving access to treatment, family interventions and parenting skills training to minimize the risk of harm.

Source: Victoria Manning, David W Best, Nathan Faulkner and Emily Titherington. New estimates of the number of children living with substance misusing parents: results from UK national household surveys. BMC Public Health, 2009;

Family Dinners and Teen Substance Use

As frequency of family dinners increases, reported drinking, smoking and drug use decreases.Compared to teens who have frequent family dinners (five to seven family dinners per week), those who have infrequent family dinners (fewer than three per week) are twice as likely to have used tobacco or marijuana, and more than one and a half times likelier to have used alcohol.

The relationship between the frequency of family dinners and substance use is especially strong among the youngest teens in the survey.

Compared to 12- and 13-year olds who have five to seven family dinners per week, those who have fewer than three family dinners per week are six times likelier to have used marijuana, four times likelier to have used tobacco, and three times likelier to have used alcohol.

Source: www.casacolumbia.org Sept.2009

Filed under: Parents,Prevention,Youth :

Teens ‘aware of cannabis harm’

Nearly one in two teenagers knows someone who has suffered from a mental health problem like paranoia after using cannabis, a survey suggests.Forty-two percent of 11-18 year olds know someone who has experienced memory loss, panic attacks or paranoia from cannabis, drugs information service Frank said.

The survey of 27,000 teenagers found 74% were aware of the risks.

It revealed 18% of teenagers felt under pressure to try the Class B drug.

One in ten thought it made them look cool.

The research, which was carried out on networking website Habbo Hotel, found 64% of young people were aware cannabis could cause panic attacks, 41% knew it could bring on paranoia and 38% thought it could result in memory loss.

Over 50% of teenagers associated cannabis use with losing motivation and doing badly at school or college.

But one in four said they saw cannabis as a “natural” drug, despite the risks.

And 14% of 11-18 year olds admitted using the drug to help them to cope with life.

Chris Hudson, from Frank, said: “The majority of teenagers (55%) don’t want to risk their health by using cannabis, however, some people choose to take the risk; while others wrongly believe cannabis is harmless because it is a plant.

“Cannabis messes with your mind – and reactions can be more powerful with stronger strains such as skunk, which is around twice as potent,” he warned.

Source: BBC Newsbeat 6th Aug.2009

Half of U.S. Kids Face Parent Substance Abuse -Study

Half of all U.S. children live in a house where a parent or other adult uses tobacco, drinks heavily or uses illegal drugs, according to a report released on Tuesday.
These adults are three times more likely to abuse their children and four times more likely to neglect them than parents who do not abuse alcohol or drugs or use tobacco, said the report from Columbia University’s National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse.
“Children of alcohol and drug abusers are at increased risk of accidents, injuries and academic failure. Such children are more likely to suffer conduct disorders, depression or anxiety, conditions that increase the risk children will smoke, drink and use drugs,” the center said in a statement.
The report is an analysis of the center’s own research as well as dozens of reports from groups ranging from Alcoholics Anonymous, U.S. government surveys on families and health behavior and the Children’s Defense Fund, a nonprofit social welfare organization.   It found that 35.6 million U.S. children, about half of all children in the country, live in a home where a parent or other adult uses tobacco, drinks heavily or uses illicit drugs.
More than 37 percent of U.S. children live with an adult who uses tobacco, nearly 24 percent live with a binge or heavy drinker and 12.7 percent live in a household where a parent or other adult uses illicit drugs, the report found.
Several studies show that children exposed to household cigarette smoke have a higher risk of sudden infant death syndrome, asthma and ear infections. They are more likely to have their tonsils or adenoids surgically removed and recent studies show they have a bigger risk of cancer and heart disease.
“If substance abusing parents are not concerned about what drugs, alcohol and tobacco are doing to themselves, they should be concerned about the ill effects they have on their children,” center Chairman Joseph Califano said.
“Children of substance abusing parents are much likelier to become substance abusers themselves,” he added.
“A child who gets through age 21 without smoking, using illegal drugs or abusing alcohol is virtually certain never to do so.”


Source:   WASHINGTON (Reuters) Mar 29, 2005

Filed under: Parents,Youth :

Homeless youth need more than drug rehab

Published: May 13, 2008 at 1:23 PM
COLUMBUS, Ohio, May 13 (UPI) — U.S. researchers say getting homeless youth off of alcohol and drugs is hard unless basic needs are met first.
The study, published in the Journal of Youth and Adolescence, concludes homeless youth — linked to the street subculture — can be brought back into society through education, employment and other activities that strengthen social ties. Those with the most social stability — such as those who attended school more often or those who had a job — were most likely to reduce their homeless days over a six-month period.

While youth who had a history of abuse or mental health problems were more likely to become homeless, those same characteristics didn’t predict teens and young adults getting off the street six months later.

“It looks like the predictors of homelessness might be different than the predictors of exiting homelessness,” lead author Natasha Slesnick of Ohio State University said in a statement. “So that means prevention targets should be different from intervention targets.”

The study, conducted between 2001 and 2005, interviewed 180 homeless youth between ages 14 and 22 at New Mexico drop-in centers.
 

 

Filed under: Treatment/Addiction,Youth :

Drug Use Down in USA

Being a teenager isn’t as risky as it used to be, but too many teens still put their lives and their health at risk, a CDC survey shows.Every two years, the CDC conducts its huge Youth Risk Behavior Survey. It contains detailed data from more than 14,000 questionnaires anonymously completed by teens in grades 9 through 12.

Overall, the 2007 results suggest that teens are acting more responsibly. Fewer are sexually active, nearly all wear seat belts, drinking and drug use are down, 80% of kids don’t smoke, and there are fewer suicide attempts.

This is good news to Howell Wechsler, EdD, MPH, director of the CDC’s Division of Adolescent and School Health. In some cases, the new numbers begin to approach the CDC’s Healthy People 2010 objectives.   “What we are seeing is from the early to mid-1990s to now, on a large number of health risk behaviors, we are seeing very, very encouraging progress,” Wechsler tells WebMD.

Even so, the new numbers are enough to take a parent’s breath away:
• 7% of teens say they’ve attempted suicide (down from nearly 9% in
2001).
• 35% of teens say they’re sexually active (down from 37.5% in 2001).
• 18% of teens say they carry a gun, knife, or club (no significant change from 2001).
• 20% of teens say they smoke cigarettes (down from 36.4% in 1997).
• Nearly 45% of teens say they use alcohol (down from 50% in 1999).
• About 20% of teens say they use marijuana (down from nearly 27% in 1999).
• Only about 21% of kids eat five or more servings of fruits and vegetables (down from 24% in 1999).
• 25% of teens play video games or use the computer for three or more hours a day (up from 21% in 2005).
• More than 65% of kids don’t get enough exercise , and 25% of teens say they don’t even get an hour of exercise on any day of the week.

“We are gratified that there is progress being made,” Wechsler says. “But my take on it is this: I have a bunch of kids myself and I am not going to be satisfied until we meet our goals — and in most areas we are still not meeting our Healthy People 2010 objectives. So I see no cause to be overly
satisfied.”

(Which teens are most at risk? Find out from guest blogger Howell Wechsler on WebMD’s News Watch blog.)

Best States/Cities, Worst States/Cities

In some cases, the overall numbers conceal states and localities where teen behavior is much better — and much worse — than average:
• 62.2% of Kentucky kids have tried smoking cigarettes, compared with only 24.9% of Utah teens (national average: 50.3%).
• 34.5% of West Virginia teens use tobacco products, compared with only 8.9% of kids in Vermont (national average: 25.7%).
• 44.7% of Alaska teens have tried marijuana, compared with only 17.4% of Kentucky kids (national average: 38.1%)
• 90.8% of kids in New York attend physical education classes at least once a week vs. 28.4% of kids in South Dakota (national average: 53.6%).
• 49.7% of Baltimore teens are sexually active, compared with 17.5% of San Francisco teens (national average: 35%).
• 39.2% of ninth to 12th graders in Dallas have been offered, sold, or given an illegal drug, compared with 13.5% of teens in Baltimore (national average: 22.3%).

Wechsler says the survey data don’t show exactly why teens in some areas take fewer health risks than teens in other areas. But he says that state and local efforts to reduce specific risk behaviors pay off. He points to anti-tobacco efforts as an example.

“One thing that is instructive is the tremendous difference in resources different states put into this,” Wechsler says. “In some states, teen tobacco use is much lower than the national rate. And we see this in exactly those states where they have made substantial investments in tobacco
reduction.”

Even Good Teens Take Risks — What Parents Must Do

If none of this sounds like your teenager, listen to Nancy Cahir, PhD, a child/adolescent/adult psychologist in private practice in Atlanta.

“What I have seen in my practice is even parents who think it couldn’t happen to their child — well, it can,” Cahir tells WebMD. “Even with the ‘perfect child,’ there may be hidden issues; even in good families, bad things can happen. There is no discrimination when it comes to high-risk behavior for teens.”

Parents have a responsibility to involve themselves in their children’s lives, Cahir says. They cannot assume their teen is doing fine because they haven’t had calls from the school or because their teen’s grades are good.

“Parents, I say stay close to your children. Know your kids the way you know your best friend, and keep in touch with them,” she says. “Spend time with them, know their friends, and know the parents of the children your children hang out with. Say to them every day, ‘Did you have a difficult day? What’s going on with you? How are you doing?’”

It’s probably not news that teens can be moody, even surly at times. Your teen may respond to your inquiries with something like, “My life is none of your business.”

Not so, says Cahir.

“Every parent has the right to say, ‘It is too my business,’” she says. “Parents sometimes shy away from being more involved because they don’t want to seem intrusive. But it is their business to know whom their child hangs out with, to know whether the child is in distress, and to help their children through these difficult times. Sometimes kids don’t like hearing that, and may respond in defiant ways, but parents must toe the line and say, ‘We have a right to know.’”

But Wechsler agrees with Cahir that communication is not only what your children need, but what they truly want.

“As a parent of two teens myself, you tend to believe them when they walk out of the room and don’t express any interest in hearing from you,” Wechsler says. “But kids really do want that communication with parents. They really do want to hear their parents’ values. They really need their parents to monitor their whereabouts and stay in touch and stay a very strong part of their lives.”

Cahir says the key to communicating with teens is developing mutual respect.

“Each member of a family should treat the others members like a best friend or at least as a guest in the house,” she says. “If you are angry with your teen, or your teen is angry with you, you have to talk it out in a way that is not hostile or aggressive. I’ve seen some families go after each other tooth and nail and they end up really harming each other.”

If communication breaks down, it may be time for the family to sit down with a professional to learn how to express disagreements in a constructive way.

The full CDC report, “Youth Risk Behavior Surveillance — United States, 2007,” is available on the CDC’s web site. For comparison, earlier years’ reports are also available.

Source:CBS News Web 4 June 2008

Filed under: Youth :

Study finds link between amphetamine abuse and heart attacks in young adults

DALLAS — June 3, 2008 — Young adults who abuse amphetamines may be at greater risk of suffering a heart attack, UT Southwestern Medical Center researchers have found.In the study, available online in the journal Drug and Alcohol Dependence, researchers examined data from more than 3 million people between 18 and 44 years old hospitalized from 2000 through 2003 in Texas and found a relationship between a diagnosis of amphetamine abuse and heart attack.

Individual case reports have suggested a link between heart attack and amphetamine abuse, but this is believed to be the first epidemiological study of a large group of people on the issue, said Dr. Arthur Westover, assistant professor of psychiatry at
UT Southwestern and the study’s lead author.
  
“Most people aren’t surprised that methamphetamines and amphetamines are bad for your health,” Dr. Westover said. “But we are concerned because heart attacks in the young are rare and can be very debilitating or deadly.”

Amphetamines are stimulants that can be used to treat medical conditions such as attention-deficient disorder. They are illegally abused as recreational drugs or performance enhancers.

The researchers note that abuse of methamphetamine, a type of amphetamine often sold illegally, is increasing in most major U.S. cities.

In Texas, the researchers found greater amphetamine abuse in the north and Panhandle regions.

“This paper sounds a warning to amphetamine abusers, alerts emergency department personnel to look for amphetamine abuse in young heart attack patients, and it allows us to focus preventive efforts in geographical areas where the problems are greatest,” said Dr. Robert W. Haley, chief of epidemiology at UT Southwestern and senior author of the study. Dr. Haley holds the U.S. Armed Forces Veterans Distinguished Chair for Medical Research, Honoring America’s Gulf War Veterans.
“We’re also concerned that the number of amphetamine-related heart attacks could be increasing,” Dr. Westover said. “We’d rather raise the warning flag now than later. Hopefully, we can decrease the number of people who suffer heart attacks as the result of amphetamine abuse.”
Amphetamines may contribute to heart attacks by increasing heart rate and blood pressure and by causing inflammation and artery spasms that limit blood to the heart muscle. More research is needed to determine the exact mechanism of how amphetamines work on the heart, he said.
The current research could help doctors determine the cause of heart attacks in young adults, as well as treatment. Doctors recognizing an amphetamine-caused heart attack might choose not to administer a beta-blocker medication, a common treatment for heart attack, because it could interact with methamphetamine to make the heart attack worse.

The results could have broad implications in the general population, Dr. Westover said. Texas ranks 27th among all states in use of methamphetamine among 18- to 25-year-old adults, according to a 2006 government report.

“We’re talking about a state that is near the middle of prevalence of methamphetamine use in the United States, so it’s possible that the number of heart attacks in young adults in other states with a much higher prevalence of amphetamine abuse may be higher as well,” said Dr. Westover, who is a National Institutes of Health Multidisciplinary Clinical Research Scholar at UT Southwestern.
Dr. Paul Nakonezny, assistant professor of clinical sciences and psychiatry at
UT Southwestern, was also involved in the study.

The work was supported by a North and Central Texas Clinical and Translational Science Initiative grant from the National Center for Research Resources, a component of the National Institutes of Health.

Source: www.utsouthwestern.edu June 3rd 2008

 

Marijuana use = greater risk of Mental Health – CNN

WASHINGTON (CNN) — The earlier a young person uses marijuana the greater the risk for mental health problems later in life, the director of National Drug Control Policy said Tuesday, basing his conclusion on a survey of medical research.
 
“We’re trying to get out the word that the last 10 years of research have helped to alert us to the use of marijuana in particular is a very dangerous risk for the mental health of our young people,” John Walters said at a news conference.
He said the conclusion runs against popular culture that often considers marijuana a low-risk recreational drug.
Walters cited a government study that found a base rate of mental illness at between 8 percent and 9 percent among Americans 18 and older. For those who use marijuana, he said, “That increases to 12-and-a-half percent.”
And, he added, “For those who have used marijuana prior to age 12, the rate of mental illness jumps to 21 percent.”
The rate was half that, or 10.5 percent, for adults who first used marijuana at age 18 or older.
Those were the findings of the National Survey on Drug Use and Health, an annual survey sponsored by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration.
Walters did not directly address the possibility of confusing cause and effect — that is, that people with mental problems might be more inclined to use drugs.
One study he cited was published last year in the Archives of General Psychiatry. It involved 600 pairs of same-sex twins, one of whom was dependent on marijuana and one of whom was not. The twin who was dependent was almost three times as likely to think about suicide and attempt suicide than his brother or sister, the study found.
Neil McKeganey, who heads the University of Glasgow’s Center for Drug Misuse Research, was at the press conference in support of Walters.
“It is leading us to look again at this so-called recreational drug,” he said. “Kids who start to use marijuana at a young age are much more likely to suffer serious, long-term mental health problems.”
The parents of a teenager who committed suicide last year were also at the news conference, and they linked their son’s death to his marijuana use.
Tanya Skaggs, of Colorado Springs, Colorado, said, “He had a severe lack of judgment that was because of the marijuana, this destructive behavior was continuing,” in the months leading up to his death.
The parents were unable to break his marijuana use, Skaggs said, despite counseling, searching his room for pot and random drug tests.
“We just never thought that something like this could happen to us. But it does, and it did,” she said. “We wish we could have helped.”
Agenda ‘detrimental to your children’
Walters downplayed whether the medical use of marijuana undercuts the impact of warnings to young people against pot use.
The question was tied to a decision by Canada last month to approve the prescription drug Sativex, an oral spray that contains the active ingredient of marijuana, to treat the symptoms of multiple sclerosis.
He responded, “We believe that there’s a clear distinction” between validated medical benefits and what he said could be “a bunch of ads where people testify that their mother, dying, smoked a joint and was saved, and that means marijuana is medicine.”
“Your children are being educated,” he said of such advertising. “But they’re being told lies. And they’re being told things that are designed to push a particular agenda which is detrimental to your children, and detrimental to the country.”
Group calls for national discussion
Meanwhile, a Washington-based nonprofit group released a report recommending changes in the way authorities handle drug offenses, citing a “disproportionate” focus on “low-level marijuana users.”
“The ‘war on drugs’ in the 1990s was, essentially, a ‘war on marijuana,’” said the report by the Sentencing Project, which was founded in 1986 to promote alternative sentencing programs.
A national analysis covering 1990 to 2002 found that, of a 450,000 rise in drug arrests during that period, 82 percent of the increase was for marijuana, and 79 percent was for marijuana possession alone.
Marijuana arrests now make up 45 percent of the nation’s 1.5 million drug arrests annually, the report said, and an estimated $4 billion is spent each year on marijuana offenders.
“The growth in marijuana arrests over the 1990s has not led to a decrease in use or availability, nor an increase in cost,” the group said. “Meanwhile, billions are being spent nationally.”
The report calls for “a national discussion regarding the zealous prosecution of marijuana use and its consequences for allocation of criminal justice resources and public safety.”
“Law enforcement has focused disproportionately on low-level possession charges as a result of the nation’s lack of a thoughtful strategy,” it said.Source:www.WordPress.com June 2008

College students with a “dense” family history of alcoholism have the highest risk of alcohol-use disorders, a U.S. study says.

While most university students tend to “mature out” of heavy drinking by the time they’re young adults, some develop alcohol-use disorders, or AUDs. Most genetic research on family history of alcoholism has focused on alcohol use by the parents, most often the father.
But this study found that the density of family history of alcoholism (FHA) is much more effective.
“Using a density measure of FHA can identify a greater number of individuals who may be at risk for developing an alcohol problem. The greater the number of affected relatives, the greater the potential risk of developing an AUD. Ours is the first published study to examine this measure among college students,” first author Christy Capone, a postdoctoral research fellow at Brown University’s Center for Alcohol and Addiction Studies, said in a prepared statement.
The study included 293 female and 115 male undergraduates from a northeastern U.S. university who completed an anonymous survey.
“Our use of a density measure identified a large proportion of students, about 29 percent, who are at potentially greater risk for development of AUDs based on their report of alcoholism among first- and second-degree relatives,” Capone said. “Our other key finding was the relationship between FHA and other potential risk factors — behavioral undercontrol, age of onset of drinking (AOD), and cigarette use.”
“Family density appears to be a promising method to identify a higher percentage of at-risk individuals,” John Hustad, a research associate at Brown University, said in a prepared statement. “For example, in this study, approximately 44 percent of the at-risk participants would have been missed if a typical family-history measure had been used instead of the family-history density approach.”
Capone said: “It is important to remember than not everyone with density of family alcoholism will go on to develop a long-term problem with alcohol themselves. Alcohol dependence is a very complex disorder, and FHA is but one influence on its development. However, college students who are heavy drinkers and have greater density of familial alcoholism are certainly at higher risk of continuing to drink in a problematic fashion after the college years.”
The study was published online in the journal Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research and was expected to be in the August print issue.Source: (HealthDay News) June 4 2008

Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

Genetic and Environmental Influences on Alcohol, Caffeine, Cannabis, and Nicotine Use From Early Adolescence to Middle Adulthood

Context  While both environmental and genetic factors are important in the etiology of psychoactive substance use (PSU), we know little of how these influences differ through development.
Objective To clarify the changing role of genes and environment in PSU from early adolescence through middle adulthood.
Design  Retrospective assessment by life history calendar, with univariate and bivariate structural modeling.
Setting  General community.
Participants  A total of 1796 members of male-male pairs from the Virginia Adult Twin Study of Psychiatric and Substance Use Disorders.
Main Outcome Measures  Levels of use of alcohol, caffeine, cannabis, and nicotine recorded for every year of the respondent’s life.
Results  For nicotine, alcohol, and cannabis, familial environmental factors were critical in influencing use in early adolescence and gradually declined in importance through young adulthood. Genetic factors, by contrast, had little or no influence on PSU in early adolescence and gradually increased in their effect with increasing age. The sources of individual differences in caffeine use changed much more modestly over time. Substantial correlations were seen among levels of cannabis, nicotine, and alcohol use and specifically between caffeine and nicotine. In adolescence, those correlations were strongly influenced by shared effects from the familial environment. However, as individuals aged, more and more of the correlation in PSU resulted from genetic factors that influenced use of both substances.
Conclusions  These results support an etiologic model for individual differences in PSU in which initiation and early patterns of use are strongly influenced by social and familial environmental factors while later levels of use are strongly influenced by genetic factors. The substantial correlations seen in levels of PSU across substances are largely the result of social environmental factors in adolescence, with genetic factors becoming progressively more important through early and middle adulthood.Kenneth S. Kendler, MD; Eric Schmitt, BS; Steven H. Aggen, PhD; Carol A. Prescott, PhD

Source: Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2008;65(6):674-682.

Filed under: Addiction,Youth :

U of M scholar and colleagues link tobacco industry’s marketing to youth smoking

The National Cancer Institute (NCI) released a report today, co-edited by University of Minnesota professor Barbara Loken, that reaches the government’s strongest conclusion to date that tobacco marketing and depictions of smoking in movies promote youth smoking. “There is now incontrovertible evidence that marketing of tobacco, and the depiction of smoking in the movies, promote youth smoking and can cause young people to begin smoking,” said Loken, professor of marketing at the Carlson School of Management and one of the report’s five scientific editors.
The 684-page monograph, “The Role of the Media in Promoting and Reducing Tobacco Use,” presents definitive conclusions that a) tobacco advertising and promotion are causally related to increased tobacco use, and b) exposure to depictions of smoking in movies causes youth smoking initiation. The report also concludes that while mass media campaigns can reduce tobacco use, youth smoking prevention campaigns sponsored by the tobacco industry are generally ineffective and may even increase youth smoking.
“The role of marketing in the success of the tobacco companies is conclusive,” according to Loken. “The report’s recommendations offer the best approach to employ marketing techniques and the media to help prevent a further increase in youth smoking.”
The NCI report reaches six major conclusions:
1. Cigarettes are one of the most heavily marketed products in the United States.
2. Tobacco advertising targets psychological needs of adolescents, such as popularity and peer acceptance. Advertising creates the perception that smoking satisfies these needs.
3. Even brief exposure to tobacco advertising influences adolescents’ perceptions about smoking, smokers, and adolescents’ intentions to smoke.
4. The depiction of cigarette smoking is pervasive in movies, occurring in 75 percent or more of contemporary box-office hits, with identifiable brands in about one-third of movies.
5. A comprehensive ban on tobacco advertising and promotion is an effective policy intervention that prevents tobacco companies from shifting marketing expenditures to permitted media.
6. The tobacco industry works hard to impede tobacco control media campaigns, including attempts to prevent or reduce their funding.
“This direct link between marketing and tobacco use is very powerful.” Loken said, “Anti-tobacco ads before films and a comprehensive ban on tobacco advertising are two effective strategies found to curb effects of tobacco images on youth. Now we need to use marketing to steer youth and others away from tobacco.”
The report provides the most current and comprehensive analysis of more than 1,000 scientific studies on the role of the media in encouraging and discouraging tobacco use. The report is Monograph 19 in the NCI’s Tobacco Control Monograph series examining critical issues in tobacco prevention and control. Research included in the review comes from the disciplines of marketing, psychology, communications, statistics, epidemiology and public health.Source: National Cancer Institute Report. National Press Club Release 21 August

Filed under: Nicotine,Youth :

Twiggs County (USA) schools net grant for drug, gang prevention

Twiggs County school system will receive a $62,724 federal grant to help students say no to gangs, according to a legislative news release    The grant from the Department of Justice will develop a Gang Resistance and Education Training program for Twiggs elementary and middle school students.
 Known as G.R.E.A.T, it’s a violence prevention curriculum that helps students develop values and practice behaviors to help them avoid destructive activities. It will help pay for a summer program and activities afterschool.
“This funding will go a long way to help ensure that Twiggs County has the resources necessary to help prevent young people from getting involved in dangerous activities,” Sen. Isakson said.
“G.R.E.A.T is an important resource for Georgia’s youth and I’m pleased to see Twiggs County receive this funding which will help keep our communities safe,” Chambliss said.Source: www.macon.com August 2008

Filed under: Prevention,Youth :

Dope-smoking among teens down in many countries

Kids on both sides of the Atlantic are smoking less pot and going out less often with friends at night, a study of 15-year-olds in 30 countries found. The double declines occurred in the United States, Canada and mostly European countries from 2002 to 2006. The trends are likely related, since other research has found that kids who spend many evenings out are more likely to smoke dope than homebodies.
Since few parents approve of marijuana use, teens are most likely to use the drug secretly away from home, said lead author Emmanuel Kuntsche of the Swiss Institute for the Prevention of Alcohol and Drug Problems.
Reasons for the declines are unclear. But the researchers said drug prevention efforts and technology may have contributed.   Instant messaging, e-mail and cell phones “may have partly replaced face-to-face contacts, leading to fewer social contacts in the evenings,” Kuntsche said.
The study appears in February’s Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, released Monday.  The researchers analyzed data on 93,297 15-year-olds from periodic health surveys in dozens of countries conducted in collaboration with the World Health Organization.
Survey questionnaires were distributed to entire classrooms at various schools, asking various health-related questions including about marijuana use and evenings out with friends in the past year. Responses to 2006 surveys were compared with those in 2002.   Users were kids who’d tried marijuana at least once in the past year.  Marijuana use increased only in Estonia, Lithuania and Malta, and among Russian girls.
While rates varied widely among countries, prevalence was highest both years in Canada, where 30 percent of boys and almost 28 percent of girls used marijuana in 2006. That was down 13 percent among boys and almost 10 percent among girls.
The United States ranked third in 2006, with 24 percent of boys and girls each reporting marijuana use. That was down almost 12 percent among boys and 2 percent among girls, echoing previous reports of declining pot use among U.S. teens.
Switzerland ranked second in prevalence among boys, and Wales was second among girls. Greece, Macedonia and Sweden were at the bottom of the list — with fewer than 5 percent of boys and girls reporting marijuana use in 2006.
Average number of evenings out also decreased in most countries. In the United States, nights out fell slightly to about twice a week in 2006 for boys and girls.
An Archives editorial ( http://www.archpediatrics.com) said that while evenings out may increase chances for marijuana use, parents shouldn’t discourage socializing since teens need time away from home to gain independence. Instead, the editorial advises, parents should help steer kids to activities that don’t encourage drug use.

Source: Associated Press Feb. 2009

Filed under: Cannabis,Youth :

The occurrence of cannabis use disorders and other cannabis-related problems among young adults attending college

In the first study to measure the prevalence of cannabis use disorders (CUD) among young adults attending college, researchers funded by NIDA found that in a group of students who had used cannabis 5 or more imes in the past year, 1 in 10 met the clinical Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM)-IV definition for cannabis dependence, and 14.5 percent met the definition for cannabis abuse. The researchers screened 3,401 first-year college students and recruited 1,253 to participate in the study.
Interviewers asked all participants about their use of 10 illicit substances. Students who had used cannabis 5 or more times in the past year (474 participants) were considered at risk for CUD and were asked to answer questions about problems they may have encountered in the past year because of their cannabis use. Of these students, 24.3 percent regularly put themselves in physical danger when under the influence, and 10.6 percent continued to use despite problems with family or friends. In addition, 40.1 percent reported concentration
 problems, and 13.9 percent reported missing class. In addition to the students who met the criteria for CUD, 12.6 percent met only one or two of the DSM-IV criteria for dependence (but not abuse) and were classified as diagnostic orphans, “suggesting that some cannabis-using college students might be at risk for cannabis-related problems even if they do not appear to be heavy users,” explain the authors. “The prevalence of CUD and other cannabis-related problems are not trivial, and if replicated, these findings highlight the need for improved screening and early intervention for drug-related problems among first-year college students,” they conclude.Source: Addict Behav. 2008;33(3):397–411.

 

Filed under: Cannabis,Prevention,Youth :

Alcohol-Branded Apparel Linked to Adolescent Drinking

All those T-shirts, hats and other items promoting alcoholic beverages that young people wear may be more than just a fashion statement.   Teens who own such merchandise are more likely to start drinking and become binge drinkers, a new study contends.
The Dartmouth scientists who did the research said this is the first study directly linking alcohol-branded merchandise to adolescent drinking and outcomes such as binge drinking that can result in illness and death. In addition, the data provide evidence that this merchandise promotes teen drinking and could be a basis for enacting policies to restrict this alcohol-marketing practice, the researchers said.
“About 3 million adolescents in the United States own alcohol-branded merchandise,” said lead researcher Dr. Auden C. McClure, a pediatrician at Dartmouth Hitchcock Medical Center in Hanover, N.H. “Ownership of these items is associated with susceptibility to alcohol use and binge drinking,” she added.
These items serve as a marker for adolescents who drink, McClure said. “But it is also a direct link with susceptibility and initiation to drinking,” she said. “You can’t say any longer that these items are just a marker of kids who drink.”

Source:Archives of Pediatrics & Adolescent Medicine.  arch 2009

Filed under: Alcohol,Prevention,Youth :

Predictive factors for illicit drug use among young people

A literature review
Results
The most extensive and consistent evidence relates to young people’s interaction with their
families. The key predictors of drug use are parental discipline, family cohesion and parental
monitoring. Some aspects of family structure such as large family size and low parental age
are linked to adolescent drug use. There is also consistent evidence linking peer drug use
and drug availability to adolescent drug use. There is extensive evidence on parental
substance use, although some studies report no association while others indicate that the
association is attenuated by strong family cohesion. Age is strongly associated with
prevalence of drug use among young people reflecting a range of factors including drug
availability, peer relationships and reduced parental monitoring. There is limited evidence
suggesting that genetic factors account for a significant proportion of the variance in liability to
use cannabis, however this interpretation has been criticised by other writers. There is a
similar level of evidence linking self-esteem and hedonism to drug use. The available
evidence indicates that higher levels of drug use are strongly associated with young people’s
reasons for using drugs after controlling for risk factors.
Categories where evidence linking specific factors is mixed include: mental health, Attention
Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD), stimulant therapy, religious involvement, sport, health
educator interventions, school performance, early onset of substance use and socioeconomic
status. For some of these categories there is evidence of indirect effects; for
example, socio-economic status may influence parental monitoring which in turn influences
drug use. The review did not consider any studies relating to previously identified risk and
protective factors such as ethnicity or impulsivity.
For young drug users in treatment, psychosocial risk predicts drug abuse at treatment entry
but not follow up. In contrast, protective factors are of increased importance during recovery
The overall ratio of risk to protection may be more important than any individual factor. These
results, although supported by a relatively small body of research, support the concept of
resilience to drug use. According to this view resilience to drug use is enhanced by increasing
social skills, social attachments and material resources despite constant exposure to known
risk factors.
Whereas risk and resilience are, to a large extent, independent of individuals’ motives, there
is evidence that the latter are just as important as the former in determining drug use. Young
drug users consistently report getting intoxicated and relief from negative mood states as
reasons for their drug use. Qualitative research shows that the context in which young people
experience drugs is crucial for understanding how risk and protective factors operate in
relation to experimental and sustained drug use.
Risk factors have differential predictive values throughout adolescence. Some factors may
occur at birth (or before) while others occur at varying times throughout adolescence. Some
factors may persist for long periods of time while others are transitory. The distinction
between early and late onset risk factors is important as preventive measures need to focus
on particular age groups.
Conclusion
This review was pragmatic because it was time constrained and not all the studies identified
could be reviewed in detail. From the studies reviewed, the evidence relating to factors
associated with increased (or decreased) risk of drug use is described. Further analysis would
require a detailed assessment of individual studies, with clear specification of exposures (risk
and protective factors), outcomes (type and level of drug use) and study design (i.e. did
exposure precede the outcome).
Much of the current knowledge about risk and protective factors is not yet available in a form
that would permit the calculation of the effect of reducing exposure to risk (or enhancing
protective factors), even if was possible to modify the exposure. The evidence indicates that
risk and protective factors are context dependent and operate on people taking drugs for
disparate reasons. With these caveats, improving the general social environment of children
and supporting parents will probably be the most effective strategies for primary prevention of
drug use. Studies indicating that risk and resilience can be successfully altered include
interventions for parental monitoring and enhancement of social attachments and skills.
These interventions show promise but have rarely been implemented or evaluated in the UK.

Source:   Home Office OnLine report 05/07 Martin Frisher et al

Filed under: Parents,Prevention,Youth :

Texas Prevention Impact Index

The Texas Prevention Impact Index is a report showing statistics in the usage of drugs, alcohol, tobacco, and violence among students in the Amarillo independent school district.
The TPII look at risk and protective factors that lead students to or away from the various substances. They look at perceptions in the community towards alcohol, drugs, and tobacco use. The numbers also reflect the usage of these substances by the students that fill out the survey.
25 hundred surveys are filled out by a cross section of students in the Amarillo school district, ranging from the 6th grade up to seniors in high school.
Here a few noteworthy statistics you may find interesting from the data collected by Research and Educational services, a private evaluation and research firm based out of Houston. The company has done the surveys and completed the data for A.I.S.D. since 2002.
47.9% of students say they would go to parents if they had a question about alcohol or drugs, versus 20.7% say they would ask a friend their age.
The number of students who say it’s ok to have alcohol to have a good time is 26% down from 30% just 4 years ago.
The number of students who think schools do NOT enforce rules on drinking have gone down form 30% to 19%, which means more students are getting the idea that it’s not acceptable to use alcohol from the school district.
In the category of usage in the past 30 days here are some numbers that show improvement.
In the past 30 days, seniors are using alcohol 7% less, using tobacco 6% less, and nearly 14% less of the students serveyed say they have participated in binge drinking in the past 30 days. All are positive stats.
87% of all students across the board have NOT used Marijuana in the past 30 days.
Frequency of usage numbers also show decreases. Tobacco is down 12%, alcohol is down 6%, marijuana is down 11%, this means that those kids that do use these substances are not using as frequently.
Some statistics that show perception changes are the following: 93% of the students surveyed say that they are harming themselves by smoking. 79% of students, up from 69% say that they are harming themselves by smoking marijuana.
Switching gears to violence and safety issues.
15% of students say they have been bullied during the past 30 days.
12% say they’ve been involved with a group fight.
In the past year the percentage of students who have been in a fight at school was 15%.
33.4% of the students say they have discussed safety issues with family in the past 30 days.
All in all, some of the numbers shown are alarming and some show great improvement in prevention and awareness programs here in Amarillo. The Amarillo community should be proud that the students have made progress and the school district is working decrease these all important problems.
“It shows, basically that the efforts that are being conducted here are working, to be honest with you when you look at the rest of the state or other areas in the state, I don’t think you see the same kind of trends or same kind of change in those areas, it’s been very successful here,” said Dr. Robert Landry, Director of Research and Educational Services.
“We’re seeing some decreases in some types of drug use which we’re glad to see, we also know that we need to continue the education K-12 for our students and be able to share current information with them,” said Teresa Kenedy, A.I.S.D. Prevention Specialist.

Source: www.connectamarillo.com  31st March 2009

Filed under: Education,Youth :

Exposure to Substance Use Prevention Messages and Substance Use among Adolescents: 2002 to 2007

From 2002 to 2007, there were decreases in the percentages of adolescents aged 12 to 17 reporting exposure to drug or alcohol use prevention messages through media sources (from 83.2 to 77.9 percent) and prevention programs outside of school (from 12.7 to 11.3 percent), but the percentage who had talked with their parents about the dangers of alcohol, drug, or tobacco use in the past year increased (from 58.1 to 59.6 percent)
   Combined data from 2002 to 2007 indicate that talking with a parent about the dangers of substance use decreased with age (61.6 percent of those aged 12 or 13, 59.5 percent of those aged 14 or 15, and 57.1 percent of those aged 16 or 17), whereas the percentage receiving prevention messages through media sources increased with age (77.0, 82.7, and 84.2 percent, respectively)
   In general, adolescents who reported having been exposed to substance use prevention messages in the past year were less likely than those who were not exposed to have used cigarettes, alcohol, and illicit drugs in the past month

Source:www.samhsa.gov

Filed under: Prevention,Youth :

Teenagers Want Adults to Intervene in Tobacco Use, Study Says

Research Summary
Teenagers expect and want adults to discourage them from using tobacco, according to new research from the
Researcher Maria Nilsson evaluated the impact of an anti-smoking program, Tobacco-Free Duo, which started in 1993. The program targets children between the ages of 13-15 and includes adults supporting the teenagers in staying tobacco-free.
Nilsson found that smoking rates declined among adolescents in the program over a seven-year period, while no corresponding change was observed at the national level. In addition, one in four tobacco-using adults participating in the program stopped smoking in order to take part.
“Children expect adults to work against tobacco. They say this is important and that grown-ups can make a difference by showing a clear and positive commitment,” said Nilsson.
Survey results on 15-year-old smokers showed that close relationships with caring adults played an important role in getting teenagers to smoke less or stop smoking all together.
Source: Promoting Health in Adolescents: Preventing the Use of Tobacco. Umea University in Sweden, Science Daily reported May 5.

Filed under: Nicotine,Youth :

Prevention Program Helps Teens Override A Gene Linked To Risky Behavior

A family-based prevention program designed to help adolescents avoid substance use and other risky behavior proved especially effective for a group of young teens with a genetic risk factor contributing toward such behavior, according to a new study by researchers at the University of Georgia.

For two-and-a-half years, investigators monitored the progress of 11-year-olds enrolled in a family-centered prevention program called Strong African American Families (SAAF), and a comparison group. A DNA analysis showed some youths carried the short allele form of 5-HTTLPR. This fairly common genetic variation, found in over 40 percent of people, is known from previous studies to be associated with impulsivity, low self-control, binge drinking, and substance use.
The researchers found that adolescents with this gene who participated in the SAAF program were no more likely than their counterparts without the gene to have engaged in drinking, marijuana smoking, and sexual activity. Moreover, youths with the gene in the comparison group were twice as likely to have engaged in these risky behaviors as those in the prevention group.
The research team recruited 641 families in rural Georgia with similar demographic characteristics. They were divided randomly into two groups: 291 were assigned to a control group that received three mailings of health-related information, and 350 were assigned to the SAAF program, in which parents and children participated in seven consecutive weeks of two-hour prevention sessions. The parents learned about effective caregiving strategies that included monitoring, emotional support, family communication, and handling racial discrimination, which can contribute to substance abuse. The children were taught how to set and attain positive goals, deal with peer pressure and stress, and avoid risky activities.
Researchers conducted home visits with the families when the children were ages 11, 12, and 14 and collected data on parent-child relationships, peer relationships, youth goals for the future, and youth risk behavior. Two years later, the scientists collected DNA from saliva samples provided by the adolescents to determine whether they carried the short allele of 5HTTLPR. The results confirmed that the adolescents carrying this risk gene who were in the control group engaged in risky behaviors at a rate double that of their peers in the SAAF program.
“We found that the prevention program proved especially beneficial for children with a genetic risk factor tied to risky behaviors,” says the lead author, Gene H. Brody, Ph.D., Regents Professor and Director of the Center for Family Research at the University of Georgia. “The results emphasize the important role of parents, caregivers, and family-centered prevention programs in promoting healthy development during adolescence, especially when children have a biological makeup that may pose a challenge.”
Dr. Brody also notes that much of the protective influence of SAAF results from enhancing parenting practices. “The ability of effective parenting to override genetic predispositions to risky behaviors demonstrates the capacity of family-centered prevention programs to benefit developing adolescents,” he says. The study team, which included researchers from the University of Iowa and Vanderbilt University, concluded that the results validate the use of randomized, controlled prevention trials to test hypotheses about the ways in which genes and environments interact.

Source:: NIH/National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (2009, May 20). Prevention Program Helps Teens Override A Gene Linked To Risky Behavior. ScienceDaily. Retrieved May 31, 2009, from http://www.sciencedaily.com¬ /releases/2009/05/090515083705.htm

Filed under: Prevention,Youth :

Study: Substance-abuse funding skimps on prevention

 COST OF SUBSTANCE  The breakdown on federal and state money for substance abuse and addiction (numbers don’t add up to 100% due to rounding):
     95.6% Health care/assistance/prosecution
      2.4% Prevention/treatment/research
      1.4% Regulation/compliance
      0.7% Interdiction (federal only)
Source: The National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse at Columbia University
 
Most of the taxpayer money devoted to combating alcohol and drug abuse goes to cleaning up its consequences, while only about 2% of the funding is used for prevention, says a report from the National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse (CASA) at Columbia University.
The study found that 96% of the $467.7 billion a year that federal, state and local governments spend on substance abuse is used to deal with consequences such as crime and homelessness.
Of that money, according to the report, governments spend the most on health care costs associated with substance abuse (58%) followed by the costs of prosecuting and jailing the offenders (13.1%).
“The killer finding is that we are spending 96 cents of every dollar we spend on substance abuse and addiction to shovel up the human wreckage,” says Joseph Califano Jr., founder and chairman of CASA. “We’re making this really tiny investment in prevention and treatment when we have enough experience to know that prevention and treatment can reduce the shoveling-up burden.”
Researchers determined spending amounts by analyzing federal, state and local budgets for the year 2005, the most recent year that complete data were available, Califano says.
“These governments have it backwards,” he says. “They’re wasting billions of dollars of taxpayers’ money and not making some relatively simple investments that could sharply reduce the consequences of drug and alcohol addiction.”
Califano says the main reason that federal and state governments aren’t ready to change priorities is because there is a stigma attached to alcohol and drug addiction.
To reduce the amount spent on substance abuse, Califano says, the government needs to “mount major prevention programs,” with a focus on kids.
He adds that increasing taxes on alcohol and training doctors to talk to patients about their substance use also will help decrease associated costs.
“This is a problem we can deal with. We know a lot more about it than we knew years ago,” Califano says.
Source: USA Today 27th May 2009

Lower Legal Drinking Age Increases Poor Birth Outcomes

<span style=”font-size: 10pt; font-family: Verdana;”>Amid renewed calls to consider reducing the legal drinking age, a new University of Georgia study finds that lower drinking ages increase unplanned pregnancies and pre-term births among young people.
“Our findings suggest that a lower drinking age increases risky sexual behavior among young people, and that leads to more unplanned pregnancies that result in premature birth and low birth weight,” said study author Angela Fertig, assistant professor in the UGA College of Public Health. “The take-home message is that when it’s easier for young people to get alcohol, birth outcomes are worse.”

Fertig, who is also a public service assistant in the university’s Carl Vinson Institute of Government, co-authored the study with Tara Watson, assistant professor of economics at Williams College in Massachusetts. Their results appear in the May issue of the Journal of Health Economics.

The team examined birth records and survey data on alcohol use for the years 1978 to 1988, a period when state minimum drinking age laws were in flux. Fertig said the consensus among researchers is that a higher minimum drinking age reduces fatal car crashes and alcohol consumption among young adults, but there is little data on how drinking age laws influence infant health. The researchers found that a drinking age of 18:
Increases prenatal alcohol consumption among 18- to 20-year-old women by 21 percent;
Increases the number of births to 18- to 20-year-olds by 4.6 percent in white women and 3.9 percent in 18- to 20-year-old African-American women;
Increases the likelihood of women under age 21 having a low-birth weight baby by 6 percent (4 percent for white women and 8 percent for African-American women); and
Increases the likelihood of premature birth by 5 percent in white women under age 18 and by 7 percent in African-American women under age 18.

Fertig noted that in many cases the impact of a reduced drinking age disproportionately falls on African-Americans. The researchers found that a drinking age of 18 increases the probability of an unplanned pregnancy by 25 percent for African-American women, for example.

The team’s analysis revealed that the negative birth outcomes associated with a lower drinking age aren’t the direct result of prenatal alcohol consumption on fetal health. Instead, a lower minimum drinking age results in more unplanned pregnancies, which are known to be associated with poorer infant health outcomes.

“Teenagers who get pregnant unexpectedly are less likely to receive good prenatal care and may not take as much interest in the child as someone who tried to get pregnant,” Fertig said. “As a result of these behaviors on the mom’s part, the child ends up with worse outcomes.”

Last year, a group known as the Amethyst Initiative comprised of more than 100 college and university presidents and chancellors signed a statement encouraging discussion about lowering the legal drinking age. Fertig said her study broadens the debate by adding a new dimension that until now has not been considered.

“There are consequences to lowering the drinking age beside traffic fatalities,” Fertig said. “There’s this potentially big effect on birth outcomes, and to me that argues that we should leave the minimum drinking age where it is.”

Source:  HealthNewsDigest.com  21st May 2009

</span>

Shocking Statistics – Alcohol and Youth Drug Use

In a report published in October 2008, the National Audit Office examined the NHS response to the rising levels of alcohol-related disease. Hospital admissions for the three main alcohol specific conditions (alcohol-related liver disease, mental health disorders linked to alcohol, and acute intoxication) have doubled in the last 11 years. There were also twice as many deaths from alcohol related causes in the UK in 2006 as there were 15 years before, increasing from 4,100 to 8,800.
Last week the National Treatment Agency published the staggering figure of nearly 25,000 young people under 18 getting treatment for their drugs and alcohol problems
Drugscope suggest that the numbers of young people using drugs and alcohol are falling and portrays this as ‘good news’.  National school age statistics on drugs use, still show that a staggering 25% of the UK’s school age children (11 – 15) have tried drugs – figures that are way higher than the European average – and that 10% of them are using drugs regularly.The last comparable survey figures for European school children under 15 also showed UK to have 13% of our under 13s having tried cannabis against a European average of 4%. It is also the case that, while the trend for schoolchildren’s drug use remained stable across Europe between 1999 and 2005, in the UK it doubled. Although UK school childrens’ drug of choice, cannabis, appears to have now stabilised, their cocaine consumption has been rising – unheard of elsewhere in Europe.
But it is also likely that levels of teenage cannabis use are higher than the published statistics state, as the Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs recently acknowledged. In their view the British Crime Survey is likely for a range of reasons to underestimate it. Even so, these estimates show that some 12% of 16 -19 year olds are regular users and that 20% of them have used it in the last year.
A percentage point decline in cannabis use in official statistics is small comfort for parents or for schools. Hospital admissions show that this small gain has been wiped out by the rising strength of cannabis and by the fact that children are moving earlier to Class A drugs. In fact with the UK cannabis market dominated by high THC skunk, which, according to a former head of the Dutch Police Narcotics Division, should now count as a ‘hard drug’, what we are witnessing is an ever earlier and disturbing shift to hard drug use. To dismiss such concerns as distorted perceptions is really not on. As any ‘in touch’ parent of a teenager in central London knows, regular cannabis using kids are moving to cocaine, ketamine and ecstasy by the time they are 16 or 17. Many teenagers appear to be immune to drug dangers despite the endless compulsory personal health and social education classes that they are subjected to at school. Nor has the government’s mixed message about drugs helped – namely their explicit policy statements about the non harmful nature of ‘recreational’ and casual drug use; no more helpful is their confused ‘informed choice’ approach to drugs education.
The appalling truth, as far as adults are concerned, is that we seem to have surrendered to a sense of ‘inevitability’ about children’s drug use.
While drugs services and drugs advisors have no more urgent need than to highlight “the problems faced by young people when they reach 18 and are no longer eligible for specialist services” and “to ease their transition to adult services”, the outlook is dire indeed.
The NTA’s tables reveal that 1600 teenagers are receiving treatment for heroin, cocaine and crack addiction and that 29% – some 6000 in all of those in treatment – are now receiving ‘harm reduction’ interventions – usually understood to be a euphemism for prescribing an opiate substitute like Subutex or methadone. As Professor Neil McKeganey, a leading expert in drugs misuse has said: ‘The idea of starting someone under 18 on a methadone prescription with an implicit expectation that they may be on that drug for the next ten or more years is appalling. We need services to think beyond the chemical inducement into therapy.’
The desperate fact though, is that there is still only one small dedicated residential rehabilitation centre with statutory funding for no more than 12 children/ teenagers at a time in the country. Last year Mike Trace, Chief Executive of RAPT – the Rehabilitation of Addicted Prisoners Trust – spoke of the urgent need for residential treatment for young, under 18, addicts. Young addicts, he said, were unlikely to get better within the environment in which they had grown up and that had fed their problems. Any parent of a young addict knows just how truly he spoke.
But how much of the National Treatment Agency’s dedicated funding of £25 million is being spent on this? How many teenagers are emerging drug free from their encounters with services? How effective are the disparate psychosocial interventions, pharmacological prescribing interventions, specialist harm reduction, and family interventions on offer? It is simply not enough for the NTA to tell us that the proportion of young intervention according to the goals set out in their care plans’ is 57%. Unless we know what the goals of their care plans are in the first place and what the aspirations are for the young people in question, it is a pretty meaningless statement. As we already know from adult services ‘completing treatment’ may be a measure of virtually nothing.
Source: Institute of Alcohol Studies, Alcohol Alert No.1, 2009

Filed under: Youth :

Middle School Interventions Reduce Nonmedical Use of Prescription Drugs

The rates of nonmedical use of prescription drugs among adolescents and young adults in the United States are alarmingly high. Researchers funded in part by NIDA examined whether several universal drug abuse preventive interventions for middle school-age youth could reduce their future nonmedical use of prescription drugs. The interventions, which were administered to both middle school-aged children and their families, were tested in two randomized, controlled studies conducted in the rural Midwest
 The first study tested two different family-based interventions, the Preparing for the Drug Free Years (PDFY) program and the Iowa Strengthening Families Program (ISFP), which focus on teaching families about risk and protective factors for substance use.
 The second study compared the school-based Life Skills Training (LST) intervention program with the Strengthening Family Program for Parents and Youth 10–14 (SFP), a revised version of the family-based ISFP, plus the school-based LST programs.
Both studies followed participants until the age of 21 and also included control groups of students that did not receive any of the interventions being tested. Beginning in the 9th or 10th grade, students were asked about prescription drug abuse.
 Results from both studies showed that teens and young adults who had received the interventions in middle school reported less prescription drug abuse compared with participants who had not received the interventions. The magnitude of the difference depended on the specific intervention received, with the ISFP (in study 1) and SFP programs (in study 2) producing significant decreases in rates of prescription drug abuse. Whether these results can be generalized to other populations (such as nonrural or international populations) and whether the effects of the interventions persist into emerging adulthood years will need to be examined in further studies.
Source: Spoth R, Trudeau L, Shin C, Redmond C. Long-term effects of universal preventive interventions on prescription drug misuse. Addiction. 2008;103(7):1160–1168

Filed under: Prevention,Youth :

NIDA Study Shows School-Based Prevention Program Reduces Problem Behaviors in Fifth Graders By Half

A study suggests that school-based prevention programs begun in elementary school can significantly reduce problem behaviors in students. Fifth graders who previously participated in a comprehensive interactive school prevention program for one to four years were about half as likely to engage in substance abuse, violent behavior, or sexual activity as those who did not take part in the program. The study, supported by the National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA), a component of the National Institutes of Health, will appear in the August 2009 print issue of the American Journal of Public Health. The online version of the article is viewable today.

“This study provides compelling evidence that intervening with young children is a promising approach to preventing drug use and other problem behaviors,” said NIDA Director Dr. Nora Volkow. “The fact that an intervention beginning in the first grade produced a significant effect on children’s behavior in the fifth grade strengthens the case for initiating prevention programs in elementary school, before most children have begun to engage in problem behaviors.”

The study was conducted in 20 public elementary schools in Hawaii. Participating schools had below-average standardized test scores and diverse student populations with an average of 55 percent of students receiving free or reduced-price lunches.

The intervention tested was Positive Action (PA), a comprehensive K-12 social and emotional development program for enhancing behavior and academic achievement. Schools were randomly assigned from matched pairs to implement PA or not. The program consists of daily 15-20 minute interactive lessons focusing on such topics as responsible self-management, getting along with others, and self-improvement. At schools implementing the intervention, these lessons occupied a total of about one hour a week beginning in the first or second grade.

In fifth grade, 976 students (most aged 10 or 11) responded to a written questionnaire that asked about their use of substances, including tobacco, alcohol, and illicit drugs; involvement in violent behaviors, such as carrying a knife or threatening someone; and voluntary sexual activity. The total number of students reporting that they had engaged in any of these behaviors was small. Strikingly, however, students exposed to the PA program were about half as likely to report engaging in any of these behaviors as students not exposed to PA. Among students who were exposed to PA, those who had received the lessons for three or more years reported the lowest rates of experience with any of these problem behaviors.

“This study demonstrates that a comprehensive, school wide social and character development program can have a substantial impact on reducing problem behaviors of public health importance in elementary-school-age youth,”said Dr. Brian Flay of Oregon State University, the study’s principal investigator.

PA is an interactive program that integrates teacher/student contact and opportunities for the exchange of ideas as well as feedback and constructive criticism. The program is school wide and involves teachers and parents as well as students. It takes a positive, holistic approach to social and emotional development rather than focusing on the negative aspects of engaging in substance abuse and violence. Finally, at one hour a week, students’ exposure to the program was intensive. “These features likely account for the large effect observed,”concluded Dr. Flay.

Dr. Flay plans to conduct a follow-up study to determine whether the beneficial effects of the PA program on fifth graders are sustained, as the children grow older.
Source: CADCA Coalitions online June 25th 2009

Filed under: Prevention,Youth :

More than 11,000 under-16s ‘treated for drug and drink addiction’

The official figures also show that 10 children under 12 needed treatment because they were dependent on heroin. The extent of the problem was revealed as a survey showed that one in four 16- and 17-year-olds said that they drank alcohol “for something to do”.
In total, 11,294 children under the age of 16 were treated for alcohol and drug dependency last year.
Of these, 4,005 were being treated for alcohol addiction, 57 of them under the age of 12, in 2007-08, the figures obtained by the Conservatives from the National Treatment Agency for Substance Misuse (NTA) show. Another 6,075 were treated for cannabis dependency, including 102 under-12s, and 93 for heroin addiction, including 10 under-12s.
In 2006 it was revealed that four children under 11 had been treated for heroin addiction in Scotland, after a 11-year-old girl collapsed in her school classroom after taking the drug. One in four 16- and 17-year-olds say that they drink alcohol “for something to do”, a new survey shows.
More than two thirds, 71 per cent, said they drank at least once a week, while three fifths, 60 per cent, said that they had started to drink alcohol because it was part of “being young and socialising”. On average, teenagers said that they had their first drink at 13 and were just 14 the first time they became properly drunk.
The teenagers were less concerned about getting drunk than about leaving education without any qualifications, having unsafe sex or taking recreational drugs, the survey, by the charity Drinkaware, which is funded by the alcohol industry, found.
Andrew Lansley, the shadow health secretary, said: “It’s a sad indictment of our broken society that so many are turning to things like drug and alcohol abuse at such a young age. “The Government needs to take action now, before it’s too late.
“Tackling these problems has been low on their priority list and Labour’s irresponsible decision to roll out 24-hour drinking on our towns and communities has not helped.” Norman Lamb, the Liberal Democrat health spokesman, said: “These figures are horrific and serve as a stark warning of the scale of drink and drug use amongst our children.
“Labour’s policies have been completely ineffective at stemming the tide of young people’s addictions.
“We now have thousands of children whose long-term health is being put at risk by this culture of drink and drug dependency.
Chris Sorek, chief executive of Drinkaware, said: “Many young people unintentionally put themselves at risk when they drink alcohol and it is crucial that young people are given the facts about drinking and its effects.
“Under-18s need to know what drinking does to their body and appearance – as well as how to avoid peer pressure and stay safe.”
Source: www.telegraph.co.uk 6th July 2009

Pictures of Puffing Stars Encourages Teen Smoking

NEW YORK (Reuters Health) – Watching a favorite movie star smoke appears to encourage teen girls to adopt the habit themselves, according to new findings released Tuesday.

Investigators found that girls who said their favorite celebrity was someone who had smoked in at least two recent movies were almost twice as likely to start smoking within the next three years as girls whose favorite stars did not smoke in films.

“Really, smoking in movies is just an effective form of marketing,” study author Dr. John Pierce told Reuters Health .

Pierce, based at the University of California in San Diego, added that it is also common for teens to copy their favorite stars’ clothing, hair and jewelry. Those habits are easy to alter as styles evolve, he said, but once teens become hooked on smoking, “that is something that’s very hard to change.”

Pierce noted that the tobacco industry has argued that it does not pay for actors to smoke on screen, and actors do it simply because it makes them feel more comfortable.

If that is the case, then one could argue that the stars themselves are responsible for encouraging teens to smoke, and should be held accountable for that, Pierce noted.

“If it’s the stars, and they’re liable, then they’d better watch out,” he said.

To investigate whether watching stars smoke on-screen influences teens to do the same, Pierce and his colleagues asked 3104 never-smokers between the ages of 12 and 15 to name their two favorite female stars and two favorite male movie stars.

The researchers reviewed the stars’ movies during the past 3 years, and counted them as smokers if they puffed during at least two films. They then re-interviewed teens three years later, to see how many had started smoking.

When Pierce and his team first contacted teens in 1996, the most popular stars among teen girls were Brad Pitt, Sandra Bullock and Leonardo DiCaprio. Favorite actors for boys were Pamela Anderson, Sandra Bullock and Demi Moore. More than 40 percent of girls and 30 percent of boys had favorite stars who smoked.

Favorite stars who did not smoke on-screen included Jim Carrey, Tom Hanks and Tom Cruise.

Although girls appeared to be influenced by the smoking habits of favorite stars, boys were not, the authors report in the American Journal of Public Health.

They note that research has shown that boys tend to prefer action movies, which tend to include less smoking by stars, while girls prefer more smoke-filled romances and dramas.

Pierce explained that his team also measured each child’s susceptibility to smoking — defined as being unwilling to rule out the option of future smoking. This removed the possibility that only those who were susceptible to smoking would have a favorite star who smoked on-screen, he said.

Dr. Stanton Glantz of the University of California in San Francisco, who was not an author of the paper, noted that research shows that the more teens see people smoke, the more likely they are to pick up the habit. The latest findings suggest that policymakers should strictly limit teens’ exposure to on-screen smoking, he said.

Restricting smoking to R-rated movies would apply “the same rules that Hollywood applies to saying the F-word,” Glantz said.

SOURCE: American Journal of Public Health, July 2004.
Filed under: Nicotine,Prevention,Youth :

High smoking rates among girls in Wales

Almost a third (29%) of Welsh girls aged 15 to 16 admit they smoke on a weekly basis, a new study by the National Public Health Service for Wales has revealed. Among boys of the same aged, 20% admitted to smoking regularly. The report examined a range of determinants of health including alcohol, drug use, socio-economic background, exercise and diet.

The South Wales Echo report includes a case study of one 28-year old who started smoking at the age of 14. She comments: “When I was 16 I was going out more and I would smoke about a pack a week. By the time I was 19 I was smoking about five packs a week. Of course I regret it now – my face is a prune! I wish I had never smoked because it’s really hard to stop and I could die of lung cancer.”

South Wales Echo, 3/8/04
Filed under: Nicotine,Youth :

Marketing Linked to College Binge Drinking

Research conducted by the Harvard School of Public Health concludes that reducing marketing around college campuses would reduce binge drinking among college students, Reuters reported Sept. 12.

For the study, researchers went to alcohol-serving establishments near 118 U.S. college campuses to determine if there was a link between drinking habits and marketing promotions or advertising. Visits were made to 830 bars, restaurants, and nightclubs and 1,684 liquor stores and other retailers.

The researchers found that campuses with a high number of places either selling beer in volume packages or featuring frequent price promotions had the highest rates of binge drinking.

“It’s not just the advertising dollars. It’s the five-cent and 25-cent beers, it’s the extra pitcher of beer for a penny, it’s the $5 refillable cup. It’s not simply that these things make people drink, but that they make people drink much more,” said Henry Wechsler, lead researcher and director of Harvard’s college alcohol studies program.

The researchers concluded that binge drinking among college students could be limited by controlling the marketing of beer and other alcoholic beverages near campuses.

“You’re not going to make great headway with college binge drinking unless you address the issue of the alcohol environment that envelopes most colleges,” said Wechsler.

The study’s findings were met with criticism from the American Beverage Institute, a lobbying group that represents chain restaurants. The organization said alcohol problems on college campuses are a result of “abusers.”

“What they’re really looking for is a reduction of drinking among all Americans, including responsible adults,” said American Beverage Institute Executive Director John Doyle.

Source American Journal of Preventive Medicine.Sept. 2004
Filed under: Alcohol,Prevention,Youth :

Parent Resources to Prevent Summertime Teen Marijuana Use

According to a new report, more teens first try marijuana in June and July than any other months of the year. To help parents prevent their teen from using marijuana this summer, the Office of National Drug Control Policy’s (ONDCP) National Youth Anti-Drug Media Campaign, the YMCA of the USA, and the American Camping Association kicked off this year’s “School’s Out” initiative.

The Media Campaign is offering new action-oriented advice and resources to help parents keep teens drug-free once school is out; a summer drug-free checklist, a summer calendar with suggested activities, and an interactive self-rating tool (Does Your Summer Plan Stand the Heat?). These resources are available on the Campaign’s Web site for parents at www.TheAntiDrug.com/SchoolsOut.

Source:www.TheAntiDrug.com/SchoolsOut.

Marijuana Use Among Canadian Teens Reaches Record High

A Health Canada survey finds that more 12- to 19-year-old Canadians smoke marijuana regularly than use tobacco, putting use of the drug at the highest level in 25 years, the Ottawa Citizen reported Oct. 29.

“Research we have conducted on 12- to 19-year-olds shows us that marijuana has gone mainstream and is well integrated into teen lifestyle,” said Linda Dabros, a special adviser to Health Canada’s director general of drug strategy.

According to the survey of 1,250 teens, 34 percent of 12- to 19-year-olds said they had smoked marijuana more than once, while 22 percent of teens said they smoke cigarettes regularly.

“Youth rates are going up and are at levels that we haven’t seen since the late ’70s, when rates reached their peak,” said Richard Garlick, a spokesman for the Canadian Centre for Substance Abuse.

Canada is currently considering a measure that would decriminalize marijuana.

Source:The Ottawa Citizen reported Oct. 29.2004.
Filed under: Cannabis,Youth :

More Teens See Marijuana Risks

The 2003 Teens Partnership Attitude Tracking Study (PATS), released by the Partnership for a Drug-Free America (PDFA), says that more teens are recognizing the risks of marijuana and, as a result, may be less likely to start using the drug, according to a Feb. 25 news release from the Office of National Drug Control Policy.

The survey also found an increase in the number of teens who have seen or heard anti-drug advertisements since the National Youth Anti-Drug Media Campaign began in 1998.

According to the study, 52 percent of teens were exposed to anti-drug ads in 2003, compared with 32 percent in 1998. Furthermore, one in three teens in 2003 said they “learned a lot” about the risks of drugs from the ads, compared with one in five in 1998.

“The PATS survey reinforces earlier reports that showed an 11-percent drop in youth drug use … This research shows many understand the risks associated with marijuana use,” said John Walters, director of the ONDCP. “We hope this growing awareness will keep teens from using marijuana themselves and encourage them to take action when a friend is using.”

The survey also found that more teens are aware of the potential risks of using marijuana, such as getting in trouble with the law, losing their driver’s license, or not getting into a good college.

Source:Partnership for a Drug-Free America Tracking Study 2003
Filed under: Prevention,Youth :

More Youth in Treatment Due to Marijuana Use

More youth entering treatment facilities in 2001 are using marijuana, according to a Jan. 29 news release from the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA).

The Treatment Episode Data Set (TEDS) for 2001 found a 49-percent increase in adolescent admissions to treatment facilities that receive public funding from 1992 to 2001. According to the data, 141,403 children ages 12-17 were admitted to treatment in 2001, compared to 95,000 in 1992.

The TEDS further found that 62 percent of the adolescent admissions in 2001 were linked to marijuana misuse, up from 23 percent in 1992.

“The increase in youth admissions to drug treatment is the continued fallout from the rise in marijuana use by young people in the 1990′s,” said SAMHSA Administrator Charles Curie. “Unfortunately, many of these young people are not getting help until they become entangled in the criminal-justice system.”

TEDS also indicated that marijuana use is beginning at an early age, with 26 percent of the adolescents admitted to treatment first using marijuana by age 12 and 56 percent by age 14.

Source: Treatment Episode Data Set for 2001. SAMHSA. USA
Filed under: Cannabis,Youth :

Raised on Radio: Underage Youth More Likely to Hear Alcohol Ads on Radio than Adults

Washington, DC – More than a quarter of radio ads for alcohol in the summer of 2003 would not have been in compliance with the alcohol industry’s revised marketing codes announced in September 2003, a new study by the Center on Alcohol Marketing and Youth (CAMY) at Georgetown University finds.

The Center, working with Virtual Media Resources, an independent media planning and research firm, analyzed 51,883 airings of 106 different ads for beer, distilled spirits, wine and flavored malt beverages, commonly known as “alcopops.” The ads aired in 104 markets across the country from June 15 to July 31, 2003. The analysis shows that 28% of these airings occurred when underage youth were more than 30% of the listening audience.

More specifically, the study shows that a number of brands placed a significant percentage of ads where underage youth constituted more than 30% of the listening audience. For instance, 52% of the Heineken radio ads, 42% of the Amstel Light radio ads, 42% of the Corona Extra radio ads and 35% of the Miller Lite radio ads aired when more than 30% of the listening audience was underage youth, 12-20.

In September 2003, the Beer Institute and the Distilled Spirits Council of the United States (DISCUS) announced stricter guidelines for ad placement by their member companies. According to these revised industry marketing codes, underage youth should not constitute more than 30% — a change from 50% — of the audience for alcohol ads.

“The alcohol industry will have to reform its advertising practices on radio dramatically to comply with the new marketing code provisions,” said David H. Jernigan, CAMY research director. “Even more importantly, these findings underscore the importance of tracking and monitoring these ads so parents and the rest of the public can be assured that these reforms are taking place,” Jernigan said.

The Institute of Medicine (IOM) and the National Research Council of the National Academy of Sciences released a major report in September 2003 outlining a national strategy to reduce underage drinking. Among the recommendations for the federal government, the IOM called on the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) to monitor the advertising practices of the alcohol industry on a continuing basis and periodically report its findings to Congress and the public.

In the pending omnibus appropriations bill for FY 2004, Congress directs HHS to act on the IOM recommendations and report back within 90 days from passage on its plan to reduce underage drinking.

Summary of Findings

The Center’s analysis of alcohol radio advertising during the summer of 2003 examined whether ads were placed above the industry’s ad placement threshold and whether ads were more likely to be heard, on a per capita basis, by underage youth, 12-20, or by legal-age adults.

To analyze whether underage youth were more likely, on a per capita basis, to hear the alcohol ads on radio, the Center used a standard advertising industry measure of gross ratings points (GRPs). This provides for the population-weighting of exposure to advertising since there are always more adults than youth in a population.

In 14 of the 15 largest radio markets in the United States by population, underage youth were more likely, on a per capita basis, to hear the alcohol ads than adults over 21. In five of the 15 markets, namely Chicago, San Francisco, Houston-Galveston, Washington, D.C., and Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, underage youth were more likely to hear the radio ads than young adults, ages 21-34.

The Center’s analysis also found that four radio formats — urban contemporary, alternative, rhythmic contemporary hit, and pop contemporary hit — accounted for almost three-quarters of the underage youth exposure to alcohol advertising on radio.

Radio is a popular medium among America’s youth. Over the course of a week, the average teenager listens to 13.5 hours of radio. By comparison, he or she spends 10.6 hours per week watching television, 7.6 hours online, and 3.3 hours reading magazines for pleasure. For advertisers, radio offers targeted selection of an audience, because station formats appeal to narrow demographics.

Source: Press Release January 23 2004 The Center on Alcohol Marketing and Youth 2233 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 525 Washington, DC 20007 camy.org
Filed under: Youth :

Early Sleep Troubles Linked to Later Drug Problems

A University of Michigan study concludes that children who had trouble sleeping at ages 3 to 5 may be at a greater risk for drinking, smoking and using drugs as a teenager, Reuters reported April 14.

For the study, researchers interviewed the mothers of 257 boys between the ages of 3 and 5 about their sleep habits. Follow-up interviews were conducted with the families at three-year intervals until the children were between the ages of 12 and 14. The older children were asked by researchers whether they had tried alcohol, cigarettes, or other drugs.

The research found that one-third of the boys had trouble sleeping or were overtired as children. These children, the study showed, were twice as likely as other boys to experiment with drugs by the time they were 12 to 14 years old.

Study author Dr. Maria Wong said the research also showed that problem sleepers were more likely to exhibit symptoms of anxiety or depression and have attention problems later in life.

Wong said that those who had early sleep problems might have turned to alcohol and other drugs to relieve “physical distress.” Others may be turning to drugs because of underlying brain differences.

The study’s findings are published in the journal Alcoholism: Clinical & Experimental Research.

Source:University of Michigan; Reuters Apr 2004
Filed under: Health,Youth :

“Party School” to Require Alcohol-Misuse Course

The University of Colorado at Boulder, ranked among the top party schools in the country, will require incoming freshmen to take an Internet-based course about alcohol use and misuse.

“We are trying to provide a bottom-line common experience for all students,” said Robert Maust, principal investigator for the school’s A Matter of Degree program. “Then we will be able to say that you know at least that much.”

Maust said he is deciding between two Internet alcohol and drug education programs, “Alcohol EDU” and “My Student Body.” A final decision on which course the university will use will be announced shortly.

The course, required as of this fall, will be customized according to each student’s knowledge about alcohol use. Students will also be surveyed about personal perceptions of alcohol use at college and be given feedback and educational information based on their responses.

The course would take about one to two hours to complete.

Source: Colorado Daily Feb. 2004
Filed under: Prevention,Youth :

Study Says More Alcohol Ads Reaching Minors

A report by Georgetown University’s Center on Alcohol Marketing and Youth found a 39-percent increase in the number of alcohol ads aired on local and cable television in 2002 compared to the previous year. The report also concluded that a greater number of teens are being exposed to alcohol ads on television.   According to the report, there were 289,381 alcohol ads on television in 2002, with a significant increase in ads for distilled spirits and low-alcohol beverages. On a per-capita basis, the study found that more teens than adults saw 66,218 of the ads, a 30 percent increase over 2001. Television shows that attract a large teen audience, such as “Survivor,” “Fear Factor” and “That ’70s Show,” included alcohol ads.

“This dramatic increase in alcohol ads seen by our children in 2002 suggests the problem got worse,” said Jim O’Hara, executive director of the center. “The data demonstrate that the alcohol industry needs to make major changes in its advertising.”

The Distilled Spirits Council of the U.S. (DISCUS) disputed the findings. The industry contends that the “vast majority of alcohol ads are viewed by adults and that self-regulation is working.”

“To make further progress on underage drinking, we must focus on science-based solutions. Study after study shows that parents and other adults are the primary influence over a youth’s decision regarding drinking, not advertising,” said Peter Cressy, president of DISCUS.

Source: Associated Press April 21.2004
Filed under: Alcohol,Prevention,Youth :

Study Sees Ecstasy Use Decline Among Teens

A new study released by the Partnership for a Drug-Free America (PDFA) says that ecstasy use among teens has dropped 25 percent in the last two years, the Associated Press reported Feb. 25. 

According to the annual survey, teen ecstasy use dropped from 12 percent in 2001 to 9 percent in 2003. 

Despite the decline, Steve Pasierb, president and CEO of the PDFA, said the drug is still a problem. 

“The ecstasy threat remains: Last year, 2 million teenagers in America had tried this drug,” Pasierb said. “We can and we must kick ecstasy while it’s down, and kick it down further.” 

The study also found a reduction in overall drug use by teens. Declines were seen in marijuana, LSD, and methamphetamine use. 

However, the study indicated areas of concern, including a growing use of inhalants and misuse of prescription drugs. 

The study was based on data collected from questionnaires completed anonymously by 7,270 adolescents nationwide between April and June 2003 

Source: Partnership for Drug-Free America survey. Reported by Associated Press. Feb. 25th 2004 
Filed under: Ecstasy,Youth :

Successful Ad Campaign reduces youth tobacco use

New data indicates that youth in Washington are taking the advice offered in the anti-tobacco ads being run by the Washington State Department of Health. 

According to the latest report from Sedgwick Rd., the Seattle advertising agency that created the ads, 80 percent of Washington youth had seen the anti-smoking advertisements. Furthermore, 94 percent of those who had seen the ads said they gave them good reasons not to smoke. 

“The effectiveness of our advertising efforts lies in the extensive investigation we did with Washington state youth about what catches their attention most,” said Terry Reid, manager of the state Department of Health Tobacco Prevention and Control Program. “Our ads speak directly to youth who are at risk for smoking, with messages specifically designed to get their attention and give them the hard facts.” 

The ads are part of the state’s comprehensive Tobacco Prevention and Control Program, which began in July 2000. The campaign also includes radio, print, and Web-based ads, community outreach, support services, and school-based education programs. 

Since the start of the statewide campaign, the number of Washington 10th-graders who smoke has dropped by 40 percent. 

“We’re creating real and lasting change in Washington,” said Secretary of Health Mary Selecky. “Still, we have more work to do; about 55 kids start smoking every day in our state. Our new ad campaign will help us reach more youth so we can convince them to quit smoking or never start.” 

Source: Washington State Dept. of Health Sept.2004

Filed under: Prevention,Youth :

Summer Time Is the High Time for New Teen Marijuana Use

 (Chicago, IL)—According to a new National Survey on Drug Use and Health report released today, more teens first try marijuana in June and July than any other months of the year. To help parents prevent their teen from using marijuana this summer, the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy’s National Youth Anti-Drug Media Campaign, the YMCA of the USA, and the American Camping Association today kicked off this year’s “School’s Out” initiative. 

Today’s report, “Seasonality of Youth’s First-Time Use of Marijuana, Cigarettes or Alcohol,” from the Substance Abuse & Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA) shows a 40 percent increase in first-time youth marijuana use during June and July, compared to the rest of the year. Each day in June and July an average of 6,300 youth try marijuana for the first time. The number of new underage drinkers and cigarette smokers also jumps during the summer months. 

“Youth marijuana use has declined by 11 percent over the past two years. Despite the good news, the battle of reducing teen drug use is not yet over,” said John P. Walters, Director of National Drug Control Policy. “Kids may equate summer with freedom, but for parents, it’s when they need to be even more involved in their teens’ lives. As soon as they pack up their locker for the year and step out of school, kids are much more likely to try marijuana. By keeping teens busy, knowing who they’re with and making sure they’re supervised, parents can help prevent their teen’s summer from going to pot.” “Marijuana use damages lungs, impairs learning, and decreases motivation. Kids who use marijuana in early adolescence are more likely to engage in risky behaviors, such as delinquency, engaging in sexual activity, driving while high or underage drinking. They are also more likely to perceive drugs as not harmful and have more friends who exhibit deviant behavior,” said Daniel Angres, M.D., founder and director of Rush Behavioral Health in Illinois. 

The increase in new marijuana use is likely due to teens having more unsupervised and unstructured time in the summer. Research shows that unmonitored teens are four times more likely to use marijuana or engage in other risky behaviors. “In order to address this problem, teens need to have access to a variety of activities that will interest and engage them during the summer months,” said Kenneth L. Gladish, Ph.D., National Executive Director, YMCA of the USA. “At their local YMCAs, teens can participate in a wide-range of structured and diverse programs year round that give them the opportunity for positive engagement and allow them to develop character, leadership, and skills to last a lifetime.”

“As partners in parenting, camps create a positive community for youth to practice growing up, providing windows of opportunity to establish individual value systems that help them feel productive, connected, and able to navigate,” said Marla Coleman, President of the American Camping Association. “Camp counselors are important role models and mentors to kids, helping them identify critical values and make positive choices in life.”

Research shows that parents are the most powerful influence on their teen when it comes to drugs. In fact, two-thirds of youth ages 13–17 say fear of upsetting their parents or losing the respect of family and friends is one of the main reasons they don’t smoke marijuana or use other drugs. 

The Media Campaign is offering new action-oriented advice and resources to help parents keep teens drug-free once school is out, including a summer drug-free checklist, a summer calendar with suggested activities, and an interactive self-rating tool (Does Your Summer Plan Stand the Heat?) to see if their teen will be safe this summer. These resources are available on the Campaign’s Web site for parents at www.TheAntiDrug.com/SchoolsOut. The Campaign also offers online materials for community organizations at www.MediaCampaign.org; for employers at http://www.TheAntiDrug.com/atwork; and for youth at www.Freevibe.com. The Campaign is partnering with the YMCA of the USA and the American Camping Association to reach teens, parents and adult influencers such as coaches and camp counselors with marijuana prevention messages this summer. 

Source:www.mediacampaign.org
Filed under: Cannabis,Youth :

Survey on Youth Drug Use

 In a survey of 10,000 pupils the survey found:

1 in 3 15 year olds has smoked cannabis
18% of pupils aged 11-18 had taken drugs in previous 12 months
13% had tried cannabis in previous year 
Drug use in 2001 = 20%
Drug use in 2002 = 18% – a slight decrease.

Source: NATIONAL CENTRE FOR SOCIAL RESEARCH AND NATIONAL CENTRE FOR EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH 
Filed under: Youth :

Teen Brain Wired to Seek Easy Rewards

Researchers say that the reward center in an adolescent’s brain isn’t as fully developed or responsive as an adult’s, which could explain why teens tend to engage in risky behaviors such as consuming alcohol, using drugs, or having unsafe sex. 

Using magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), researchers scanned the brains of 12 teens aged 12 to 17 and 12 young adults aged 22 to 28. During the scan, participants played a game that involved monetary risk and reward. 

In comparing the scans, the researchers found that the ventral stratium, the section of the brain known as the reward center, showed increased activity as the reward increased for both groups. However, the right ventral stratium, which is responsible for motivation, showed more activation in adult participants than in the teens. 

“That region of the brain controls how much an organism is willing to work to get a reward,” Bjork said. “The data show that adolescents are just as happy and excited at the prospect of winning as adults, but they differed in the expenditure of effort for that reward.” 

The researchers concluded that adolescents are more likely to engage in risky behaviors, such as alcohol and other drug use, because they involve little effort but provide a greater reward in return. 

The research also may explain why teens sometimes seem unmotivated to adults. “Adults have readily active motivation in the brain,” said study co-author James Bjork, a research fellow in the Laboratory of Clinical Studies at the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. “But it may take exceptionally strong incentives to get kids jazzed up.”

Source:     Health Day News reported Feb. 26. 2004
Filed under: Brain and Behaviour,Youth :

Teens Taking More Prescription Drugs Illegally

Fewer American kids are smoking pot and taking LSD and Ecstasy, according to a government report based on 2003 numbers. However, the National Survey on Drug Use and Health also shows more are abusing prescription drugs. The data show a 5 percent decline in the number of 12- to 17-year-olds who say they have smoked marijuana. A little more than 6 percent of teens, 14.6 million people, use marijuana. 

That rate, along with the rates for cocaine, hallucinogens and heroin, were similar to 2002 rates. The survey shows greater drops among those in the same age group using Ecstasy and LSD, down 41 percent and 54 percent, respectively. 

Teens reported drops in use of specific drugs during the last year from the 2002 study: 

• LSD use went from 1.3 percent to 0.6 percent 
• Ecstasy use went from 2.2 percent to 1.3 percent 
• Methamphetamine use dropped from 0.9 percent to 0.7 percent. 

However, the survey found more people had tried prescription drugs when they didn’t need them for medical reasons. An estimated 6.3 million — 2.7 percent of the population over 12 — took unprescribed drugs. An estimated 4.7 million used pain relievers, 1.8 million used tranquilizers, 1.2 million used stimulants and 300,000 used sedatives. About 10.9 million teenagers reported drinking alcohol in the month prior to the survey interview in 2003 — 29 percent of the group. These 2003 rates were essentially the same as those obtained from the 2002 survey. 

An estimated 13.6 percent of people 12 or older drove under the influence of alcohol at least once in the 12 months prior to the interview in 2003 (a decrease from 14.2 percent in 2002). These percentages represent 32.3 million people in 2003 and 33.5 million people in 2002. Tobacco Use Overall, the study indicates 20 million people age 12 and older — including adults — were using illegal drugs within a month of the survey. That’s 8.2 percent of the population. 

The overall rate of drug use did not change from 2002 to 2003. Varying ethnic groups showed different levels of illicit drug use: 

• American Indians/Alaska natives — 12.1 percent 
• Reporting two or more races — 12 percent 
• Pacific Islanders — 11.1 percent 
• Blacks — 8.7 percent 
• Whites — 8.3 percent 
• Hispanics — 8 percent 
• Asians — 3.8 percent 

Unemployed adults had an 18.2 percent rate of current drug use, while those working full time came in at 7.9 percent. 

Source: The KansasCityChannel.com September 2004 
Filed under: Youth :

Teens Tempt Fate by Combining Inhalants, Other Drugs

Health officials are warning parents that more teenagers are mixing stimulants like Ritalin with inhalants like correction fluid and room deodorizers, the Cincinnati Post reported March 25.According to health officials, there has been a rise in the number of teens and children as young as age 10 who have died from the drug combination.

“I would be primarily and most concerned about a potential fatal interaction, [with] the Ritalin having an adrenalin-like effect [enhancing] the possibility of Sudden Sniffing Death in the individual huffing the correction fluid,” said Dr. Earl Siegel, co-director of the Drug and Poison Information Center at Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center in Ohio.

According to Siegel, the combination of Ritalin and “huffing” disturbs heart rhythm.


Source:Cincinnati Post March 2004

Filed under: Solvent abuse,Youth :

Cannabis dependence: a snapshot

According to youth counsellor Jill Pearman the number of people presenting to mental hospitals in New South Wales for cannabis-induced psychosis has gone from 15 to 26 percent over a two-year period and experts now estimate the figure is closer to 40 or 50 percent.Adding weight to the trend is new research, which paints a startling picture of the impact of modern marijuana on our country. For seven years, 2000 Australian teenagers were tracked. By their 21st birthdays, one in 25 women met the criteria for being cannabis dependent. Among men, the rate was much higher with one in 10 found to be dependent.
Professor George Patton, who conducted the groundbreaking study, found that regular alcohol drinkers are less likely to develop cannabis dependence while cigarette smokers are more likely. He also found that the younger you experiment, the greater the chance you’ll have a problem later on.
“Thirty percent of teenagers who reported weekly use sometime between the age of 14 and 17 were dependent at the age of 20 to 21,” he says.

Father Chris Reilly has helped tens of thousands of troubled teenagers try and overcome their addiction. He says one of the problems is many people are unaware of how significantly the drug has changed.

“People who are advocating it from the ’60s haven’t factored in to it that this [cannabis] is now 70 to 90 percent stronger than what they were using back in the old days,” he says.

For Chris, who was once addicted to marijuana, the experience was all-consuming.

“People think it’s harmless, they don’t take it as a harmful drug – that’s probably why,” he says. “People don’t know much about it. I had drug-induced psychosis and went to jail for a night.”

Similarly, Rupert also suffered terribly while addicted to cannabis.

“I couldn’t sleep when I was smoking and got headaches,” he says. “I got really angry with everyone – really angry with friends and parents. You don’t realise till problems come on, no friends, social life goes down the drain and it’s too late, by then, it’s really hard to quit,” he says.
 
 
Source: Reporter: Ben Fordham; Australia’s TV Channel 9 “A Current Affair” program (ACA) August 11th 2003

 

 

Filed under: Cannabis,Health,Youth :

Pot-Smoking Parents Bad Role Models

Youth who say their parents would ‘strongly disapprove if they tried marijuana once or twice” used any illicit drug at a rate of 7.1 per cent, compared with 31.2 per cent for youth who thought their parents “did not strongly disapprove.”

Source: U.S. National Household Survey on Drug Abuse 2000
Filed under: Parents,Youth :

Drug Addiction As A Developmental Disorder

A new study from Yale suggests that drug addiction should be thought of as a developmental disorder, because the changing circuitry of teenagers brains appears to leave them especially vulnerable to the effects of drugs and alcohol. Dr. R. Andrew Chambers of the Yale School of Medicine, lead author of the article: said addictive drugs worked by stimulating parts of the brain that are changing rapidly in adolescence. In particular, Dr. Chambers said, the drugs tap into a neural imbalance that may underlie teenagers affinity for impulsive and risky behaviour. The circuitry that releases chemicals that associate novel experiences with the motivation to repeat them develops far more quickly in adolescence than the mechanisms that inhibit urges and impulses. As a result he said, teenagers are not only more likely to experiment with drugs than other groups, but the experience also has more profound effects on the brain – and sometimes permanent ones. The article, published in the June issue of The American Journal of Psychiatry, was based on a review of 140 earlier studies. Dr. Chambers wrote that although it had long been known that most addicts began using drugs in adolescence, most research into the mechanisms of addictions or treatment focused on adults.

Shifting to a model that links vulnerability to normal developmental changes in the brain could lead to new methods of prevention or ways of singling out teenagers at higher risk for drug use, he said. Dr. Chambers acknowledged that social factors appeared to play a role in drug addiction but said they did not account entirely for greater levels of drug use among adolescents. His analysis covered three aspects of teenage behaviour and their basis in brain functioning – attraction to novelty, less than adult levels of judgment and an overriding interest in sex. Teenagers are drawn to new activities and experiences, a process that Dr. Chambers referred to as “the expansion of their motivational repertory.” “That’s a good thing.” he said, “because adolescents have to earn how to be adults.” But to aid the process, the motivational circuitry of the brain – the complex of chemical reactions that make certain experiences more desirable than others – is also rapidly expanding. It is this circuitry, centred on the chemical dopamine, that is at the heart of the addictive effects of a wide range of drugs as different as cocaine and alcohol, Dr. Chambers said.

At the same time the parts of the frontal cortex that are activated by adults when they weigh risks and rewards lag developmentally. You have a situation where the motivational brain areas are particularly active,” Dr. Chambers said, “and the part of the brain that is supposed to inhibit impulses is not working well, because it is sort of under construction.” The other port of the equation lies in a number of brain regions that are reshaped in adolescence as they respond to soaring levels of sex hormones, Dr. Chambers said that rapid change seemed to leave young people unusually attuned to all sorts of new social and sexual stimulation, which in turn appeared to make the brain more open to the addictive effect of drugs.

Source: Author Dr. R.A. Chambers, Yale School of Medicine. Published in American Journal of Psychiatry
and reported on www.nytimes.com
Filed under: Brain and Behaviour,Youth :

Unsupervised Teens Do Poorly In School

A new survey finds that unsupervised teens are four times more likely to be D students than teens supervised every day. The survey, After School for America’s Teens, released by YMCA of the USA, finds that 59 percent of teens are unsupervised after school at least one day in a typical week. And those teens are more likely to drink alcohol, smoke cigarettes and engage in sexual activity, nearly three times as likely to skip classes at school. They are also three times more likely to use marijuana or other drugs.
The survey of 500 teens 14-17 years of age reveals a strong interest in community and neighbourhood-based after school programs. Although many teenagers participate in after school programs, more than half of all teens (52 percent) wish there were more community or neighbourhood-based activities available. Some 62 percent of teens left alone during the week say they would likely participate in after school programs, while two in three teens (67 percent) expressed interest in programs that would improve their grades, develop leadership skills and involve them in the community.
Unsupervised teens are in the ‘Danger Zone’ the hours of 3 to 6 p.m. after school  when being unsupervised can lead to problems with alcohol, drugs, sexual activity and even crime. This danger cuts across race income and family structure, according to the University of Minnesota’s National Longitudinal Study of Adolescent Health, the largest-ever survey of American adolescents. Teens who are failing school and “hanging out” with friends are more likely to engage in at-risk behaviours.
The After School survey revealed that teens who do not engage in after school activities are five times more likely to be D students than those who do, while nearly eight in 10 teens (79 percent) who participate in after school programs are A or B students. Only half (52 percent) of teens who do not participate earn such high marks.

Source:  Penn, Schoen & Berland Associates, Washington, D.C. Feb 2001.
Filed under: Parents,Prevention,Youth :

Ecstasy Use

In 2001. over 8 million persons aged 12 or older reported using Ecstasy at least once in their lifetime. The majority of past year Ecstasy users were young adults 18 to 25. Past year Ecstasy users aged 12 to 25 were more likely to have used other types of illicit drugs in the past year than those who did not use Ecstasy in the past year.

Source: http://www.samhsa.gov, Mar 2003.
Filed under: Ecstasy,Youth :

Working Teens More Likely to Drink

A University of California study shows that teens who work more than 10 hours a week tend to consume  alcohol more heavily than those who work fewer hours or not at all. According to the study of more than 6,500 adolescents, 24 percent of the teenagers who worked more than 10 hours said they drank heavily within the past year. On the other hand, fewer than 10 percent of the teens who worked less hours or not at all reported heavy drinking.
“One of the most consistent and troubling discoveries is that the more adolescents work, the more they drink”, said lead researcher Mallie Paschall. Paschall speculated that working more than 10 hours gives teens the added income to purchase alcohol. In addition, work relationships with older teens and adults who drink may lead them to believe that heavy drinking is socially acceptable.

Source: Journal of Adolescent Health Jan 2004.
Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

Drug- Driving

RAC Foundation research suggests that drug—driving is now a bigger problem than drink-driving among 17—24 years olds. Edmund King of the RAC Foundation said: “We hear that more people smoke cannabis as a recreational drug. The danger now is that mixing that with alcohol could produce a deadly cocktail that motorists may not be aware of. Cannabis may make people feel more laid back but combined with alcohol gives them the impetus to drive. They may think they are not over the limit  and in fact could be under the drink-drive limit,  but still be more dangerous.”

Source: ASSOCIATED NEWSPAPERS, October 10th, 2000

British children use drugs more than ever before

The  Social Trends report, published recently by the British Office of National Statistics, paints a gloomy picture of the lives of British children. According to the report, the kids are smoking, drinking and taking drugs more than ever before.

In general, youngsters drink twice as much as they did 10 years ago. Boys as young as 11-13 consume 8.4 units of alcohol (equivalent of 4 pints of beer) every week. In the early 1990s, the boys of that age group consumed around 3 units of alcohol. The drinking habits of girls aged 11-15 have jumped from 4.7 units to 9.1 units per week in 10 years. More than 60% of the 15-year-olds answering the survey said they had been offered illegal drugs. The amount of children  that had tried illicit drugs increased to 14% from 11% in 1998. Out of these, most had smoked marijuana. Almost 25% of the 15-year-olds smoke tobacco regularly.

Source: ECAD NEWS LETTER (Sweden) Vol 11 (47), February 2002.
Filed under: Youth :

Youth Alcoholism on the increase

Australia, drug experts are blaming the flood of so-called designer drinks and sodas on the market for a sharp rise in youth alcoholism. Young people are starting to drink earlier and with greater intensity than ever before. In the last comprehensive survey conducted in 1998, half a million teenagers confessed to drinking every week, a quarter of those downing seven or more drinks at each session. Drug experts say the rise in youth alcoholism in recent years can be linked directly to aggressive marketing strategies, and that tougher regulation of the alcohol industry is needed. The industry needs to be held accountable, to ensure that it markets its products responsibly, and stops producing products designed for junior palates, which make alcohol more appealing to very young people.

Source: MELBOURNE’S CHILD Magazine , February 2002
Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

Cannabis use and mental health in young people: cohort study

Objective: To determine whether cannabis use in adolescence predisposes to higher rates of depression and anxiety in young adulthood.

Design: Seven wave cohort study over six years.

Setting: 44 schools in the Australian state of Victoria
.
Participants: A state wide secondary school sample of 1601 students aged 14-15 followed for seven years.

Main outcome measure: Interview measure of depression and anxiety (revised clinical interview schedule) at wave 7.

Results: Some 60% of participants had used cannabis by the age of 20; 7% were daily users at that point. Daily use in young women was associated with an over fivefold increase in the odds of reporting a state of depression and anxiety after adjustment for intercurrent use of other substances (odds ratio 5.6, 95% confidence interval 2.6 to 12). Weekly or more frequent cannabis use in teenagers predicted an approximately twofold increase in risk for later depression and anxiety (1.9, 1.1 to 3.3) after adjustment for potential baseline confounders. In contrast, depression and anxiety in teenagers predicted neither later weekly nor daily cannabis use.
Conclusions: Frequent cannabis use in teenage girls predicts later depression and anxiety, with daily users carrying the highest risk. Given recent increasing levels of cannabis use, measures to reduce frequent and heavy recreational use seem warranted.

Source: Authors Patton G, Coffey C et al published in BMJ 2002;325:11195-1198.

New Harvard/NIDA study examines effect of marijuana use in mid- teens or younger

There is evidence that individuals who start to smoke marijuana at an early age-while the brain is still developing-show deficits in cognition that are not seen in individuals who begin use of the drug when they are older. The reasons for this difference are unclear. Scientists from the Harvard Medical School and from the intramural research program of the National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA) found lasting cognitive deficits in those who started to smoke marijuana before age 17. The researchers analyzed neuropsychological test results from 122 long-term heavy users of marijuana and 87 subjects who had used marijuana only a few times (control subjects). Sixty-nine of the 122 users started using marijuana at age 17 or before. The subjects were between the ages of 30 and 55 at the time of the study, and all had refrained from any drug use 28 days prior to testing.

Individuals who started using marijuana at age 17 or younger performed significantly worse on the tests assessing verbal functions such as verbal IQ and memory of word lists than did those who started using marijuana later in life or who had used the drug sparingly. There were virtually no differences in test results among the individuals who started marijuana use after age 17 and the control subjects.Youth who use marijuana before their mid-teens may show long-term deficits in certain verbal skills-but the reasons for these deficits are not yet clear.

Source: Author Dr. Harrison Pope et al Published in journal of Drug and Alcohol Dependence March 2003.
Filed under: Cannabis,Youth :

Steep rise in abuse of legal drugs

Between 1995 and 2002, there was a 163 percent increase in the number of emergency room visitis tied to the abuse of prescription drugs according to the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Agency. SAMSHA estimates 9 million people now abuse prescription drugs, meaning they use them for nonmedical,and often recreational,purposes.Three million abusers are kids between the ages of 12 and 17 years old. And the abuse can be deadly:Prescription drugs now play a factor in a quarter of all overdose deaths reported in the US.
US drug officials say this represents a dramatic surge – one that took them by surprise. It has presented a whole new set of challenges, such as a lack of law- enforcement resources to track down shadowy Internet sites and unethical doctors and pharmacists. Another key issue: finding a way to balance any law- enforcement measures with the needs of legitimate online pharmacies that have helped the elderly and others save money and time.Federal officials have decided one way to combat the problem is with education. SAMHSA and the Food and Drug Administration have launched a national campaign to warn people that the misuse of prescription drugs is dangerous, as well as illegal.
A complex array of factors has led to the spike in abuse of prescription drugs. There’s the overall increase in the legitimate use of prescription drugs as a society. For instance, since 1995, the number of Ritalin prescriptions written by doctors has quadrupled. During that same time, the stimulant became a favorite recreational drug among teens.
The number of OxyContin prescriptions written between 1996 and 2000 increased 20-fold. One theory contends that the increase in HIV and hepatitis C has prompted some illegal substance abusers to switch to prescription drugs like OxyContin, which can have an effect similar to heroin.
The rise of the Internet has been another factor. Since 1999, online pharmacies – legitimate and otherwise – have mushroomed, giving youth and addicts alike what appears to be easy access to the drug of their choice.

Source: By Alexandra Marks,staff writer of christian science Monitor oct 1st 2003
Filed under: Youth :

Family medicine cabinet now newest source

The family medicine cabinet, now being “pharmed” by kids looking for drugs over the counter, prescription, whatever they can get their hands on. What happens next is frightening.

According to Pat Connors, substance abuse expert, “They’ll combine them all together in a bag or a hat or whatever, pass it around, take a handful, and then sit back to see what happens to them.”The consequences, for better or worse, are soon obvious. But for doctors, the results of
‘Pharming” are a mystery.
“When a teenager takes unknown pills and is unable to describe the pills, we’re left with a conundrum,” says Dr. Russell Harris, chief of emergency medicine at Our Lady of Lourdes Medical Center. “It could be any host of medications so it’s the fear of the unknown and missing something
that’s potentially dangerous.”And when a prescription mix isn’t available, there’s an even easier option. High doses of over-the-counter drugs, like cough medicine.
“Everyone assumes that the FDA has approved everything and it’s very safe,” says Dr. Harris.While the abuse of over-the-counter drugs is nothing new, studies now show it’s most common among 12 to 17 year olds. In fact, adolescents are 18 times more likely to die from an over-the-counter overdose than from an illicit drug overdose.”What’s new is the nonchalance with which these teenagers seem to be approaching it,” says Dr.
Harris. “When you’re taking things in a larger amount, the medications in the long term may affect the liver, which we may not see till days or weeks later.”And the concern, as always, is what may come next.
“With abuse, the addiction potential can happen very rapidly,” says Connors.

Source:Reported by Monica Novotny.  MSNBC Correspondent Sept. 19th 2003
Filed under: Youth :

Relationships Matter: Impact of Parental, Peer Factors on Teen, Young Adult Substance Abuse


The influence of family and peers on adolescent substance abuse has been well documented in the scientific literature. Generally, positive family influences, such as family bonding and consistent rules, appear to reduce the risk of tobacco, marijuana, and other drug abuse among teens, while negative family influences tend to increase risk. The same is true of positive and negative peer factors. Little research, however, has been conducted to see how parental and peer factors interact to influence adolescents’ initiation to and young adults’ use of drugs.

Two new NIDA-funded studies–one looking at initiation of substance use, the other at continued substance abuse–show that some aspects of family and peer influences remain potent from early initiation into young adulthood and across socioeconomic, ethnic, and gender lines. Both studies yielded surprises and implications for intervention. For example, the first study found that although family and peer factors had similar effects on males and females, family monitoring and rules had a stronger protective effect for males than females. The second study found that for either gender, peer influence was not mediated by the quality of the relationship, except for female peer influence on young adult marijuana use.

Impact of Family on Teens’ Initiation to Drugs
University of Washington researchers recruited 808 5th-graders from 18 Seattle elementary schools in high-crime areas and followed them from ages 12 to 21 to see how peer, family, and sociodemographic factors interacted to influence drug initiation.

As part of an ongoing NIDA study directed by Dr. J. David Hawkins, data from this group were gathered annually through age 16 and again at 18 and 21. The sample included a high proportion of low-income families, “but not all children came from homes in high-risk neighborhoods,” says Dr. Karl Hill, one of the study’s authors. Of concern were the extent of bonding to family, family involvement (time spent interacting with parents), family conflict resolution and parenting practices (monitoring, rules, and consistent discipline), peers’ prosocial and antisocial activities, and measures of use for tobacco, marijuana, cocaine, amphetamines, tranquilizers, sedatives, and psychedelics.

Initiation of illicit drug use for the entire study group was 4.6 percent by age 12, 8.4 percent by age 13, 12.6 percent by age 18, and 40.5 percent by age 21. By age 21, 45.4 percent of male participants had initiated illicit drug use, as had 35.5 percent of females. Native Americans had the highest rate of initiation, at 55.9 percent, compared to 53.6 percent of European Americans, 33.3 percent of African Americans, and 14.6 percent of Asian Americans.

All of the measured family factors were influential, with the terms low level referring to families in the lowest 10 percent for a specific factor and high level referring to those in the highest 10 percent. Higher levels of family monitoring and rules were associated with a “significantly” lower risk of illicit drug initiation, according to Dr. Hill. For example, youths with low levels of family monitoring and rules at age 18 were twice as likely (14 percent versus 7 percent) to initiate illicit drugs as those with high family monitoring. The same was true for a higher level of moderate and consistent family discipline–youths with low consistent family discipline were over twice as likely (15 percent versus 6 percent) at age 18 to initiate illicit drugs as those with high consistent family discipline.

Family Bonding and Peer Antisocial Activity Impact Drug Initiation Among Adolescents

Low levels of family bonding and high levels of peer antisocial activity were consistently associated with higher prevalence of illicit drug initiation among youths ages 12 to 21 compared with prevalence seen when high levels of family bonding and low levels of peer antisocial activity were present. By age 21, however, a high level of family bonding had far less impact than in earlier years on adolescent drug initiation.

Family bonding was particularly influential before the age of 18–youths with low family bonding at age 15 were three times more likely (9 percent versus 3 percent) to initiate illicit drugs than those with high family bonding. Higher levels of family conflict were associated with a higher risk of initiation. For example, youths with high family conflict at age 18 were over twice as likely (15 percent versus 6 percent) to initiate illicit drugs as those with low family conflict. High levels of peer antisocial activity, especially after age 15, found youths at age 18 nearly four times as likely (19 percent versus 5 percent) to initiate illicit drugs as those with low antisocial peer influence (in the bottom 10 percent).

Family monitoring and rules seemed to reduce the risk of initiation primarily by affecting the child’s choice of peer groups. “Some family factors operate through peers and some are independent of peer groups,” Dr. Hill explains. “Kids with low bonding to parents are more likely to get involved with narcotics and stimulants, even if they don’t hang out with bad peers. So you end up with this set of independent risks with high family conflict, low bonding, and bad peer involvement. All these things stack the deck toward initiation of serious drug use.

“In general, family and peer factors had similar effects on boys and girls,” Dr. Hill observes. “Only family monitoring and rules had a stronger protective effect for males than for females.” Family monitoring and bonding were more predictive for European Americans than for African Americans. Otherwise, says Dr. Hill, “family and peer factors affecting illicit drug initiation were similar across gender and ethnic groups.”

The message is clear: Family factors matter. “The impact of only one factor–family bonding–begins to decline after age 18,” Dr. Hill says. Peer factors also matter. Having antisocial peers, especially after age 15, increases the risk of drug initiation. “Both sets of influences contribute,” he says, “even after controlling for sociodemographic background and prior alcohol, tobacco, and marijuana initiation.”

In terms of intervention, “family and peer factors should be important targets for preventive efforts,” Dr. Hill says. The effort should start early and continue into the twenties, emphasizing family bonding early and family monitoring, rules, and reduction of conflict throughout. “Programs that address these family and peer factors should work relatively well across gender and ethnic groups,” he concludes.

Influence of Peers on Young Adults’ Substance Abuse
Another NIDA-funded study took a slightly different path, looking at peer influence on young adults. As part of a long-range study led by Dr. Hyman Hops of the Oregon Research Institute in Eugene, Oregon, the researchers gathered data from 294 participants ages 19 to 25. Each participant brought one same-sex and one opposite-sex peer into the study; those who were married brought their marital partner as their opposite-sex peer. Data gathered annually for 3 years included the quality of these relationships, the extent of any substance abuse, and the problems associated with drug use.

At the beginning of the study, 30 percent of the 294 participants had smoked cigarettes, 29 percent had smoked marijuana in the previous month, 10 percent had used other illicit drugs, and 41 percent reported problems associated with drug use in the previous 12 months. Thirty-nine percent had not used any drugs in the period specified. Men who smoked marijuana did so, on average, more often than female marijuana smokers did–an average of 5.5 times per month versus women’s average of 2.7 times a month. “Other differences between genders were not significant,” says Dr. Judy Andrews, lead author of the Oregon team. “Correlations between various substances were moderate.”

Quality of Female Peer Relationship Impacts Young Adult Marijuana Use

Each participant brought one same-sex and one opposite-sex peer into this study; participants who were married brought their spouse as their opposite-sex peer. The quality of the relationship with a female peer was a factor in young adults’ marijuana use; with young adults’ use of other substances, however, the quality of the peer relationship was not a factor.

Use of drugs by male peers positively influenced subsequent use by both men and women. “I expected females, in general, to be more influenced by males than by females,” Dr. Andrews says, “and we found that to be true only in cases where the user reported problems associated with drug use. For example, friends of both genders also influenced both males’ and females’ subsequent cigarette smoking.”

Another surprise emerged in the effect of good versus bad peer relationships. In general, the quality of the relationship with the friend did not matter when it came to substance use. “We expected that peer influence would be mediated by the quality of that relationship,” explains Dr. Andrews. “If you don’t like somebody, why would you emulate him or her? But we found this effect only with marijuana use when the peer was female. Good female friends influenced the marijuana use of both males and females. But if the good friend was male, he did not influence the marijuana use of either his male or female friend.”

Again, the overall message is clear: Young adults are influenced by their friends. “It’s an important finding,” observes Dr. Andrews. “Interventions with substance-abusing young adults should not only be with individuals, but with their peers as well.”

“We are continuing to see family and peer effects into early adulthood,” says Dr. Kathleen Etz of NIDA’s Division of Epidemiology, Services and Prevention Research. “People assume that families become less important as kids move out of the house, and this does not appear to be the case.

“Many of our interventions target adolescents and very few target young adults. Given that in the Oregon Research Institute study marijuana use was initiated after high school, it’s clear that we have to look more carefully at interventions for young adulthood.”


Sources:Andrews, J.A.; Tildesley, E.; Hops, H.; and Li, F. The influence of peers on young adult substance use.
Health Psychology 21(4):349-357, 2002.Guo, J.; Hill, K.G.; et al. A developmental analysis of sociodemographic, family,
and peer effects on adolescent illicit drug initiation. Journal of the Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 41(7):838-845, 2002.
Volume 18, Number 2 (August 2003)

Filed under: Solvent abuse,Youth :

Revised DARE Program Showing Promising Results


A revised version of the Drug Abuse Resistance Education (DARE) program is showing effective results in preliminary studies.
About 15,500 seventh graders in Detroit, Houston, Los Angeles, Newark, New Orleans, and St. Louis took part in early trials conducted by researchers at the Institute for Health and Social Policy at the University of Akron.The researchers found that the students given the new curriculum were more likely to refuse drugs and had fewer misconceptions about how many of their peers use drugs, compared to students in a control group.

“It shows us that the program is doing what it intended to do, and in a very significant way,” said Zili Sloboda, an epidemiologist at the Institute for Health and Social Policy and leader of the study.The findings could mean that the anti-drug program, which is most frequently taught to fifth-graders, could be administered in elementary through high school. “These kids are prepared now. Now we’ve got to reinforce that when they enter the ninth grade,” said Sloboda.

The researchers will continue to follow the students through their junior year in high school.The original DARE curriculum, which was implemented in 80 percent of school districts, has been criticized over the last few years for being ineffective or not sufficiently tested. A study last August supported those beliefs. The revised DARE curriculum, which will involve teachers rather than just police officers, includes more lifelike situations and helps students confront peer pressure more effectively. The study was funded by the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation.

Souce:Reported in Join Together Online 11.1.2002

Filed under: Education,Youth :

Violent Crime, Smoking Among Teens on Decline

A government report on America’s children shows that violent crime, smoking, and heavy drinking among U.S. teenagers are all on the decline, Reuters reported July 18.
However, more children are overweight than ever, the report found. “Most people, about two-thirds, believe that crime is going up among America’s children,” said Dr. Duane Alexander, director of the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development. “The picture painted by this report, based on actual data, paints the opposite picture. “According to the report released by the National Institutes of Health, the Census Bureau, and other agencies, victims reported 413,000 juvenile crimes in 2002, which translates into 17 violent crimes per 1,000 juveniles aged 12 to 17.”This is a 67-percent drop from the 1993 high, and the lowest rate recorded since the national victimization survey began in 1973,” the report stated.The report also found that fewer children are being killed by guns. Last year, firearms were involved in 19 percent of deaths among 15- to 19-year-olds.Exposure to secondhand smoke also fell, the report said, and fewer teens smoked. As recently as 1994, 88 percent of children ages 4 to 11 were exposed to secondhand smoke. The latest report found that rate had dropped to 64 percent. Daily smoking by youth dropped to the lowest rate since 1975, and heavy drinking among teens also declined.source:Reported in Join Together Online. 7.21.2003

Filed under: Alcohol,Nicotine,Youth :

UK Experiencing High Level Of Child Drug Use

Two 11-year-olds in every classroom are using drugs, according to official figures which show a rise’ in cocaine use among school leavers. Amid controversy about David Blunkett’s drugs strategy, data published by the Government’s statistical service showed that six per cent of 11-year-olds used drugs during 2001. The figure rose to 39 per cent among 15-year-olds, while a fifth of 11- to 15-year-olds in England used drugs in 2001 Cannabis was the most frequent drug used, with 13 per cent of 11- to 15-year-olds smoking.
Peter Walker, adviser on drugs to the National Association of Head teachers, said, You show me a head teacher that says they haven’t got a drug problem and I will show you a liar. I mean infant schools, primary schools and secondary schools.
Source: Daily Telegraph, Womack, July 2002

Filed under: Youth :

Four N.C. Kids Bought 165 Cartons of Cigarettes Online

In an experiment to test the availability of cigarettes online, four adolescents were able to buy tens of thousands of cigarettes online from dozens of websites, the Durham Herald-Sun reported Sept. 9. The four children, ages 11 to 15, were taking part in a University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill study when they used credit cards and money orders to try to buy cigarettes from 55 Internet vendors. Over a four-month period in 2001, they succeeded 94 percent of the time using credit cards and 90 percent of the time using money orders. Just one package was marked as containing tobacco products, and only one required an adult signature for delivery. A number of vendors sent free cigarettes and promotional materials to the children.

“Although it is against the law for stores to sell cigarettes to minors in every state in America, there is currently no federal law that bans Internet and mail-order cigarette sales to minors,” lead study author Kurt Ribisl said. “Congress has been considering legislation to ban cigarette sales to minors for more than four years. This study clearly shows that Internet cigarette vendors are not adequately verifying the age of their customers and that federal action is urgently needed.” In the wake of the report, Rep. Marty Meehan (D-Mass.) introduced legislation to regulate Internet cigarette sales and collect excise takes on such sales.

There are now at least 353 online cigarette retailers, and their sales could top $5 billion by the end of 2005, Ribisl said. Most are located in low-tax states like Virginia, North Carolina. One of the biggest online retailers is New York‘s Seneca Indian tribe, which sells cigarettes tax-free from its reservation.

Source: Ribisl, K., Williams, R., & Kim, A. (2003) Internet Sales of Cigarettes to Minors,
Journal of the American Medical Association, 290(10): 1356-1359.
Filed under: Nicotine,Youth :

Ad Campaign Convincing Youth Not to Smoke

New data indicates that youth in Washington are taking the advice offered in the anti-tobacco ads being run by the Washington State Department of Health. According to the latest report from Sedgwick Rd., the Seattle advertising agency that created the ads, 80 percent of Washington youth had seen the anti-smoking advertisements. Furthermore, 94 percent of those who had seen the ads said they gave them good reasons not to smoke.

“The effectiveness of our advertising efforts lies in the extensive investigation we did with Washington state youth about what catches their attention most,” said Terry Reid, manager of the state Department of Health Tobacco Prevention and Control Program. “Our ads speak directly to youth who are at risk for smoking, with messages specifically designed to get their attention and give them the hard facts.”
The ads are part of the state’s comprehensive Tobacco Prevention and Control Program, which began in July 2000. The campaign also includes radio, print, and Web-based ads, community outreach, support services, and school-based education programs. Since the start of the state wide campaign, the number of Washington 10th-graders who smoke has dropped by 40 percent. “We’re creating real and lasting change in Washington,” said Secretary of Health Mary Selecky. “Still, we have more work to do; about 55 kids start smoking every day in our state. Our new ad campaign will help us reach more youth so we can convince them to quit smoking or never start.”

Source:    JTO Online May 2004

Filed under: Youth :

CAMY Says Alcohol Company Websites Attract Minors

A study of alcohol-company websites finds a high number of visits from underage youth, attracted to such features as video games, music, e-mail gadgets, and icons, Researchers at the Center on Alcohol Marketing and Youth at Georgetown University estimate that nearly 700,000 minors visited alcohol-company websites from July through December. “These alcohol websites are a virtual cyber-playground with no adult supervision,” said Jim O’Hara, director of the center. “If a liquor store were this ineffective in policing underage visits, the community would be up in arms.”

Frank Coleman of the Distilled Spirits Council of the U.S. dismissed the study, calling it a publicity stunt to raise funds. He said the Federal Trade Commission has “reviewed our ads and said they were directed to adults, that our Web content is directed to adults, and that 99.9 percent of them had age verification in place, in addition to having responsible-drinking messages throughout.”

But O’Hara said the study monitored actual Internet usage through the audience-measuring service comScore Media Matrix. It found that 13 percent of all visitors to 55 alcohol company websites were minors. Bacardi’s site had 59 percent of underage visitors, while Anheuser-Bush’s Budweiser and BudLight sites received more than 90,000 underage visits during the six-month study period. O’Hara added that parental controls on computers were not sufficient to block entry to the sites. Furthermore, the age-verification features on the websites were unable to truly verify the visitor’s age. O’Hara said the websites violate the industry’s marketing advertising codes by offering youth-oriented activities, such as downloadable music and video games. “There are a lot of features that appear to be in conflict with the industry’s own marketing and advertising codes, where they shouldn’t be using toys and games,” O’Hara said.

Source:Associated Press reported March 9. 2004
Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

Health Canada Study Worries Quebec Officials Over Increasing Teen Marijuana Use

Are Quebec teens going to pot? New research suggests they are more likely than teenagers anywhere else in Canada to smoke marijuana and then brush off concerns relating to its use. The Health Canada study made public last month also reported nearly half of Quebec teens – 45% of 12 to 19-year-olds – have used marijuana on more than one occasion. And their first exposure is often by age 13.  Barbara Victor, a Montreal social worker who, like others, found the results alarming, and said, “For me the numbers certainly made connections between early drug use, abuse, gambling and other problems” the Gazette adds.  Victor is the director of school services for Jewish Family Services, which organizes drug prevention programs in more than 100 Quebec schools. She said the statistics tell her Quebec families, schools and other community organizations must do a better job of giving young people skills – other than smoking pot – to cope with life’s stresses.

The national study found only 34 percent of Canadian teens, age 12 to 19, have smoked marijuana more than once and were more likely to have concerns about it than Quebec teens.  “In Quebec”, Victor said, “smoking pot is no longer counterculture but almost the norm. Many of today’s parents have smoked marijuana in the past and many continue the habit.” As a result, Victor said, teenagers say and, understandably so, ‘You do it Dad. Why can’t I?’ But when a teenager smokes pot, he or she brings his 13-year-old judgment to the situation and it becomes all the more dangerous.” The Gazette notes, The 74-page report on Canadian youth and marijuana was put together for Health Canada by Ottawa-based GPC Research. The report is now making its way into the hands of professionals working in the field of drug prevention. The study was commissioned as part of the federal government’s plan to develop a comprehensive health promotion and drug prevention strategy to discourage Canadians, teens specifically, from smoking marijuana. There are about 3 million teens in Canada.”

Source: The Montreal Gazette 20 Jan 2004.
Filed under: Cannabis,Youth :

Youth Drug Use Declines, But Alcohol, Future Trends are Concerns

The federal government’s $180 million youth anti-drug media campaign may be paying dividends in terms of reduced youth marijuana use, according to data released from the 2003 Monitoring the Future (MTF) survey. Tobacco, Ecstasy and LSD use also showed substantial declines. But the report’s lead researcher says that while there is plenty of good news this year, the survey has some troubling warning signs about future drug-use trends. The 2003 survey found that current use of marijuana fell 11% over the past two year, matching a goal set by the Bush administration, which has focused the bulk of its anti-drug advertising on marijuana use. “Fewer teens are using drugs because of the deliberate and serious messages they have received about the dangers of drugs from their parents, leaders, and prevention efforts like our National Youth Anti-Drug Media Campaignsaid John Walters, director of the federal Office of National Drug Control Policy.

University of Michigan researcher Lloyd Johnston, the principal investigator for the survey, said it is “quite possible” that the media campaign “has had its intended effect.” Johnson told Join Together that he drew this conclusion because the proportion of kids who say they have been exposed to anti-drug ads and that view marijuana negatively has risen as pot use has declined. “You put these facts together and it looks like [the campaign] is having an effect,” he said. “It’s a logical deduction on our part; it hasn’t been proven empirically.” Overall, current use of any illicit drug fell 11%  between 2001 and 2003, from 19.4% of 8th-, 10th-, and 12th-graders to
17.3 %. However, one-third of students surveyed currently use alcohol, down 7 percent from 2001 but unchanged from 2002. Current cigarette use also declined, from 20.3% in 2001 to 16.6% in 2003.

The data, while positive overall, were not universally heartening. Use of powerful prescription drugs like OxyContin and Vicodin increased slightly, for instance, and use of cocaine, certain club drugs, and narcotics other than heroin was virtually unchanged over the two-year period studied. Moreover, said Johnston, drug-use rates don’t seem to be improving among younger teens, which could portend problems for the future. “I’m worried about getting another generation of kids who have not heard about drugs, because when you have things like the war in Iraq and 9/11, you don’t hear much about drugs,” he said. Johnston said just such a spike in drug use occurred after the first Gulf War, when national attention was diverted away from youth drug use. “The 8th-graders have been harbingers of change observed later in the upper grades, so the fact that they are no longer showing declines in their use of a number of drugs could mean that the declines now being observed in the upper grades also will come to an end soon,” Johnston said in a press statement on the report.

Good News on Illicit Drugs, But Attention to Alcohol Needed

David Rosenbloom, director of Join Together, called the data on illicit drug use and tobacco “very good news.” But he said that the prevalence of alcohol as the nation’s top drug of abuse among adolescents continues to be a cause for concern. “It’s distressing that progress against alcohol use — the most frequently consumed illicit substance for teenagers — has stalled over the past year,” said Rosenbloom. “There are strong governmental and voluntary activities directed against illicit drug and tobacco use by children. But there is virtually no concerted action against teen drinking. We need a strong nationwide effort, consistent with the 2003 National Academy of Sciences (NAS) recommendationsthat involves parents, teens, governments, and private organizations in concerted action to prevent and reduce drinking by young people.”

While last year’s survey showed a decrease in overall alcohol use and heavy drinking occasions in all three grades, the researchers reported no statistically significant declines on these measures in the 2003 survey. MTF’s Johnston said that a media campaign on youth alcohol use similar to that currently targeting marijuana use would be valuable, noting that the anti-drunk driving campaigns waged by MADD and the Ad Council during the 1980s had a big impact on youth drinking and attitudes regarding alcohol use. “There have been private-sector campaigns, but it would be ideal to see government money go into it, not just for alcohol but tobacco use, too,” Johnston said. He added that such a campaign would need to be carefully crafted and vetted, noting that the initial ads in the ONDCP anti-drug campaign “weren’t very effective because they didn’t talk about the dangers of drugs and had to put these ONDCP tags on all the ads,” which he said was a signal for kids to tune the messages out.

Tom Riley, a spokesperson for ONDCP, acknowledged that in the wake of the NAS report “a lot of people in the prevention community have been asking us about teen alcohol use, which is a huge problem.” But while he said the current anti-drug media campaign could have a “spillover effect” on youth alcohol use, he said that Congress has limited the campaign to illicit-drug use.

Reasons for Declines Vary

While ONDCP credited the media campaign for the decrease in marijuana use, explanations for the decline in other drug use varied. Both lifetime and current use of ecstasy use fell sharply (to 5.5% and 1.1 % of those surveyed, respectively), for example, and Johnston speculated that increased media coverage of the drug had helped raise perceptions about the drug’s dangers among youth. LSD use continued a long pattern of decline, possibly because of decreased availability due to interdiction efforts.

The long-term trend — which show a dramatic decrease in drug use over the past 30 years, despite a spike upwards in the early 1990s – is significant. ONDCP’s Tom Riley called for continued commitment to maintain the positive advances. “It’s not just do it once and it’s done,” he said. “We need brand-new educational efforts for each new cadre of kids.”

Source: Special Report by Bob Curley, The 2003 Monitoring the Future (MTF) Survey; Sep 2003.
Filed under: Youth :

Young smokers five times more likely to have a heart attack

Smokers under the age of 40 are five times more likely to have a heart attack than non-smokers, with women at an even higher risk, new research has shown. A study of almost 23,000 non-fatal heart attacks, based on data from the WHO, found that four-fifths of victims aged 35-39 were smokers.The research published in the journal Tobacco Control puts paid to the notion that only older smokers are at risk from cardiac disease. Experts from the National Public Health Institute in Helskinki studied a group of 132,000 men and women between the ages of 35 and 64 from 21 countries around the world.Of the 23,000 people who had suffered non-fatal heart attacks between 1985 and 1994, 800 were under the age of 40.Of these, 80% were smokers.

Tim Bowker, associate medical director of the British Heart Foundation,said: “This should be a profound warning to younger smokers that they are putting themselves at risk of having a heart attack before they even reach middle age.”

Source:The Times, Daily Mail, Daily Express, Metro, 24/8/04

Filed under: Health,Nicotine,Youth :

Kids use nonprescription meds to get high

By Jonathan Gneiser
Central Wisconsin Sunday
, Sun, Jan 4, 2004

Central Wisconsin is not exempt from a nationwide trend: youths overdosing on nonprescription cough and cold medicines. Dozens of overdoses in the past two years, including at least five deaths in the United States in which the abuse of over-the-counter medicines was a factor, show how medicines such as Coricidin and Robitussin are becoming recreational drugs for kids as young as 12, according to police and doctors.

Jennie Echola, 20, of Marshfield said an acquaintance introduced her to Coricidin HBP Cough & Cold tablets to get a buzz that provided a couple hours of euphoria and hallucinations.

The dangers of DXM Dextromethorphan, also called DXM, is found in more than 120 non-prescription cough and cold medicines, including Robitussin, Coricidin HBP, Vicks NyQuil and Vicks Formula 44. Other facts:
Youths’ nicknames for DXM: Robo, Skittles, Triple C’s, Rojo, Dex, Tussin, Vitamin D. DXM abuse is called “Robotripping” or “Tussing.” Users might be called “syrup heads” or “robotards.”
Symptoms of abuse: They include sweating; high body temperature; dry mouth; dry, itchy or flaky skin; blurred vision; hallucinations; delusions; nausea; stomach pain; vomiting; irregular heartbeat; high blood pressure; numbness in toes and fingers; red face; headache; and loss of consciousness.

How much is too much: A normal dose of DXM is 15 to 30 milligrams. Mind-altering effects can occur at doses as low as 100 milligrams, but many abusers consume enough pills or syrup (say, half a 12-ounce bottle) to result in a dose of 240-360 milligrams.

Its status: The Drug Enforcement Administration classifies DXM as a “drug of concern” because of its potential for misuse, but there are no legal restrictions on buying the drug.

Sources: National Institutes of Health, Drug Enforcement Administration


Although she’s stayed away from illegal drugs, Echola said she thought the cold pills were harmless, because they can be bought legally off the shelf. “I was a walking ‘anti-drug,’” she said. Echola got high on the cold medicine five or six times while she was 19 years old, each time becoming more concerned that she was becoming addicted, she said.

“It’s kind of scary when that’s all you think about,” she said. “It’s like smoking – when you’re under stress you want to smoke more. It basically became an antidepressant for me. “
After becoming upset and having too much to drink at a friend’s birthday party, Echola said she accidentally took Sudafed with Tylenol instead of Coricidin and landed in the hospital for several months. “My liver quit working,” she said.

That incident was an awakening for Echola, who said any sign or smell of the cold pills now makes her gag. “Just thinking about it makes me nauseous,” Echola said. But she’s concerned others, including her 14-year-old brother, could be overdosing on cold medicine. “It seems to be a thing to do with kids his age,” she said. The directions on Coricidin say adults and children 12 years or older can take one tablet every six hours, not to exceed four tablets in 24 hours. The product is not for children under 12.

Recommended doses for over-the-counter drugs should not be ignored, said Joseph Gerwood, a psychologist and certified alcohol and drug counselor for Ministry Behavioral Health of St. Michael’s Hospital in Stevens Point. “The reason is to prevent death and other side effects,” he said. “When you go overboard, you’re going to pay the consequences. You can blow out your liver, heart or have a stroke.” Overdosing with certain cold medicines can stimulate the central nervous system to create hallucinations, anxiety, restlessness and agitation, or depress the system and cause someone to slip into a coma, said Sheila Weix, manager of Alcohol and Drug Recovery Service at Saint Joseph’s Hospital in Marshfield.

“Anytime that you’re using toxic doses of anything in your body, it’s going to have negative effects,” she said. Gerwood said he’s also met with clients who’ve added alcohol or marijuana to the mix. “The problem is when you start mixing this with other drugs, you’re not only playing with fire – you’re in fire,” he said. Riverview Hospital’s medical staff held an inservice on the trend of overdosing on cold medicines about six months ago, said Dave Mueller, director of community relations for Riverview Hospital in Wisconsin Rapids. “We’ve had isolated cases of it over the last year,” he said.

Cases tend to come in streaks whenever there’s a greater awareness of a particular product that can be used to get high, Weix said. Adults also sometimes resort to over-the-counter medications when they can’t get preferred drugs.“There’s always kind of a fringe group that tries these things,” she said. Although Marshfield Police Chief Joe Stroik has only seen a couple of cases reported within the past year, he said it’s an emerging problem. Stroik said he’s especially concerned that teenagers are treating the cold pills like candy.

“With the younger kids, it’s almost like candy Skittles,” Stroik said. “That’s dangerous.”
Residents should clean out their medicine cabinet often to keep tabs on what should be there, Stroik said. Although some retailers won’t sell the medicine to children under 18, Echola said she knows kids have shoplifted boxes of it.

“It shouldn’t be so accessible,” said Echola, who’d like to see the medicine require a prescription, or at least moved behind the counter. After two teenage girls and two 20-year-old men in Merrill overdosed on medicines containing dextromethorphan, or DXM, this year, some drugstores in the city began to stow such remedies behind their counters. At the Aurora Pharmacy, customers aren’t allowed to buy several boxes of Coricidin tablets at once and must request them. Pharmacist Jim Becker said he wants the drug “where we can keep an eye on it.” Although drug manufacturers say they sympathize with concerns about drug abuse, they’re resisting efforts to restrict consumers’ access to Coricidin, Robitussin and other remedies containing dextromethorphan.

“The vast majority of people take them responsibly,” said Fran Sullivan, spokesman for Wyeth Consumer Healthcare in Madison, N.J., which makes Robitussin products. “As a medicine, it works hands-down, so we want people to be able to use it if they need it. “Wyeth increased the size of the packaging for its anti-cough gel-tabs so that it is difficult to stash in a backpack or pocket, Sullivan said. “We’ve noticed that the abuse comes and goes in waves,” he said. “It gets really popular in a small area for a short period of time and then it dies out. Teens end up in the emergency room, it makes the local newspaper, and the area goes on alert.”

Schering-Plough, which makes Coricidin, is working with the Partnership for a Drug-Free America to create an educational Web site on dextromethorphan, company spokeswoman Mary-Fran Faraji said. Company representatives also are meeting with pharmacists, parents, schools and retailers to discuss ways to prevent drug abuse.Gannett News Service contributed to this story.

Filed under: Youth :

America’s Teens Most Depend on Television and Their Parents for Influencing Their Opinion on the News

Teens Reveal in Sixth Annual Uhlich Teen Report Card:For the Sixth Straight Year, Teens Give Lowest Grade to Adults in Stopping Young People from Drinking.

It’s that time of the year again when America’s youth anxiously await their final report card grades, hoping that a year of hard work has resulted in passing grades. However, for the sixth year, some teens have had an opportunity to grade adults in 22 subject areas. And to many adults, the results may be surprising. This year the Uhlich Teen Report Card decided to find out where America’s teens get their information from and who influences them. America’s teens say that television (56%) most impacts their opinions about world, national and local events. Newspapers come in a distant second (11.5%). Magazines come in last at (3%), while the much vaunted Internet influences 8.8% of America’s teens about the news.
As for individuals to whom America’s young people turn to for perspective on the news, parents and family members lead the pack for 41% of the teen respondents across America. Friends and peers come in second at 27.5%. Members of the clergy lag behind with only 1.2% choosing them. In new or modified questions added to the report card this year, America’s teens gave adults a “B-” in fighting the war on terrorism; a “C+” in how well they discipline young people; a “C” in stopping teens from running away; and a “C-” in understanding why teens leave home.”The message from the teens is very clear, adults have fallen short, and are not doing all that is possible to help youth as evidenced by some of the poignant comments voiced in the focus groups,” said Shay Bilchik, President and CEO of the Child Welfare League of America.

Created and sponsored by the Uhlich Children’s Advantage Network (UCAN) located in Chicago, Illinois, the report card is an annual measure of adult progress on issues affecting teens, as graded by teens themselves. Conducted in January and February of 2004, the representative sampling consists of 1,000 teenagers, ages 12 to 19. Teens received the questions in the form of a mail survey, with the results weighted to reflect regional, ethnic and gender distribution across the United States. The research division of the Child Welfare League of America (CWLA), in Washington, D.C., provided long-term trending analysis of the grades received by the adults.

CWLA’s analysis revealed:

 

  • Adults can take pride that they received consistently high “B’” range grades over the six-year period in “providing a quality education for young people,” even though students in urban focus groups often felt that resources at many city schools did not match those of the suburbs.
  • Each year between 1999 and 2004, over 50% of young people consistently gave above average grades (A’s and B’s) to adults in the following categories: “Providing a Quality Education for Young People,” “Creating Job Opportunities for the Future,” and “Spending Quality Time with their Families.”
  • Each year between 1999 and 2004, over 35% of young people consistently gave failing grades (D’s and F’s) to adults in the following categories: “Really Listening to – and Understanding Young People,” “Getting Rid of Gangs,” “Stopping Young People from Smoking,” “Stopping Young People from Using Drugs,” and “Stopping Young People from Drinking.”
  • For the sixth straight year, teens gave the lowest grade to adults in stopping young people from drinking.
  • Teens have given adults a wide range of grades on “running the government” over the six-year period, including a “D+” in 1999, a “B-” in 2002, and “C’s” in 2003 and 2004.

“We now have six years of data under our belts of what teens think of how adults are doing,” said Tom Vanden Berk, President and Executive Director of ucan. “Clearly, we’ve got some areas that require improvement, but there are some things that teens apparently think that we are doing right. It’s our job to build upon those areas where teens trust us and use them to open up a dialogue.”

 

Source : http://www.ucanchicago.org/reportcard.

 

 

Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

Marijuana use is pushing teens into treatment

Use of highly potent types of pot appears to be sending more youths to the ER and into rehab programs.

The high-potency marijuana now widely available in cities and some small towns is causing an increasing number of teenagers – and some preteens – to land in drug treatment centres or emergency rooms, recent government statistics suggest. The numbers are not conclusive, experts say, but have renewed scientific interest in and debate about the risks of marijuana use.  “The stereotypes of marijuana smoking are way out of date,” said Michael Dennis, a research psychologist in Bloomington, Ill. “The kids we see are not only smoking stronger stuff at a younger age but their pattern of use might be three to six blunts – the equivalent of three or four joints each – just for themselves, in a day. That’s got nothing to do with what Mom or Dad did in high school. It might as well be a different drug.”

Though overall marijuana use in minors has declined slightly since the mid-1990s, recently released statistics from hospitals and treatment centres suggest that the drug is causing many young users serious problems. Late last year, federal health officials reported that the number of marijuana-related emergency room visits for children age 12 to 17 had more than tripled since 1994, to 7,535 in 2001, the latest year for which figures were available. The most common reason for the visit was an “unexpected reaction” to the drug. “Overdose” was cited in 10% of these cases, “chronic effects” in 6% and “accident or injury” in 4%. The latest U.S. Health and Human Services Department data show that marijuana or hashish use is, by far, the most common reason why children age 12 to 17 were placed in licensed public or private treatment centers, accounting for more than 60% of reported cases in 2001.

In an analysis published last week, researchers at Columbia University’s National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse calculated that the treatment rate for cannabis dependence or habitual use in youngsters had jumped 142% in the last decade. It is too early to tell whether these statistics truly represent a surge in habitual use, experts said. Admission figures could be skewed by changes in the way some states collect data and report it to the federal government. Forced drug treatment is also a way many teens avoid juvenile detention after a drug arrest. Most children who smoke marijuana are occasional users, experts said. And there is little evidence that a heavy marijuana user who quits the habit will experience the kind of physical withdrawal symptoms reported by heroin or cocaine users. Because marijuana seized by federal authorities today is about twice as potent as it was in the 1980s, health officials are taking the drug more seriously.

Although some scientists doubt that marijuana induces real physical dependence, many top drug researchers have concluded otherwise. “There is no question marijuana can be addictive; that argument is over,” said Dr. Nora Volkow, director of the National Institute on Drug Abuse. “The most important thing right now is to understand the vulnerability of young, developing brains to these increased concentrations of cannabis.”  More than 50 government-funded studies of cannabis are underway, and Volkow has pledged agency funds to investigate areas related to regular marijuana use. These include:

  • Effect of cannabis on the young brain. Doctors have little understanding of how regular marijuana use alters the biological development of the brain. Clinicians who treat heavy users say that the earlier a person starts taking the drug, the more quickly a habit takes hold. “The risk of becoming addicted is far higher for a child in junior high than it is for someone who tries it in high school,” said Dennis, a researcher at Chestnut Health Systems, a large behavioral care provider in Bloomington. Regular use can also exacerbate symptoms of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and trigger latent mental disorders, some doctors believe.
  • Medications to help break the habit. In recent years, doctors have had some success treating narcotic addiction with drugs such as buprenorphine, which is used for heroin dependence. They have done very little testing of drugs to ease marijuana craving.
  • Genetic susceptibility. In a recent study of 198 young people, doctors in New Zealand found that those who reported enjoying their first-time use of marijuana were more likely to develop a habit later on. The researchers said their findings suggested that some people might be genetically vulnerable to addiction. Volkow is encouraging researchers to isolate genes that may contribute to the vulnerability.

Research into the addictive qualities of marijuana has always been controversial. In the 1970s, psychiatrists documented flu-like symptoms in heavy cannabis users withdrawing from the drug. But the symptoms were so mild compared with the agony of withdrawal from heroin, cocaine or nicotine that many doctors dismissed the studies as inconsequential. Others charged that government researchers were attempting to demonize what was a mostly harmless drug. “But there’s stuff out there now that’s 10, 20, even 50 times as potent we could get for research in the ’70s,” said Dr. Reese Jones, a professor of psychiatry at UC San Francisco. “It’s like studying the effects of high doses of alcohol using 3.2% beer. Now, marijuana is more analogous to 100-proof vodka. Not every kid’s getting that, but the ones who do and come into treatment will get sick when they go off the drug. And when you give them marijuana, they feel better.”

Doctors only vaguely understand how marijuana affects the body. It can act as a stimulant or depressant. It eases pain, as opiates do, but it can also increase anxiety and induce paranoia. Its most psychoactive ingredient, tetrahydrocannabinol, or THC, acts throughout the brain, and the plant contains hundreds of other chemicals whose effects are unknown. Using brain-imaging technology, scientists have shown in recent years that THC is especially active in the cerebellum, which helps regulate movement, and in the frontal cortex, the part of the brain that enables us to make judgments and inhibit impulses. “These findings can help explain how chronic marijuana use causes some behavior changes – such as why intoxication can lead to automobile accidents,” said Volkow, who did some of the imaging research.

Steven Sussman, a professor of preventive medicine at USC, began tracking a group of 339 teenage marijuana smokers in the late 1990s. All the young men and women were heavy users when the study began. Five years later, 42% have quit and 58% still smoke frequently, Sussman reports in a paper due out later this year. The difference between the two groups is partly social: The quitters were more likely to have gotten married than the others and had fewer marijuana-using friends throughout the study. But those who managed to quit also tended to use less than their peers from the beginning. In short, dosage matters. And if frequent marijuana users are getting more THC, doctors say, then it’s time old assumptions about the harmlessness of the drug were reexamined.

Source : Benedict Carey Times Staff Writer April 26, 2004

http://www.latimes.com/features/health/la-he-marijuana26apr26,1,3611652.story

Filed under: Cannabis,Youth :

Most College Smokers Don’t Quit

A University of Wisconsin-Madison study finds that 90% of college students who smoked daily and 50% of occasional smokers were still smoking four years after graduating, dispelling the belief that most college-aged students can quit within a few years. The study involved 647 freshmen and sophomores enrolled in an introductory psychology class at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. Students were categorized based on their smoking behavior. Four years later, 548 of the students participated in a follow-up study. The results found that only 13% of the daily smokers had quit, 28% had become occasional smokers, and 59% remained daily smokers. Among occasional smokers, 51% had stopped smoking, 35%remained occasional smokers, and 14% had become daily smokers.

Of the non-smokers, 89 percent remained non-smokers, 11% had become occasional smokers and none were daily smokers. The report recommended that more smoking-cessation interventions be focused on college students. “Because their smoking status seems more changeable than adults, college students may be more receptive to smoking cessation,” said Michael Fiore, director of the University of Wisconsin Center for Tobacco Research and Intervention. Progression. “Plus, the relatively confined nature of the college environment might be an excellent setting for implementing both policy and individual interventions.” Fiore added, “Helping students to develop realistic expectations about smoking and to find other ways to cope with negative feelings may be helpful in reducing dependence upon smoking. This is critical since we know that half of those who become daily lifetime smokers will be killed prematurely by a disease directly caused by their smoking.”

Source: Journal Health Psychology. April 2004

 

 

Filed under: Nicotine,Youth :

Schoolgirls smoke more than boys

Teenage schoolgirls are drinking and smoking more than boys, as fears rise that “ladette” alcohol culture is seeping down into the younger generation. The report, conducted by Schools Health Education Unit (SHEU) revealed that 44% of girls aged 14-15 have had at least one alcoholic drink the week before the research was undertaken, compared with 42% of boys.

The “ladette” culture is thought to be been driven by a desire to copy behaviour previously associated with boys, and accentuated by celebrities such as DJ Sara Cox and singers Charlotte Church and Britney Spears. The SHEU study also found 26% of girls aged 14-15 and 16% of boys said they had smoked in the previous week.One possible explanation for the girls’ behaviour might be revealed to other questions in the SHEU report. Boys generally have a higher self-esteem, are more satisfied and worry less than girls.

Filed under: Nicotine,Youth :

Teen Drug Abuse Declines Across Wide Front

Eleven Percent Reduction Exceeds President’s Two-Year Goal

HHS Secretary Tommy G. Thompson and John P. Walters, Director of National Drug Control Policy, today released results of the 2003 Monitoring the Future survey, showing an 11 percent decline in drug use by 8th, 10th, and 12th grade students over the past two years. The finding translates into 400,000 fewer teen drug users over two years.

When President Bush released his first National Drug Control Strategy in February, 2002, he set aggressive national goals to reduce youth drug use by 10 percent in two years and 25 percent in five years. Today’s release of the 2003 Monitoring the Future Study confirms that President Bush’s two-year goal has been exceeded. Current use (past 30 days) of any illicit drug between 2001 and 2003 among students declined 11 percent, from 19.4 percent to 17.3 percent. Similar declines were seen for past year use (11%, from 31.8% to 28.3%) and lifetime use (9%, from 41.0% to 37.4%).

“Teen drug use has reached a level that we haven’t seen in nearly a decade” said Director Walters. “This survey shows that when we push back against the drug problem, it gets smaller. Fewer teens are using drugs because of the deliberate and serious messages they have received about the dangers of drugs from their parents, leaders, and prevention efforts like our National Youth Anti-Drug Media Campaign. Having fewer youth use drugs is important because we know that if young people can abstain from drugs before they graduate from high school, they are much less likely to use and have problems with them later.”

“This survey offers promising signs that more children and young adults are steering clear of illegal drugs,” HHS Secretary Tommy G. Thompson said. “Monitoring the Future confirms that prevention efforts by federal agencies, states, communities and our many partners in the private and volunteer sectors are having the desired effect. We are pleased to have exceeded the President’s two-year goal and look forward to a continued and needed reduction in drug use in the coming years. We must now lengthen our stride as we seek to reach the young people who are still putting their health and futures at risk.”

Use of marijuana, the most commonly used illicit drug among youth, declined significantly. Current use declined 11 percent, from 16.6 percent to 14.8 percent; past year use also declined 11 percent, from 27.5 percent to 24.5 percent; and lifetime use declined 8.2 percent, from 35.3 to 32.4 percent. The National Youth Anti-Drug Media Campaign, a comprehensive federal effort to provide drug prevention messages to America’s children, was reworked in 2002 to produce harder-hitting ads that have focused on the harms of marijuana. Of the 7.1 million Americans that need drug treatment – 19 percent of which are youth 12-17 — over 60 percent need treatment for marijuana. The Media Campaign has been a powerful tool in this effort to educate Americans, particularly teens, on the serious threat marijuana poses.

In addition to measuring usage rates, Monitoring the Future also measures student attitudes about drugs. Among all three grades, the perceived risk of using marijuana increased markedly. Exposure to anti-drug advertising (of which, the Media Campaign is the major contributor) has had an effect on improving youth anti-drug attitudes and intentions, Director Walters said. In the Monitoring survey, youth attitudes among all three grades are found to be to a “great extent” or “very great extent” less favorable toward drugs, and students say the ads they have seen make them less likely to use drugs in the future. The increase in negative attitudes toward drug use corresponds with the course of the Media Campaign, launched in 1998. More than half of the increase in these outcomes among all three grades has occurred in the past two years. This is particularly striking among 10th graders, the primary target audience of the Media Campaign.

Monitoring the Future also showed significant declines in the use of other drugs. The use of LSD and ecstasy among youth has plummeted. Lifetime use of LSD fell 43 percent between 2001 and 2003 (from 6.6% to 3.7%) and past year and current use each dropped by nearly two-thirds (from 4.1% to 1.6% and 1.5% to 0.6%, respectively). Lifetime use of ecstasy dropped 32 percent, from 8.0 percent to 5.5 percent. Past year and current use were each cut in half (from 6.1% to 3.1 percent and 2.4% to 1.1%).

“The overall reduction in drug use by America’s young people is heartening,” said National Institute of Drug Abuse Director, Dr. Nora Volkow. “We are confident that our concerted effort to provide students and teachers with informative, accurate information about addiction and drug abuse will contribute to further reductions in drug use.”

“Monitoring the Future has been tracking substance use and related attitudes among American teenagers for nearly thirty years,” said Lloyd Johnston, the study’s lead researcher. “Because its methods have been scientifically rigorous, and intentionally held constant across time, its results have proven to be quite accurate and reliable.”

In addition, lifetime and current use of cigarettes declined among 8th, 10th, and 12th graders between 2001 and 2003. Lifetime alcohol use by all three grades also declined over the past two years, suggesting that teens do not trade one intoxicating substance for another.

The Monitoring the Future survey is designed to measure drug, alcohol, and cigarette use and related attitudes among adolescent students nationwide. Survey participants report their drug use behaviors across three time periods: lifetime, past year, and past month. Overall, 48,467 students from 392 public and private schools in the 8th, 10th, and 12th grades participated in this year’s survey. The survey is funded by the National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA), a component of HHS’ National Institutes of Health, and conducted since its inception by the University of Michigan. Information from this survey helps the nation to identify potential drug problem areas and ensure that resources are targeted to areas of greatest need.

Monitoring the Future is one of three major HHS-sponsored surveys that provide data on substance use among youth. Its website is monitoringthefuture.org.

The National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH), sponsored by HHS’ Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, is the primary source of statistical information on illicit drug use in the U.S. population 12 years of age and older. Formerly known as the National Household Survey on Drug Abuse, the survey collects data in household interviews, currently using computer-assisted self-administration for drug-related items. More information is available at http://www.drugabusestatistics.samhsa.gov.

The Youth Risk Behavior Survey (YRBS), part of HHS’ Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s Youth Risk Behavior Surveillance System, is a school survey that collects data from students in grades 9-12. The survey includes questions on a wide variety of health-related risk behaviors, not simply drug abuse. More information is available at www.cdc.gov/nccdphp/dash/yrbs/index.htm.

More information on Monitoring the Future can be found at www.hhs.gov/news; or www.whitehousedrugpolicy.gov

Additional details are also available at www.drugabuse.gov/DrugPages/MTF.html.

Source: Press Release NIDA December 2003

Filed under: Youth :

Ecstasy Outdated as Young Britons Find New Dance Drugs

New statistics from Britain’s Home Office finds that the popularity of ecstasy as a dance drug is waning as teenagers turn to legal prescription drugs.

According to the British Crime Survey, ecstasy use among 16- to 24-year-olds in England and Wales dropped 21 percent last year. Use of amphetamines, also popular among young people attending all-night parties and dance events, also is on the decline.

The drugs have been replaced to some extent with amyl nitrate, or “poppers,” a legal prescription drug used to treat angina, officials said.

Caroline Flint, the Home Office drugs minister, said the decline in ecstasy use indicates that the government’s drug strategy is working.

“Young people are getting the message that drugs are harmful and some drugs can, and do, kill. It’s encouraging to see signs that our work is having an effect,” she said. “After increases in the late 1990s in drug use, the trend overall is now steady and drug use has remained stable since 2001/02.”

Source: Guardian Dec. 2003

Filed under: Ecstasy,Youth :

French Teenagers Smoke Joints As Often As They Drink

French teenagers are among the biggest consumers of cannabis in Europe, smoking joints as often as they drink alcohol, an official study of thousands of students from 450 high schools released Wednesday showed.

By the age of 18, two boys in three and one of every two girls have tried the narcotic – illegal in France – the survey by the French Observatory of Drugs and Drug Use ( OFDT ) revealed.

“By the age of 16, regular consumption of cannabis reaches the level of regular consumption of alcohol,” the authors said.

Their questioning of 16,833 students last year showed that, by age 18, 21 percent of boys, and seven percent of girls, were smoking more than 10 joints a month.

The number of 16- and 17-year-olds using cannabis at least 10 times a year has tripled over the past decade, according to the study, which is to be incorporated into a Europe-wide report set for publication at the end of the year.
Source: Agence France-Presse Apr 2004)

Filed under: Youth :

Monitoring the Future Survey Results Released

The proportion of American 8th, 10th, and 12th-grade students who reported using any illicit drug in the prior 12 months continued a gradual decline in 2004, according to the latest survey of 50,000 students in the Monitoring the Future study. This decline has been occurring since 1996 among the nation’s 8th-grade students, among whom there has now been a one-third decline in annual prevalence of using any illicit drug (from 23.6% in 1996 to 15.2% in 2004). This is the third year of decline among the 10th and 12th graders, following some years of stability in use. In 2004 the proportions indicating any use of an illicit drug in the prior 12 months were 15%, 31%, and 39% in grades 8, 10, and 12, respectively. The proportions ever having tried an illicit drug in their lifetime are 22%, 40%, and 51%, respectively.

Drugs Showing Some Decline in Use

Marijuana — by far the most widely used of the illicit drugs — also showed a decline in 2004, with small, not statistically significant declines occurring in all grades. (The same was true in 2003.) Since the recent peak year of 1996, there has been a more than one-third (36%) decline in the annual prevalence of marijuana use among 8th graders, from 18.3% to 11.8% in 2004. Tenth and 12th graders showed a more modest decline, mostly because their use held steady from 1997 to 2001, before beginning to decline. Across the three grades combined, 30-day prevalence of any illicit drug use, as well as marijuana use, specifically, dropped by statistically significant amounts between 2003 and 2004.

Over the past two years, there has been an increase in the proportion of students seeing marijuana use as dangerous; this change in beliefs may well explain some of the recent gradual decline in use. Personal disapproval of marijuana use increased some this year, as well. “Quite possibly, the media campaign aimed at marijuana use that has been undertaken by the White House Office of Drug Control Policy, in collaboration with the Partnership for a Drug Free America, has been having its intended effect,” says University of Michigan researcher Lloyd Johnston, the study’s principal investigator. “I am not aware of any other social influence process that could explain these changes in how young people view marijuana.”

The proportion of students saying that it would be easy for them to get marijuana, if they wanted some, has been declining gradually in recent years, and it continued to decline this year, as well.

Monitoring the Future involves annual surveys of approximately 50,000 secondary school students located in roughly 400 schools nationwide. The samples are nationally representative of all students enrolled in grades 8, 10, and 12 in public and private secondary schools in the coterminous United States. The study is now in its 30th year, having begun surveys of high school seniors in 1975.

It is sponsored by the National Institute on Drug Abuse under a series of competing research grants made to the University of Michigan’s Institute for Social Research. The authors of the forthcoming report are Johnston, Patrick O’Malley, Jerald Bachman, and John Schulenberg — all psychologists and research professors at the University of Michigan.

The proportion of students reporting having used any illicit drug other than marijuana fell less than did marijuana in 2004. In fact, the indicator for 12th graders showed a small increase.

There are many drugs in this class, however, some of which showed a decrease in use and many of which held steady. Among those showing modest declines this year are ecstasy, amphetamines, methamphetamine, PCP, Vicodin, ketamine, and steroids.

“Because ecstasy use had been in a pattern of sharp increase in recent years, its turnaround two years ago and continued decline in all three grades last year were very important developments,” says Johnston. “Over just that two-year interval, the annual prevalence of ecstasy use fell by more than half among both 10th and 12th graders.”

In 2004 the downward trend continued, but at a very much decelerated rate. In other words, the declines are much smaller and none reached statistical significance this year, even though all three grades continued to show some decline in use. (The one-year decline when all three grades are combined is statistically significant.)

“A considerable rise in the perceived risks of using ecstasy no doubt accounts for most of the turnaround in its use,” adds Johnston. Perceived risk began to rise a year before the decline in use began, and it has continued to rise since, though the rise also decelerated sharply this year. There has also been increasing disapproval by teens of ecstasy use since 2000, an increase that continued in the upper grades in 2004. As the number of users has declined, somewhat fewer teens see the drug as readily available. Perceived availability declined again in 2004.

The use of amphetamines — a class of stimulant drugs that has been in fairly widespread use in the past — has been in a steady decline among 8th graders since 1996; in fact, their annual prevalence of nonmedically supervised use has fallen almost by half since then. The gradual decline continued in 8th grade this year. Among 10th and 12th graders, however, amphetamine use held quite steady through 2002, before finally showing a decline last year. That decline also continued this year among 10th graders, but not among 12th graders, who at 10% annual prevalence remain near their recent peak levels of use.

Measures of methamphetamine use were introduced into the study in 1999. Since then, there has been a pattern of declining use in all three grades, which continued this year in the lower two grades. (Across the three grades combined, this year’s decline was statistically significant.) All three grades now have annual prevalence rates for methamphetamine considerably below what they were in 1999.

Use of PCP, or phencyclidine, has been at low levels for some time, and use fell further in 2004. In fact, annual use, which is measured only at 12th grade, is now at its lowest level since use was first measured in 1979 — 0.7% in 2004 compared to 7.0% in 1979.

Vicodin, a synthetic narcotic pain killer, was found to have quite a high prevalence rate when its use was first measured in 2002; and it showed some (not statistically significant) increase in use at all grade levels in 2003. However, in 2004 there was some (not statistically significant) decline observed in all three grades, more than offsetting last year’s increases. Still, the annual prevalence of use for this narcotic drug remains at 9.3% among high school seniors.

Ketamine (known on the street as “special K”) is one of the so-called club drugs. It has not had a particularly high prevalence since it was first measured in 2000, with annual prevalence between 1.0% and 2.6% across the various grades and years. Since 2002, all three grades have been showing a gradual, steady decline in ketamine use, bringing the rates well below peak levels. (This year the decline in 10th grade reached statistical significance.)

Anabolic steroids, often used to enhance strength and musculature, continued into the fourth year of decline among 8th graders and the second year of decline among 10th graders. In both cases, the prevalence rates in 2004 are about one-third lower than they were in the recent peak years. Twelfth graders have not yet exhibited a decline from the peak level of 2.5%, possibly because the cohorts of heavier-using 10th graders from a couple of years ago are now in 12th grade.

Drugs Holding Steady While the several drugs mentioned above have shown modest declines in 2004, most of the remaining drugs showed little or no systematic change this year, though most of them have shown some decline in recent years. These include LSD, hallucinogens other than LSD taken as a class, crack cocaine, cocaine powder, heroin, narcotics other than heroin taken as a class, tranquilizers, sedatives, “ice” (crystal methamphetamine), Rohypnol, and GHB.

The use of LSD has been in decline since 1996 but in particularly steep decline from 2000 through 2003. In 2004 there was little further change, leaving the usage rates for this drug at historically low levels. Generally, attitudes have not moved in a way that could explain the earlier steep drop in use, but perceived availability has.

Hallucinogens other than LSD, taken as a class, have shown no significant change in 2003 or 2004 at any of the three grade levels in terms of the annual prevalence of use. However, this still leaves them near the recent peak levels of use attained since the mid-1980s. The most commonly used drug in this set is psilocybin, derived from a type of mushroom and known on the street as “shrooms.”

The use of crack cocaine also held steady in all three grades this year. The rates today are somewhat below the recent peaks, reached in the late 1990s.

The use of cocaine powder by teens has not changed a great deal in the last three or four years. Its use is at slightly lower levels than the recent peaks in the late 1990s and at much lower levels than were reached in the mid-1980s during the original cocaine epidemic .

Heroin use showed no change at any grade level in 2004. In all three grades the rates of use are below where they were at their recent peaks in the late 1990s .

The use of narcotics other than heroin, taken as a class, is reported only for the 12th-grade students. There is little evidence of any systematic change since 2002 in the prevalence of use of this important class of drugs . However, two specific drugs within the class are showing signs of change this year (with OxyContin possibly increasing and Vicodin possibly decreasing), as is discussed elsewhere in this release.

The use of tranquilizers held fairly steady this year at all three grade levels. Sedative (including barbiturate) use is reported only for 12th graders. Sedative use had earlier shown a decade-long rise, before levelling for the first time in 2003 – a welcome development, according to the investigators. Use in 2004 held about steady.

The use of ice, or crystal methamphetamine, has been measured among seniors since 1990. Its use rose in the first half of the 1990s but has remained essentially flat at relatively low rates since then. Annual prevalence in 12th grade stands at 2.1 percent in 2004, about where it was in 2003. Two so-called club drugs, Rohypnol and GHB, showed little systematic change in 2004.

Rohypnol has relatively low annual prevalence rates among secondary school students (between 0.6% and 1.6%) and showed no change this year at any grade level. GHB showed no change in 8th graders, a decrease in 10th graders, but an equivalent increase in 12th graders. Overall, the investigators interpret this pattern as showing no systematic change. Drugs Showing Signs of Increasing Use

Only two drug categories (inhalants and OxyContin) showed evidence of increasing use by teens this year; in the latter case, the increase is modest and confined to a single grade.

Inhalants constitute a class of drugs defined by mode of administration (inhalation) and by the form of the substance being administered (fumes), rather than by their chemical or psychoactive properties. They encompass a range of substances as diverse as glues, aerosols, butane, paint thinner, and nail polish remover.

Use of inhalants has consistently been highest among 8th graders, likely because these products are inexpensive, legal, and easy to obtain, making them more attractive to younger adolescents who have less access to illicit drugs. There was a long and substantial decline in the use of inhalants by students in all three grades after 1995, when the Partnership for a Drug-Free America conducted an anti-inhalant media campaign.

However, use by 8th graders increased significantly last year, and the investigators called attention to the fact that the use of this class of drugs may be about to rebound. This year inhalant use continued to increase among 8th graders, and for the first time in recent years increased in the upper two grades as well. (The increase in annual prevalence this year for the three grades combined was statistically significant, though no one of the 2004 grade-specific changes was significant.)

“The proportion of young people who believe it is dangerous to use inhalants has declined among both 8th and 10th graders over the past three years, which quite possibly explains the rebound in use,” says Johnston. “This turnaround in their use continues to suggest the need for greater attention to the dangers of inhalant use in our media messages and in-school prevention programs.”

OxyContin falls into the general class of narcotic drugs and within the more specific class of oxycodone. Questions about its use were added to the study in 2002 because of widespread and growing concern about its use. Last year Monitoring the Future reported some increase in annual prevalence in OxyContin use at all three grade levels, though no one of the changes reached statistical significance.

In 2004, there has been no further change in the lower two grades, but among 12th graders annual prevalence rose further — moving from 4.0% in 2002, to 4.5% in 2003, to 5.0% in 2004. At present the annual prevalence rates for grades 8, 10, and 12 are 1.7%, 3.5%, and 5.0%, respectively. (This year’s increase in 12th grade was not by itself statistically significant, but the 2002-2004 increase in OxyContin use for the three grades combined is significant.)

“Considering the addictive potential of this drug, which is a powerful synthetic narcotic used to control pain, we think that these are disturbingly high rates of involvement by American young people,” Johnston comments. He points out that heroin, by way of contrast, has an annual prevalence rate of 1% or less in all three grades.

Alcohol Use by Teens

In addition to the many illicit drugs, the Monitoring the Future study also monitors the use of some substances that are legally sold — in particular, cigarettes and alcohol. A report issued simultaneously with this one deals with cigarettes, so the findings will not be repeated here.

The story for alcohol use by American teens is a mixed one in 2004. In the 2002 survey, the first one after 9/11, there were drops in several indicators of alcohol use at all grade levels. In general, that improvement has held in the lower two grades surveyed, though there has not been much further decline since then. Clearly, there has been a statistically significant decline in all measures of drinking at all three grade levels since 2001.

However, in 2004, among the 12th graders, drinking and drunkenness did not continue to decline; in fact, most drinking measures showed some increase in use (though none of the increases reached statistical significance). “We will have to wait for another year to see if this increase in 12th grade is a real one, or just a blip in the data,” Johnston observes.

Last year the study reported for the first time on teen use of flavored alcoholic beverages and found a fairly high prevalence of use of such drinks in the previous year. This year’s reading on the same question showed virtually no change in the annual prevalence statistic, which was 55.2% in 2003 and 55.8% in 2004.

Overview
In sum, most of the movement this year in teen substance use has been in a downward direction, but generally the declines have been quite modest. Quite a number of drugs showed little or no change in use in 2004 compared to 2003, though most of them are at levels below their recent peak rates. The continuation of a decline in marijuana use, and the hardening of attitudes about it, is one of the more important developments this year, the investigators say.

The resurgence of inhalant use in all three grades, but particularly among the younger students – the 8th graders – is one of the more troublesome findings this year. “The continued rise in OxyContin use among high school seniors – even though it is not a statistically significant one – continues to concern us,” states Johnston, “particularly given the relatively high prevalence rate already attained by this highly addictive narcotic drug.”

Monitoring the Future has been funded under a series of competing, investigator-initiated research grants from the National Institute on Drug Abuse.

Surveys of nationally representative samples of American high school seniors were begun in 1975, making the class of 2004 the 30th such class surveyed. Surveys of 8th and 10th graders were added to the design in 1991, making the 2004 nationally representative samples the 14th such classes surveyed.

The sample sizes in 2004 are 17,413 8th graders located in 147 schools, 16,839 10th graders located in 131 schools, and 15,222 12th graders located in 128 schools, for a total of 49,474 students in 406 secondary schools overall.

The samples are drawn to be representative of students in public and private secondary schools across the 48 coterminous United States, selected with probability proportionate to estimated class size, to yield separate, nationally representative samples of students from each of the three grade levels.

The findings summarized here will be published in the forthcoming volume: Johnston, L. D., O’Malley, P. M., Bachman, J. G., & Schulenberg, J. E. (2005). Monitoring the Future national results on adolescent drug use: Overview of key findings, 2004. (NIH Publication No. [yet to be assigned].) Bethesda MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse.
Source: Press Release Monitoring the Future, University of Michigan Ann Arbor, MI 48109 monitoringthefuture.org

Filed under: Youth :

Health Canada Study Worries Quebec Officials Over Increasing Teen Marijuana Use

The Montreal Gazette (1/20, Cornacchia) reports, “Are Quebec teens going to pot? New research suggests they are more likely than teenagers anywhere else in Canada to smoke marijuana and then brush off concerns relating to its use. The Health Canada study made public last month also reported nearly half of Quebec teens – 45% of 12- to 19-year-olds – have used marijuana on more than one occasion. And their first exposure is often by age 13.” Barbara Victor, a Montreal social worker who, like others, found the results alarming, and said, “For me the numbers certainly made connections between early drug use, abuse, gambling and other problems.” The Gazette adds. Victor is the director of school services for Jewish Family Services, which organizes drug prevention programs in more than 100 Quebec schools. She said the statistics tell her Quebec families, schools and other community organizations must do a better job of giving young people skills – other than smoking pot – to cope with life’s stresses. The national study found only 34% of Canadian teens, age 12 to 19, have smoked marijuana more than once and were more likely to have concerns about it than Quebec teens. In Quebec, Victor said, smoking pot is no longer counterculture but almost the norm. Many of today’s parents have smoked marijuana in the past and many continue the habit.” As a result, Victor said, “teenagers say and, understandably so, ‘You do it Dad. Why can’t I?’ But when a teenager smokes pot, he or she brings his 13-year-old judgment to the situation and it becomes all the more dangerous.” The Gazette notes, “The 74-page report on Canadian youth and marijuana was put together for Health Canada by Ottawa-based GPC Research. The report is now making its way into the hands of professionals working in the field of drug prevention. The study was commissioned as part of the federal government’s plan to develop a comprehensive health promotion and drug prevention strategy to discourage Canadians, teens specifically, from smoking marijuana. There are about 3 million teens in Canada.”
Source:The Montreal Gazette (Cornacchia) Jan 2004.

Filed under: Cannabis,Youth :

Juvenile Treatment Court Develops Mentoring Program

Across the United States, drug treatment courts for adults and juveniles offer an alternative to incarceration for non-violent offenders.

In Rochester, N.Y., the juvenile treatment court is using mentors as aids in recovery, the first treatment court to systematically do so, USA Today reported on September 30. Rochester is a Demand Treatment community.

“There’s the thought in the drug court movement that it’s not programs that influence people — it’s relationships,” says Judge Anthony Sciolino. “We find that where we’re successful with youngsters turning their lives around, it’s because they’ve connected with a caring adult.”

The court finds its mentors through Compeer, Inc., a Rochester-based volunteer organization with national and international affiliate offices. Compeer matches community volunteers with children and adults who are receiving treatment for mental health disorders.

In Rochester, the treatment court coordinators approached Compeer just as the organization was starting a program to match adults with troubled teens. Mentors have been working with 20 adolescents so far, and at least half of the matches have been successful.

Compeer would like to extend mentoring to its chapters in other cities; however, the program has not secured money for next year.
Source:Indiana Prevention Resource Center at Indiana University Bloomington; June 2004.

Filed under: Treatment/Addiction,Youth :

Indiana: New Survey Shows Youth are Smoking, Drinking Less, in Most Cases

BLOOMINGTON, IN – A new report by the Indiana Prevention Resource Center at Indiana University Bloomington presents promising findings on adolescent use of alcohol, tobacco and other drugs. Most of Indiana’s adolescents continue to make the healthy decision to avoid drug use, but some of the findings signal a need for increasing prevention efforts statewide.

Here are some of the findings from the 14th annual survey of alcohol, tobacco and other drug use by Indiana children and adolescents:

• Cigarette use in all grades showed a steady decline
• Fewer adolescents chose to use marijuana
• Ninth- through 12th-graders did less binge drinking
• Smokeless tobacco use increased in all grades except 12th
• Older adolescents reported more use of club drugs than younger cohorts
• Inhalant use among sixth- through 11th-graders increased

The 2004 results, which can be found at www.drugs.indiana.edu/survey/atod/index.html, are based on surveys completed by 91,577 students in grades six through 12, attending 297 schools in Indiana. The purpose of the survey is to help state and local entities coordinate prevention programs by providing them with current information regarding adolescent use of these unhealthy and in some cases illegal substances. The annual survey is funded by the Indiana Family and Social Services Administration, Division of Mental Health and Addiction.

For the most part, illicit drug use by Hoosier adolescents is continuing a slow decline that began five to six years ago. E. Lisako Jones-McKyer, survey director for IPRC and assistant professor in IUB’s Department of Applied Health Science, which is part of the School of Health, Physical Education and Recreation, said that state and local entities have made improving adolescent health their top priority and that these trends mirror their efforts. The “Afternoons R.O.CK. in Indiana” program is an example of this collaboration.

Coupled with these positive trends is the need to increase prevention efforts among lower grades for all categories, Jones-McKyer said. She noted that inhalant use increased in all grades except 12th. Among younger adolescents, she said, the rates have risen to levels reported in the late 1990s.

“It is my belief that youth’s knowledge of products that can be used as inhalants has expanded exponentially in recent years,” Jones-McKyer said. “Results in this year’s survey suggest a need to address prevention efforts in this realm.”

She said another significant finding is the decreased use of cigarettes but increased use of smokeless tobacco.

“This finding suggests the need to broaden prevention efforts beyond cigarettes to include all tobacco products,” she said.

Mohammad R. Torabi, Chancellor’s Professor and chairperson in the Department of Applied Health Science as well as IPRC’s interim director, said the successes identified in this year’s report should be celebrated but more work lies ahead.

“While Indiana has made great progress in the past 10 years, we still have a long way to go,” Torabi said. “Knowing that children and adolescents are the most important asset of our state, it is imperative that we continue to monitor drug use among this group and continue comprehensive drug education, along with enforcement of policies for ultimately eliminating these problems.”

The following is a summary of the survey results broken down by substance. From the early to mid-1990s, Indiana saw a dramatic increase in drug use among its youth. This usage peaked in 1996, followed by a slow and steady decline among youth in most age groups.

Tobacco use a mixed bag

Cigarette smoking rates continued to decline, albeit slightly, but the survey found an increase in the use of smokeless tobacco. The use of smokeless tobacco increased in every grade except 12th. The monthly usage reported ranged from 1.3 percent of sixth-graders to 8.7 percent of high school seniors.

The continued decline in cigarette smoking pleases public health experts because cigarettes are considered a “gateway drug,” which can lead to the use of other drugs. Smoking rates are the best statistical predictor of other types of drug use by children and adolescents. The percentage of students who reported smoking at least one cigarette in the last month ranged from 5.4% of sixth-graders to 27.4% of seniors. The percentage of seniors smoking at least once a month decreased 1.4% from the previous year.

Drug use down

Indiana prevalence rates for marijuana and most other illicit substances are still higher than the rates reported in 1991 and 1992. However, the data from the past five to six years indicate that in general, illicit use of most drugs by youth is slowly yet steadily declining. Monthly marijuana use ranged from 2.5% of sixth-graders to 18.3% of seniors.

Alcohol use rate continues to decline Monthly use of alcohol declined more than 4 percentage points among 12th graders and for the second consecutive year is more than 5 percentage points below the national rate. Binge drinking rates among ninth- through 12th-graders showed signs of decline and finally dropped below the national rates. Monthly alcohol use rates ranged from 9.8% for sixth-graders to 42.2% for 12th-graders.

Similar to findings in the 2003 report, however, alcohol use among sixth- to eighth-grade students does not show signs of decreasing. Rates of binge drinking among sixth- and seventh-graders increased, though they are still much lower than two years ago.

“Club drugs” potential trends

This is the third year in which students were asked about usage of the “club drugs” ecstasy (MDMA, 3,4-methylenedioxy-methamphetamine), GHB (gamma hydroxy butyrate) and Rohypnol (flunitrazepam). Since 2000, there has been a dramatic increase in the number of police encounters with the club drugs. The 2004 survey found that rates of club drug use in all grades have either stabilized or declined. Older students are still more likely to use the drugs, indicating that use of these substances is still age-dependent and associated with accessibility. As suggested in reports from the past three years, club drug rates should be closely monitored in order to ensure timely prevention efforts.

Inhalant use increases For the third year, inhalant use increased among all grades except 12th. Among younger adolescents, the rates have reached levels reported in the late 1990s. The percentage of students who reported using inhalants at least once in the last month ranged from 1.8% of 12th-graders to 4.7% of eighth-graders. On average, 3.5% of the students reported using an inhalant in the last month, compared to 5.1% who reported a monthly usage in 1996.
Source: newsinfo.iu.edu, 2004

Filed under: Alcohol,Nicotine,Youth :

Using Marijuana Before Age 21 more likely to lead to addiction

“The younger people begin using marijuana, especially before age 21, the likelier they are to become addicted to an addictive substance,” said Dr. Marvin Seppala, chief medical officer at the Hazelden Foundation, a recovery clinic in Minnesota with centers in Chicago, New York and Oregon. “Their addiction is both physiological and psychological.”

The brain is still developing -emotionally, cognitively, intellectually, spiritually, Seppala said.

“Studies on the brain have shown that pot use alters the hippocampus and affects short-term memory,” he said. “As an adolescent, there are remarkable experiences that contribute to growth . . . these need to be set down into memory — and pot use stops this.”

He said that youths who smoke pot become numb to their feelings during an important developmental time of life. Marijuana can also lead to arrested emotional development – for example, a 22-year-old who began smoking at age 13 will relate to society with an eighth grade point of view, he said.
Source: Published Monday, January 3, 2005 New York Times Regional Newspapers

Filed under: Cannabis,Youth :

AMA warns that more teen girls are drinking

The American Medical Association (AMA) said that drinking is increasing among teenage girls, a result of the alcohol industry’s aggressive promotion of sweet, fruity drinks, the Associated Press reported Dec. 17.

According to an Internet poll of 741 teens released by the AMA, 13 was the average age when girls tried their first alcoholic drink. By age 18, one in three have tried what the AMA refers to as “alcopops,” or sweet, fruity alcoholic beverages.

“The percentage of girls who drink is on the rise faster than boys,” said AMA President-elect J. Edward Hill.

Young girls are attracted to the sweet taste of alcopops; Hill said that, “the key to the beverage companies’ success, we think, is their aggressive advertising.”

In responding to the AMA report, the Washington-based Beer Institute said, “flavored alcohol beverages are not new products in the marketplace, and marketing for these products is directed at adults.”

To address the situation, the AMA is urging the medical community to focus on changing the social environment that encourages teens to drink.

“In the past, a lot of the effort went to telling youths not to drink and punishing them if they did,” said Dr. Richard Yoast, director of the AMA Office of Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse. “That effort was only marginally successful.”

The AMA’s campaign includes posters for doctors’ offices titled “Girlie Drinks — Women’s Diseases.” The poster provides information on the potential risks of drinking, such as brain damage and menstrual disorders.

“We are really trying to get physicians to talk about alcohol with their patients,” Yoast said. “If you ask adults, ‘Do kids drink?’ they’ll probably say, ‘Oh, yeah.’ But when you ask, ‘Do they know how many young girls drink?’ they may pause.”

Source: Associated Press 17th December 2004
Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

Teenage Girls Targeted for Sweet-flavored Alcoholic Beverages

CHICAGO – The American Medical Association (AMA) released the results of two nationwide polls today that reveal the extent of underage consumption and marketing exposure to “alcopops” or so-called “girlie drinks.” The AMA expressed concern that hard-liquor brands are using these sweet-flavored malt beverages as “gateway” beverages to attract less-experienced drinkers.

“We’re alarmed and concerned with these findings,” said J. Edward Hill, president-elect of the AMA. “The percentage of girls who drink is on the rise faster than boys, and the average age of their first drink is now 13. These troubling trends make the aggressive marketing of so-called alcopops even more dangerous.”

The AMA said the poll results underscore the need for physicians to counsel young patients and parents of adolescent children on alcohol use, health risks and advocate for policies that protect underage youth from the marketing tactics of the alcohol industry. The polls were funded as part of the AMA’s partnership with The Robert Wood Johnson Foundation.

To assist physicians in their educational efforts, the AMA unveiled an informational poster for use in physicians’ offices. The Girlie Drinks poster is the first in a series of educational materials that are being developed for physicians’ offices that will help start a dialogue on this important health issue. The poster is available online here.

“We urge physicians who care for young people to use these posters to help inform their patients,” Dr. Hill said. “Alcopops are marketed as fun, sexy and cool as if they are less risky to drink, but their health and safety consequences are anything but sexy or cool. The difference in female physiology means that teen girls feel greater impairment from alcohol and encounter alcohol-related problems faster, including brain damage, cancer, cardiac complications and other medical disorders.” .

Key findings of the two polls released Thursday include: .

• Approximately one-third of teen girls report having tried alcopops, and one out of six have done so in the past six months.

• More teen girls have had alcopops in the past six months than teen boys (31% versus 19%).

• Teen girls report drinking alcopops more than other alcoholic drinks, whereas adult women age 21 or older rank it as their least-consumed alcoholic beverage.

• For teens who have had alcoholic drinks in the past six months, girls drank more in all categories (beer, wine, alcopops and hard-liquor drinks) than boys.

• Nearly one in six teen girls who have drunk alcopops in the past six months have been sexually active after drinking.

• One out of four teen girls who have tried alcopops have driven after drinking or ridden in a car with a driver who had been drinking.

• One out of five teen girls who have tried alcopops have thrown up, or passed out, from drinking.

• Half (51%) of teen girls have seen alcopops ads.

• Nearly half of all girls aged 16-18 report seeing alcopops ads on TV, compared to only 34% of women 21 or older.

• Teen girls report seeing or hearing more alcopops ads on TV, radio, billboards, the Internet and in magazines more than women 21 or older

“While the alcohol industry claims to only target legal-age drinkers, their ads reach millions of impressionable young girls,” Dr. Hill said. “Previous studies and these new polls show that teenagers see such ads more so than their legal-age counterparts. Parents should be outraged that these products clearly target and reach underage girls.”

A study released earlier this year by the Center for Alcohol Marketing and Use revealed that girls ages 12-20 saw 95% more magazine ads for alcopops than women over 21. Women 21-34, the age group identified as the target audience for alcohol ads, were actually less exposed per capita to magazine advertising for alcopops and beer than girls aged 12-20.

The AMA polls reveal similar patterns, indicating that underage children see more alcopops ads. In addition, the polls provide insights into the resulting harms from alcopops consumption. The teen survey found that one in six girls who report trying alcopops were sexually active after drinking, and 25% drove a car after drinking or rode with a driver who had been.

The AMA said alcohol consumption contributes to numerous health problems that effect teenage girls as they develop, well into their later years. These include breast cancer, osteoporosis, menstrual disorders, brain function and heart disease. According to the National Institute of Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, women drinking at the same rate as men, continue to be at higher risk for certain serious medical consequences of alcohol use including liver, brain and heart damage.

The Journal of Human Resources reported in 2001 that teen girls who binge drink are 63% more likely to get pregnant in their teen years. And compared with non-drinkers, girls who drink suffer from higher rates of depression, suicidal thoughts and complications with puberty and menstruation.

Source; AlcoholPolicyMD.com December 2004
Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

Young Smokers at High Risk of Heart Attack

An international team of researchers concludes that smokers under the age of 40 are at high risk for heart disease, the BBC reported Aug. 24.

According to the study, smokers under age 40 are five times more likely to have a heart attack than their nonsmoking peers.

“Although young people may acknowledge the well-documented fact that cigarette smoking is a major risk factor for coronary heart disease, they, and even physicians, may think that this is only a concern in older age,” said Dr. Markku Mahonen of the KTL National Public Health Institute in Helsinki, Finland. “There is a particular need for public-health programs and anti-smoking campaigns targeted at young people to keep them healthy, and specifically from our results, to prevent the particular tragedy of heart attack at a young age.”

For the study, researchers used data from the World Health Organization international monitoring study of cardiovascular disease (MONICA) and risk factors. They also examined records of non-fatal episodes of heart disease that occurred between 1985 and 1994.

Dr. Tim Bowker of the British Heart Foundation said the study should serve as “a profound warning to younger smokers that they are not only damaging their health for later years and cutting their lives short, but are also putting themselves at a significantly higher risk of having a heart attack before they even reach middle age. This evidence should encourage young smokers to think about today, not just tomorrow.”

The study’s findings are published in the journal Tobacco Control.

Source: BBC Aug 24 2004-08-28
Filed under: Nicotine,Youth :

Youthful Drinkers Have Greater Risk of Becoming Problem Adult Drinkers

Buffalo, NY – Researchers with the University at Buffalo’s Research Institute on Addictions have quantified the increased risk of having a drinking problem as an adult faced by individuals who start drinking alcohol as adolescents.

The likelihood of alcohol abuse or dependence later in life increases by 12% for each year of decrease in the age at first drink for both men and women, they reported in the September issue of Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research.

They also reported that the earlier an individual began drinking alcohol, the greater the degree of alcohol intoxication experienced routinely on typical drinking occasions in adulthood.

The national telephone survey revealed that men and lifetime problem drinkers reported consuming their first alcoholic drink (other than just a taste) at an earlier age than women or non-problem drinkers respectively.

“We believe that these findings strengthen the argument for identifying individuals who begin drinking at young ages and targeting them for possible prevention efforts,” explained James York, Ph.D., lead investigator on the study.

“The finding of higher and significant correlations between age at first drink and lifetime drinking issues probably reflects the operation of a variety of variables contributing to problem drinking, rather than a direct causal relationship between the age at first drink and later problems.” York is a senior research scientist at RIA with an extensive background in age- and gender-related effects of alcohol, as well as the medical consequences of alcohol and drug use.

Data for the study were drawn from a national telephone survey of 2,276 people (981 men and 1,295 women) between the ages of 18 and 91 who reported how old they were when they had their first drink. The age and race/ethnicity distribution of the sample was similar to that in the general population.

York said women reported taking their first drink at about age 18, while men reported starting to drink at about age 16.

Supporting the view that women are becoming more like men in their drinking habits, the study showed that the age at first drink was more similar for young men and women than for older age groupings by gender. In addition, the prevalence of current drinking (had a drink during past 12 months) was closer for women (67% ) and men (73.4%) in this study than reported in earlier studies.

The study was funded in part by the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism.

Source:Press Release; Research Institute on Addictions (RIA); University at Buffalo 1021 Main Street Buffalo, New York
Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

2003 Survey: Marijuana Use Drops Among Youth, Risk Perceptions Climb

Marijuana use among American youth age 12 to 17 is on the decline, while perception of risk associated with this drug has increased, according to findings from SAMHSA’s 2003 National Survey on Drug Use and Health (NSDUH). These and other survey findings, were presented at the launch of the Agency’s 15th annual Recovery Month activities,  “While most of the findings from the 2003 National Survey are moving in the right direction, they show how much work still remains to be done to stop drug use before it starts and to heal America’s drug users,” said SAMHSA Administrator Charles G. Curie, M.A., A.C.S.W.

The survey shows that while there was not a statistically significant change in overall current illicit drug use or in current use of any specific drugs, there were important shifts in some measures for youth. For example, in addition to a decline in lifetime marijuana use among youth age 12 to 17, from 20.6 percent in 2002 to 19.6 percent in 2003, past-year use of ecstasy dropped by 41% and past-year use of LSD dropped by 54%.

Overall, 19.5 million Americans age 12 and older—8% of this population—currently use illicit drugs.

Workplace Statistics

The 2003 survey findings show that more than three-quarters of adults who have a serious substance abuse problem are employed, which challenges the stereotype that the typical drug user is poor and unemployed. More specifically, of the 19 million adults age 18 and older characterized with a serious alcohol or drug problem in 2003, 77%—or 14.9 million people—were employed either part time or full time.

“Amazingly, 90% of these workers didn’t recognize they had a problem,” Mr. Curie said. “Employers who think alcohol and drug abuse will never be a problem in their workplace need to consider the facts. With these new data, it is clear why the workplace is a focus of our efforts.”

Marijuana

According to data from the 2003 survey, marijuana continues to be the most commonly used illicit drug, with 14.6 million current users, which represents 6.2% of the population—the same as in 2002. The survey also shows an estimated 2.6 million people who tried marijuana for the first time in 2002—two-thirds of these new users were under age 18. About half were female.

Both youth and young adults reported a significant increase in their awareness of the risks of smoking marijuana. Consistent with this shift, there was a 20% decline between 2002 and 2003 in the number of youth who were “heavy users” of marijuana (those smoking either daily or 20 or more days per month).

Despite an increase in perceptions of great risk of once-a-month marijuana use among youth age 12 to 17, there was no significant change from 2002 to 2003 in past-month use among youth (8.2% to 7.9%). Perceived availability of marijuana also declined significantly among youth.

Annual Numbers of New Users of Marijuana:
1965-2002

Youth who believed that their parents would “strongly disapprove” of marijuana reported rates of use 80% lower than those who reported that their parents would not “strongly disapprove”
 (5.4% vs. 28.7%).

“Young people are getting the message that marijuana, which is substantially more potent today than it was 20 years ago, is a dangerous drug, and they are staying away from it,” said John Walters, Director of the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy, a featured speaker at the Recovery Month launch.

Source:Office of Applied Studies, Overview of Findings From the 2003 National Survey on Drug Use and Health, page 19.
Filed under: Cannabis,Youth :

Report Links Teen Drug Use With Friends’ Sexual Activity

For the first time, the ninth annual survey by the National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse focused on the relationship between teen dating behavior and tobacco, alcohol and illegal drugs.

Teenagers who have sexually active friends face a significantly higher risk of smoking, drinking and using drugs than do other youths, according to an annual Columbia University substance-abuse survey released Thursday.

The report found that youths 12 to 17 who said that at least half of their friends were sexually active were 31 times more likely to get drunk, 22 times more likely to try marijuana, and more than five times as likely to smoke cigarettes.

Advocates for liberalizing the nation’s drug laws accused the writers of the report — which showed no causal connection between sexual activity and drug or alcohol use — of sensationalizing teenage behavior to make a stronger case against the use of marijuana and other drugs.

Source: www.casacolumbia.org/pdshopprov/files/august_ 2004_casa_teen_survey.pdf
Filed under: Youth :

Experts Concerned About Girls’ Alcohol Use

A gradual shift over the past few years has resulted in teenage girls surpassing boys in the amount of alcohol they consume, the Christian Science Monitor reported Aug. 14.

In a study of 12- to 17-year-olds, the National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse (CASA) at Columbia University in New York identified several factors that motivate girls to start drinking. Among them are an increased presence of drinking in the American culture, rising rates of stress and depression among youth, and absent parents.

Joseph Califano, president of the center, added that, “many girls want to be one of the boys.”

Because alcohol advertisements promote sexuality, Jean Kilbourne, a visiting research scholar at the Wellesley Centers for Women, said alcohol’s disinhibiting effects also appeal to girls who feel enormous pressure to have sex.

A study by the Center on Alcohol Marketing and Youth at Georgetown University in Washington looked at the influence that alcohol advertising has on consumers. For the study, researchers examined the advertising content and readership ages of popular magazines such as Vogue, Cosmopolitan, Maxim, and Sport Illustrated.

The study found that minors saw more alcohol advertising than adults in 2002, with teen girls more likely to be exposed to the advertising than teen boys.

“Targeting women is nothing new,” said Susan Foster of CASA. “The alcohol industry, just like the tobacco industry, knows that if you want a lifetime heavy drinker, the best way is to start them early.”

Source: Christian Science Monitor report Aug. 14.2004
Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

Epidemiological Study documents gateway effect of alcohol, tobacco and marijuana

This interesting study was specifically looking at the “stepping-stone” or “gateway” sequences that link the use of alcohol, tobacco, marijuana and cocaine. The study included information from 44,624 individuals age 12 to 25 years, and was based primarily on “exposure opportunity.” This did not mean seeking out drugs, but rather being exposed to an opportunity to use drugs at a party or a friends home, etc.

The authors, Wagner and Anthony state: “Results indicated that users of tobacco and alcohol were more likely than nonusers to have an opportunity to try marijuana and were more likely to actually use marijuana once a marijuana opportunity had occurred. Opportunity to use cocaine was associated with prior marijuana smoking. Among young people with a cocaine opportunity, those who had used marijuana were more likely to use cocaine than were those with no history of marijuana use.”

Reference: American Journal of Epidemiology, Vol. 155, No. 10, 2002, Wagner and Anthony.
Filed under: Alcohol,Cannabis,Nicotine,Youth :

Most College Smokers Don’t Quit

A University of Wisconsin-Madison study finds that 90% of college students who smoked daily and 50% of occasional smokers were still smoking four years after graduating, dispelling the belief that most college-aged students can quit within a few years.

The study involved 647 freshmen and sophomores enrolled in an introductory psychology class at the University of Wisconsin-Madison. Students were categorized based on their smoking behavior. Four years later, 548 of the students participated in a follow-up study.

The results found that only 13% of the daily smokers had quit, 28% had become occasional smokers, and 59% remained daily smokers. Among occasional smokers, 51% had stopped smoking, 35% remained occasional smokers, and 14% had become daily smokers.

Of the non-smokers, 89% remained non-smokers, 11% had become occasional smokers and none were daily smokers.

The report recommended that more smoking-cessation interventions be focused on college students. “Because their smoking status seems more changeable than adults, college students may be more receptive to smoking cessation,” said Michael Fiore, director of the University of Wisconsin Center for Tobacco Research and Intervention. Progression. “Plus, the relatively confined nature of the college environment might be an excellent setting for implementing both policy and individual interventions.”

Fiore added, “Helping students to develop realistic expectations about smoking and to find other ways to cope with negative feelings may be helpful in reducing dependence upon smoking. This is critical since we know that half of those who become daily lifetime smokers will be killed prematurely by a disease directly caused by their smoking.”

Source:  April 2004 issue of the journal Health Psychology
Filed under: Nicotine,Youth :

Smoking Near Kids Triples Cancer Risk, Study Says

Parents who smoke around their young children more than triple their kids’ risk of getting cancer later in life, a new study concludes.

Forbes reported Jan. 28 that the study found that children exposed to their parents secondhand smoke on a daily basis also have an elevated risk of developing other respiratory problems compared to kids growing up in a smoke-free home. The study looked at 123,000 people in 10 European nations, tracking them for an average of seven years.

Cancer risk was highest among former smokers, as opposed to those who never smoked. Researchers suggested that cumulative exposure to cigarette smoke – regardless of the source – raised the risk of getting cancer.

Source: Jan. 28 2004 issue of the British Medical Journal.
Filed under: Nicotine,Youth :

Parents Overlook Smoking in Protecting Asthmatic Children

While parents of children with asthma take many steps to change environmental factors to improve their child’s breathing, a study shows that they often overlook cigarette smoking in the house, one of the major triggers of asthma, Reuters reported Aug. 17. The study by Michael Cabana, M.D., a pediatrician at the University of Michigan, found that 25% of the parents surveyed had a smoker who lived in the same house as the child with asthma, but did nothing to ban smoking inside the house. The study’s findings are published in the August 2004 issue of the Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology.

Source:Reuters reported Aug. 17 2004.

Study Sees Relationship Between Friends, Drug Use

Adolescents whose friends use alcohol and other drugs are more likely to try drugs themselves, according to research.

But while the research suggests that peer pressure is linked to adolescent drug use, the authors noted, “It is not possible to determine a causal direction. It could also be that ‘birds of a feather flock together,’ and adolescents seek friends with similar attitudes toward alcohol and other drugs.”

The survey, commissioned by Statistics Canada and involving 4,296 adolescents aged 12 to 15, found that
42% of those who said all or most of their friends drank alcohol had been drunk at least once themselves or consumed at least one drink.

In comparison, only 8% of those who said they had few or no friends drinking alcohol had been drunk. Similar results were found among adolescents with friends who smoked marijuana

Source: Toronto Globe and Mail reported May 18. 2004
Filed under: Youth :

Tobacco Firms Encourage College Smoking

A new study finds that tobacco companies are encouraging college students to start smoking by sponsoring parties and handing out free cigarettes, according to the Harvard School of Public Health (HSPH).

For the HSPH College Alcohol Study (CAS), a random sample of 10,904 students enrolled in 119 of the country’s four-year colleges and universities were taken. Students at all but one college reported attending a tobacco-industry sponsored social event on or off campus in 2001. Free cigarettes were distributed at events held at bars, clubs, and on-campus college parties.

Nancy Rigotti, M.D., director of the Tobacco Research and Treatment Center of Massachusetts General Hospital, said the students who attended the tobacco promotions were more likely to be current smokers, and that the events appeared to encourage students to start smoking. Of the 78% of students who did not smoke regularly before age 19, the current smoking prevalence rate was 23.7% among those who had attended a promotional event, compared with 11.8% among those who had not.

“By distributing cigarettes and sponsoring these events in bars and on college campuses, the tobacco industry promotes the idea that cigarettes are an essential part of young adults’ social lives,” said Rigotti, who led the study.

Study author Henry Wechsler, Ph.D., director of the HSPH College Alcohol Study, added that, “These findings should serve as a wake-up call to college and university administrators. The evidence that these events may influence a non-smoking young person’s decision to start smoking is a good reason they should be alert to tobacco-industry sponsorship of these events and take appropriate action on their campuses.”

Source:American Journal of Public Health.January 2005
Filed under: Nicotine,Youth :

Fewer Kids Would Smoke if States Spent More on Prevention

Youth smoking rates in the U.S. would be up to 14% lower today if states had followed federal recommendations on spending for tobacco prevention and cessation, researchers say.

Ascribe reported Jan. 25 that the study from Bridging the Gap, a policy research program at the University of Illinois at Chicago (UIC), found strong evidence of a connection between state investments in prevention and the rates at which kids smoke.

“If states had spent just the minimum amount recommended by [the federal Centers for Disease Control and Prevention], youth smoking nationally would have been between 3 and 14% lower than was observed during the 10-year period that we examined,” said UIC economist John Tauras, the study’s lead author. “Furthermore, with so many states now making big cuts in tobacco control as a way of dealing with budget shortfalls, what our study predicts is that a substantial decrease in funding will lead to a significant increase in adolescent smoking.”

Researchers compared tobacco consumption data from the annual Monitoring the Future survey to per-capita prevention spending by states. “State investments in tobacco control, even at current levels, are reducing youth smoking,” Tauras said. “What our study is saying is that if states would move closer to the CDC recommended amounts, they could have a much greater impact. Conversely, when we see estimates that states may be actually cutting some $90 million from tobacco-control efforts, then we need to understand that the cost will come in the form of more kids starting to smoke.”

The authors pointed out that the tobacco industry spends 14 times more marketing tobacco than states do to try to curb consumption. Only three states have spend the minimum amounts recommended by CDC for tobacco prevention. In 2005, states will receive nearly $20 billion from the 1998 nationwide tobacco settlement and cigarette taxes, but spend just $1.6 billion on tobacco control.

Source: American Journal of Public Health February 2005
Filed under: Nicotine,Youth :

UVA Study Finds `Cool Kids’ Get In More Trouble

(AP) – Popular teenagers are much more likely to drink, smoke marijuana, shoplift and vandalize property than their less-popular peers, according to a new University of Virginia study.
Researchers said results of their study contradict traditional views about the benefits of being one of the “cool kids” in school.
“We tend to think if kids are well-liked by their peers, that provides a safety net for them,” said psychology professor Joseph Allen, the lead investigator of the study. “Popular adolescents do have many advantages, but we find they are at greater risk for drug use and petty criminal behavior.”
Researchers assessed popularity by asking 500 Charlottesville-area middle school students whom they would like to hang out with. Then they narrowed the pool to 185 adolescents, ranging from “cool kids” to “geeks,” and asked them to respond anonymously to questions about drug use and criminal activity.
The researchers found that at age 13, about 8 percent of all teenagers reported trying alcohol or marijuana. By age 14, those percentages jumped to 26 percent for popular teens and to only 9 percent for less popular teens.
The cool kids were also about three times more likely to participate in petty criminal behavior such as vandalism, knocking down mailboxes and shoplifting.
“One of the stereotypes is that the kids we see as successful don’t do these kinds of things, but it’s much more complicated than that,” said David Waters, a U.Va. professor and family therapist. “The truth is, they do these things and they do them more than other kids.”
“The point isn’t that we need to watch these kids like hawks, but it’s good to know which kids are more apt to do this and not automatically blame the disaffected and the lonely,” Waters said.
Allen said popular teens tend to be friendly, outgoing people who want to get along with others. He said these traits make them vulnerable to peer pressure.
“Popular adolescents look like leaders. But in reality they are tracking peer opinion,” Allen said. “They do the same thing politicians do in tracking opinion polls. They are very much like politicians.”
The message for parents, Allen said, is that they should be aware of who their children’s friends are. He said popular teens who associate with more “straight-laced” groups get into less trouble.
“Popular kids tend to have good relationships with their parents,” he said. “So parents need to use their influence with them and communicate the norms of the family and why they’re important.”

Source:  June  2005 Associated Press
Filed under: Alcohol,Cannabis,Youth :

Young Drinkers More Likely to Have Problems as Adults

An analysis of the 2003 National Survey on Drug Use and Health concludes that individuals who began drinking in their teens are more likely to have alcohol dependence or misuse problems as adults, according to the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA).According to the survey of 70,000 people, individuals who first used alcohol before age 15 were five times more likely to later become dependent on alcohol or have alcohol-related problems, such as trouble with the law due to alcohol or physical dangers.

“We now know the passage to alcohol abuse and dependence often begins during childhood and adolescence,” said SAMHSA Administrator Charles Curie. “Research has shown that alcohol dependence, while once thought to be an adult-onset disease, is actually developmental in nature. That is why underage-drinking prevention programs are a priority at SAMHSA.”

According to theof the 14 million adults aged 21 or older who were classified as having alcohol dependence or misuse in the past year, 95 percent had started drinking before age 21.

The data also showed that alcohol misuse and addiction were higher among people who started drinking at an e

 

Source. “Alcohol Dependence or Abuse and Age of First Use” Report, SAMHSA October  2004

Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

Televised Anti-Tobacco Advertising Decreases Smoking in U.S. Youth

Reductions in state-sponsored anti-tobacco advertisements may provide short-term savings, but increased smoking and smoking-related diseases may result in long-term costs for states. Using national and state-based data sets, including Nielson media research, state tobacco control policy data, and Monitoring the Future surveys, to compile data for 51,085 students in grades 8, 10, and 12, a team of NIDA-funded researchers from the University of Illinois at Chicago examined the relationship between tobacco-related beliefs, attitudes, and behaviors and exposure to state-sponsored, televised, anti-tobacco advertising.

Researchers found that students living in states with at least one televised, state-sponsored ad held greater anti-smoking attitudes and beliefs and were less likely to smoke than students who were not exposed to anti-tobacco ads.  In addition, higher Targeted Rating Points (TRPs)-a national rating system that estimates frequency and reach of advertising to 12 to 17 year olds-were associated with significantly greater odds of holding anti-smoking attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors.

 


<>WHAT IT MEANS:  Televised, state-sponsored, anti-tobacco media campaigns positively influence anti-smoking attitudes, beliefs, and behaviors in U.S. youth, and may be an effective strategy for preventing and reducing smoking in youth.·

Source: Archives of Pediatric & Adolescent Medicine. July 2005 issue

Filed under: Nicotine,Youth :

Study Says More Alcohol Ads Reaching Minors

A report by Georgetown University’s Center on Alcohol Marketing and Youth found a 39-percent increase in the number of alcohol ads aired on local and cable television in 2002 compared to the previous year. The report also concluded that a greater number of teens are being exposed to alcohol ads on television, the
According to the report, there were 289,381 alcohol ads on television in 2002, with a significant increase in ads for distilled spirits and low-alcohol beverages. On a per-capita basis, the study found that more teens than adults saw 66,218 of the ads, a 30 percent increase over 2001. Television shows that attract a large teen audience, such as “Survivor,” “Fear Factor” and “That ’70s Show,” included alcohol ads.

“This dramatic increase in alcohol ads seen by our children in 2002 suggests the problem got worse,” said Jim O’Hara, executive director of the center. “The data demonstrate that the alcohol industry needs to make major changes in its advertising.”

The Distilled Spirits Council of the U.S. (DISCUS) disputed the findings. The industry contends that the “vast majority of alcohol ads are viewed by adults and that self-regulation is working.”

“To make further progress on underage drinking, we must focus on science-based solutions. Study after study shows that parents and other adults are the primary influence over a youth’s decision regarding drinking, not advertising,” said Peter Cressy, president of DISCUS.

Source: Associated Press April 21.2004

Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

Half of U.S. Kids Face Parent Substance Abuse

Half of all U.S. children live in a house where a parent or other adult uses tobacco, drinks heavily or uses illegal drugs, according to a report released on Tuesday.

These adults are three times more likely to abuse their children and four times more likely to neglect them than parents who do not abuse alcohol or drugs or use tobacco, said the report from Columbia University’s National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse.

“Children of alcohol and drug abusers are at increased risk of accidents, injuries and academic failure. Such children are more likely to suffer conduct disorders, depression or anxiety, conditions that increase the risk children will smoke, drink and use drugs,” the center said in a statement.

The report is an analysis of the center’s own research as well as dozens of reports from groups ranging from Alcoholics Anonymous, U.S. government surveys on families and health behavior and the Children’s Defense Fund, a nonprofit social welfare organization. It found that 35.6 million U.S. children, about half of all children in the country, live in a home where a parent or other adult uses tobacco, drinks heavily or uses illicit drugs.

More than 37 percent of U.S. children live with an adult who uses tobacco, nearly 24 percent live with a binge or heavy drinker and 12.7 percent live in a household where a parent or other adult uses illicit drugs, the report found.

Several studies show that children exposed to household cigarette smoke have a higher risk of sudden infant death syndrome, asthma and ear infections. They are more likely to have their tonsils or adenoids surgically removed and recent studies show they have a bigger risk of cancer and heart disease.

“If substance abusing parents are not concerned about what drugs, alcohol and tobacco are doing to themselves, they should be concerned about the ill effects they have on their children,” center Chairman Joseph Califano said.

“Children of substance abusing parents are much likelier to become substance abusers themselves,” he added.

“A child who gets through age 21 without smoking, using illegal drugs or abusing alcohol is virtually certain never to do so.”
Source: WASHINGTON (Reuters) Mar 29, 2005

Filed under: Parents,Youth :

Drug trafficking

The United States Department of Justice and the National Youth Gang Center developed a questionnaire in order to study youth gang drug trafficking

Methodology: A 14-item questionnaire was sent to 3,024 police and sheriffs departments.

Results:

1. Drug Sales: The study found that an average of 43% of gang members were responsible for drug sales.

2. Drug Distribution: The study found that less than half of the gang members who are responsible for drug sales have any control or are in charge of distribution.

3. Demographics
<>

  • Gender: 94% of gang members involved in drug sales are males and only 6% are females. <>
  • Age: 45% are between the ages of 15-17, 28% were between the ages of 18-24, 21% were under 15 years of age, and 5% were over 24 years of age.
  • Race: 34% were African American, 29% were Hispanic, 29% were Caucasian, 6% were Asian, and 2% other.
    4. Year of Onset: The study found that there was a relationship between the year in which the members joined gangs and their involvement in selling drugs. Of the ones joining before 1980 45% were selling drugs, between 1981-1985 about 48%, between 1986-1990 about 47%, between 1991- 92 about 43%, between 1993-94 about 41%, and between 1995-1999 about 35%.

  • Filed under: Youth :

    Federal Law Would Interfere with Effective Student Drug Testing Policy, Georgia Schools Say

    The Camden County Board of Education in Georgia has proposed a student drug testing policy, but fears that a law being considered by Congress would force school officials to involve law enforcement rather than get students into treatment, the The proposed drug testing policy would require any student participating in extracurricular activities or requesting a parking pass to first undergo a drug test. Students who test positive would attend counseling sessions and further drug testing, but would not be subject to additional penalties unless they tested positive more than once.

    Under the proposed policy, results from the drug tests would not be placed in the student’s academic record, turned over to law enforcement, or kept later than one year after the student’s graduation or 18th birthday.

    However, under the Defending America’s Most Vulnerable Act, currently being considered by Congress, school officials would be required to report student drug use to enforcement officials. The Board of Education cited this potential, undesired consequence as a reason not to adopt the proposed drug testing policy, which aims to prevent and treat student drug use, not to provide criminal evidence that would ruin students’ lives.

    Source: Camden County Tribune & Georgian June 24.2005
    Filed under: Prevention,Youth :

    Feds Sound New Warning About Marijuana Use

    WASHINGTON – Youngsters who use marijuana are more likely to develop serious mental health problems, the government said Tuesday. A private group said law enforcement increasingly is targeting people who smoke and deal the drug.

    Past medical studies have linked marijuana with a greater incidence of mental disorders such as depression or schizophrenia. But questions remain about whether people who smoke marijuana at a young age are already predisposed to mental disorders, or whether the drug caused those disorders.

    Government officials say recent research makes a stronger case that smoking marijuana is itself a causal agent in psychiatric symptoms, particularly schizophrenia.

    “A growing body of evidence now demonstrates that smoking marijuana can increase the risk of serious mental health problems,” said John P. Walters, director of the White House Office of Drug Control Policy.

    Administration officials pointed to a handful of studies to make their case. One, from the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, found adult marijuana smokers who first began using the drug before age 12 were twice as likely to have suffered a serious mental illness in the past year as those who began smoking after 18.

    The ratio was 21% to 10.5%. Those who first started as teens also were at significantly higher risk.

    Also Tuesday, The Sentencing Project released a report that found the government’s “war on drugs” has become the “war on drug” as police agencies increasingly target marijuana.

    Begun in the 1980s, the war on drugs was aimed at stopping large-scale narcotics traffickers, particularly those selling cocaine. But since 1990 more of the focus has been on catching users and low-level dealers. And more often than ever, the drug targeted is marijuana, according to the group, a national non-profit organization that works on judicial reform and favors alternatives to jail.

    Of some 700,000 marijuana arrests in 2002, 88% were for possession, it said. And only one of every 18 of those arrests ended in a felony conviction.

    “Arresting record numbers of low-level marijuana offenders represents a poor investment in public safety” and diverts resources from “more serious crime problems,” said Ryan King, co-author of the report.

    King found that in 1992 arrests for heroin and cocaine comprised 55% of all drug arrests and marijuana 28% . A decade later heroin and cocaine arrests accounted for less than 30% of all arrests, while marijuana’s share had risen to 45%.

    Jennifer deVallance, spokeswoman for the White House drug office, said there are many reasons for the greater focus on marijuana. Among them: Marijuana is the single largest drug of abuse in the nation, the strains are more potent than ever and more is known about health dangers.

    “For the first time, more kids are seeking treatment for marijuana use than alcohol,” she said. The Sentencing Project called for renewed national discussion of the war on drugs, an idea echoed by the conservative American Enterprise Institute. The group reported last month that despite spending at about $40 billion a year now and toughening drug sentencing laws, “America continues to experience the Western world’s worst drug problems.”

    An epidemic of heroin use more than three decades ago, followed by a 1980s epidemic of cocaine and crack, prompted a massive intensification in drug enforcement while giving short shrift to prevention and treatment, the institute reported. It decried budgeting that spends two-thirds of drug control funds on enforcement, 25 percent on treatment and just 12 percent on prevention.

    <>Source: Pauline Jelinek/ Kevin Freking Associated Press Tue May 3.2005

    Filed under: Cannabis,Youth :

    Health timebomb as rising cocaine use threatens heart problems in young

    A surge in cocaine use is pushing Britain towards a “healthcare disaster” that will see a dramatic rise in heart attacks, strokes and neurological problems among young people, says a leading specialist. The warning follows a three-year investigation into cocaine use carried out at a London hospital emergency unit which indicates that the medical complications of the drug will become a significant burden on hospital resources.

    The study looked at levels of cocaine in people who arrived at the accident and emergency unit of St Mary’s hospital, Paddington, London, who were complaining of chest pains, a common side-effect of the drug. It found that on Friday or Saturday nights up to half the young people tested had cocaine in their system.

    While fewer tested positive for the drug during the week, the numbers were still surprisingly high, said John Henry, a leading toxicologist and professor of accident and emergency medicine, who led the study. “Cocaine usage has peaked in the US but here it is still on the rise, which means the worst is yet to come. We’re going to see more severe addiction, more strokes and heart attacks in young people, and more of the other complications linked to its usage,” said Professor Henry, who is regarded as the UK’s leading expert on illicit drug use. “It’s a healthcare disaster and it’s coming here.”

    Records taken during the study, to be published in an academic journal, show that between 7% and 10% of all those complaining of chest pains were found to have traces of cocaine in their urine. With the under-40s cocaine usage was markedly higher; a third of this group tested positive for the drug on weekdays, rising to 50% over the weekend. Tests on a control group admitted to A&E without chest pains showed only 3% had taken cocaine. The study confirms the fears of other healthcare professionals that cocaine use in Britain has reached an unprecedented level. In an audit of drug tests carried out by the City Hospital NHS teaching trust in Birmingham cocaine use was found to be increasing by about 50% every three years, a trend showing no sign of slowing. “The arrival of the cocaine epidemic has now started to become a reality in the UK,” said Stephen George, the doctor who did the survey.

    The rise of cocaine has been boosted by greater acceptability of the drug and better supply, bringing more drugs to UK streets and lower prices. A gram wrap of cocaine now costs as little as £45. Experts fear cocaine use will continue to soar until it reaches a peak, as it did in the 1990s in the US where there are now 25 million users and two million addicts.

    The increased availability of the drug has been picked up by coroners’ offices which have found that most heroin addicts dying of an overdose now have cocaine in their systems. “Even 10 years ago we didn’t see cocaine in those cases,” said Susan Paterson, a toxicologist at Imperial College, London, who works with coroners on more than half of the capital’s heroin deaths.

    Cocaine tightens up blood vessels, making the heart work harder and raising blood pressure. While long-term heart problems can build up in cocaine users, as little as two 100mg lines (a fraction of an ounce) is enough to cause chest pains. US studies found that 5% of cocaine users attending A&E departments with chest pains had heart attacks because of their drug usage. Hospitals are already reporting patients in their early 30s suffering strokes and severe coronary heart disease brought on by cocaine use. Many do not smoke, are not overweight and do not have naturally high blood pressure.

    In the US a condition called aortic dissection has become common among cocaine users. Caused by blood being forced into the lining of big vessels, it essentially creates a new channel for blood to flow down. The rupture itself causes crushing chest pains but also reduces blood flow to vital organs, leading to brain and kidney damage in many cases. A third of the cases of aortic dissection in the US are attributed to cocaine use.

    The drug has also lead to a rise in foetal deaths in the US. It is believed that one in 10 babies dying in the womb do so because their mother took cocaine – a factor that leads to a rupture of the placenta, making it shear away from the womb.

    Groups that deal with cocaine addicts say users are often oblivious to the harm cocaine can cause. And low prices, a poor understanding of the drug’s medical effects and wide acceptability of cocaine, mean there is little to put the brakes on its soaring popularity. “There’s no measure of an increase in heart problems yet, but I foresee it happening. We’re attacking the other risk factors for heart disease, such as smoking … but the rise in cocaine usage is the introduction of another serious risk factor. It’s already impacting on emergency services,” said Prof Henry.

    Source:The Guardian Monday October 24, 2005 
    Filed under: Cocaine,Health,Youth :

    More Alcohol Ads Reaching Teenage Girls

    A new study by researchers at Georgetown University concludes that young girls are drinking more than boys because an increasing number of alcohol ads are reaching teenage girls.

    The researchers analyzed alcohol advertisements placed in 103 national magazines in 2001 and 2002. They then compared the estimated number of readers provided by the magazines in different age categories with the population as a whole in the same age groups.

    Georgetown Center on Alcohol Marketing and Youth director Dr. David Jernigan, who led the study, said the research found that even though women aged 21 to 34 were the stated target of alcohol marketing, a larger percentage of girls ages 12 to 20 were exposed to the alcohol ads than women over 21.

    In particular, the researchers found young girls were increasingly exposed to advertising for low-alcohol products, such as wine coolers and alcoholic iced teas. Teenage girls’ exposure to such ads increased 216 percent, compared to 46 percent for boys.

    The study is published in the July 2004 issue of the Archives of Pediatric and Adolescent Medicine.

    Source: New York Times reported July 6. 2005
    Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

    Most Teen Smokers Do Want to Quit

    Countering the notion that teen smokers are a stubborn, tough-to-reach population, a new study finds many do want to quit and will utilize Web sites designed to help them escape nicotine’s grip.

    University of Rochester researcher Dr. Jonathan D. Klein and colleagues surveyed 418 teens in Monroe County, N.Y., before the launch of the teen-focused antismoking Web site, www.gottaquit.com. The researchers then surveyed 259 of these kids one year after that launch.

    Twenty-five percent, or one in every four teen smokers polled in the second survey, said they had visited the site, compared with just 4 percent of the nonsmokers.

    “This was a study to see whether the teens received the messages, to see who went to the Web site, and to see if they went for cessation information. We did not study whether they actually quit because of their use of the Web site,” Klein said. The study appears in the October issue of the journal Pediatrics.

    “This was the first time the campaign was studied,” noted Klein, an associate professor of pediatrics at the university. “This was a local campaign funded by some of the [state] tobacco settlement money in New York.”

    “Some local data had shown us that most adolescents — although addicted and saying they want to quit and have in fact tried to quit — don’t think about going to their physician or getting self-help,” he added.

    When surveyed before the campaign, 15 % of the 418 teens who answered said they had smoked in the past 30 days. In the follow-up survey, 13.5 % of 259 teens said they had smoked in the past month.

    Of this group, 90 % of the recent smokers in the first survey and nearly 94 % of those in the later survey said they considered themselves a smoker, and the majority – 87 % and 73 %, respectively – said that they wanted to quit.

    Experts believe that getting teens to stop smoking early on is key to preventing them from becoming long-term adult smokers. About 80 % of adult smokers begin smoking before they reached age 18, experts say, and in this study the average age of first smoking was just 14. According to Klein, each day in the United States about 2,000 U.S. teens become established smokers.

    The Gotta Quit site, designed to appeal to teens, is colorful and includes tips on how to quit, information on the dangers and other data.

    Another expert, Thomas Valente, director of the Master of Public Health Program at the University of Southern California’s Keck School of Medicine, in Los Angeles, said the study has some methodology flaws, with a lack of comparability between the first survey sample and the second.

    But he emphasized that a Web site alone, while it may be valuable and attract teen smokers, won’t be enough to help them quit.

    “It takes multiple methods and multiple media,” he said. “No one medium, whether a Web site, poster or workshop, is going to do it.”

    “Parents [of teen smokers] should give support and there should be peer support,” he said. Teens who want to quit would do well, he said, to hang with kids who don’t smoke or who have quit.

    Parents can also offer teen smokers non-health-related incentives to quit, Valente said. There’s the romantic angle, with studies suggesting smoking makes people less attractive to others. Alternatively, adding up the monetary costs of smoking over a lifetime can also discourage teens and motivate them, he said.

    Jonathan D. Klein, M.D., M.P.H., associate professor, pediatrics, University of Rochester, Rochester, N.Y.; Thomas W. Valente, Ph.D, director, The Master of Public Health Program, department of preventive medicine, University of Southern California Keck School of Medicine, Los Angeles.  Reported in Pediatrics October 2005

    More information To learn more, visit GottaQuit.com .

    SOURCE: TUESDAY, Oct. 4 (HealthDay News)
    Filed under: Nicotine,Youth :

    Use of Cigarettes and Alcohol by Preschoolers While Role-playing as Adults

    Objective: To examine preschoolers’ attitudes, expectations, and perceptions of tobacco and alcohol use.

    Design: Structured observational study. Children used props and dolls to act out a social evening for adults. As part of the role play, each child selected items from a miniature grocery store stocked with 73 different products, including beer, wine, and cigarettes, for an evening with friends.

    Setting: A behavioral laboratory at the Department of Psychological and Brain Sciences, Dartmouth College.

    Patients: One hundred twenty children, 2 to 6 years old, participated individually in the role-playing. .

    Main Outcome Measure: Whether or not a child purchased cigarettes or alcohol at the store.

    Conclusions: The data suggest that observation of adult behavior, especially parental behavior, may influence preschool children to view smoking and drinking as appropriate or normative in social situations. These perceptions may relate to behaviors adopted later in life.”

    “We postulate that positive expectations developed early in life that link tobacco and alcohol use with social settings may prompt individuals to smoke or drink when they are old enough to find themselves in similar social situations.”

    “However, our study is the first to demonstrate that preschool children possess social cognitive scripts of adult social life in which the use of alcohol and tobacco play central roles. Children not only demonstrated their knowledge of alcohol and tobacco, but their behavior indicated that they have assimilated it as part of their understanding of how adults socialize.”

    “Adults are often reluctant to introduce the topic of alcohol or tobacco to young children because they are afraid that it may be too suggestive. Others do not believe that children think about tobacco or alcohol at such a young age. However, the results of this study demonstrate that expectations regarding the use of cigarettes and alcohol. The data suggest that observation of adult behavior, especially parental behavior, may influence preschool children to view smoking and drinking as appropriate or normative in social situations.”

    This research suggests an even more profound effect of parental behavioral on future choices of their children than earlier predicted

    Source ARCH PEDIATR ADOLESC MED/VOL 159, SEP 2005: Madeline A. Dalton, PhD; Amy M. Bernhardt, MEd; Jennifer J. Gibson, MS; James D. Sargent, MD; Michael L. Beach, MD, PhD; Anna M. Adachi-Mejia, PhD; Linda T. Titus-Ernstoff, PhD; Todd F. Heatherton, PhD


    Filed under: Alcohol,Nicotine,Youth :

    Prenatal Alcohol Exposure Slows Cognitive Function

    Children who were exposed to alcohol in utero perform simple cognitive tests adequately, but fall short of their peers on more complex tasks, researchers say.

    The study by Wayne State University researchers, who looked at the impact of moderate to heavy prenatal alcohol exposure, confirmed earlier studies that found slower processing speed and efficiency among alcohol-exposed children, especially on tasks involving working memory.

    The alcohol-exposed kids especially struggled when they were asked to respond quickly to questions. “This suggests that processing speed deficits are more likely to occur within the context of some cognitive demand,” said Burden. “We also found that prenatal alcohol exposure was associated with poorer efficiency on number processing, a finding consistent with past research showing more specific adverse effects in the arithmetic domain. Arithmetic performance may be relatively more compromised with prenatal alcohol exposure than other types of intellectual performance, such as verbal abilities.

    “We also looked at how processing speed related to other aspects of cognition, working memory in particular,” he added. “Prenatal alcohol exposure had some impact on both speed and working memory, but the effect on working memory was partly accounted for by the deficits in speed — in other words, slower performance contributes in part to poorer working memory.”

    The authors said that the findings help illustrate why alcohol-exposed children have more problems later in their school careers. “Prenatal alcohol exposure is often associated with slower reaction times and poorer attention in infancy, and some of these deficits may be at the core of poorer academic performance and behavior problems often seen later in childhood,” said Matthew J. Burden, corresponding author for the study. “In cases of fetal alcohol syndrome (FAS) … lower IQ scores are common, often reaching the level of mental retardation. This is because alcohol consumed by the mother has a direct impact on the brain of the fetus.

    “However, full FAS is not required to see this impact; it is just less obvious to detect across the array of exposures found in foetal alcohol spectrum disorders (FASD), which include effects of prenatal alcohol at lower drinking levels.”

    Source: Alcoholism: Clinical & Experimental Research. August 2005

    Powdered Alcohol on Sale online

    Just as youth advocates hail the fact that sales of “alcopops,” sweet drinks containing alcohol, are declining among kids, another product is raising concerns — alcopops in powder form, which are growing in popularity.

    They look harmless enough, the inconspicuous packets often next to the cashier at gas stations, convenience stores, beverage stores and bars. But according to consumer protection officials, that’s what makes them all the more dangerous, since the powder inside contains alcohol, and a lot of it — about 4.8 percent by volume. That is the equivalent of one to one-and-a-half glasses of liquor.

    The product is called Subyou, manufactured by a company in North Rhine-Westphalia, and is marketed squarely at teenagers with slogans like “taste for not much dough” and “gets a good buzz going.” Add the powder to cold water, and consumers have an alcoholic drink containing either vodka or rum.

    “These are just as dangerous as the alcopops that came in the bottles,” Birgit Rehlender, nutrition expert at consumer affairs organization Stiftung Warentest told Der Spiegel weekly.

    Tax exempt

    While authorities were able to curtail the consumption of alcopops with a special tax on the drinks last August — which put them out of the reach of many teenage budgets — these new alcopops in powder form cost between 1.65 and 2.40 euros ($2.06 and $3.00) per package. Subyou is able to get around the tax because its product comes in powder form.

    The powder was first sold over the Internet, and word spread quickly among teenage circles that those under 18 could order off the Internet without fear of being asked for proof of age. However, according to Andrea Schauff, a nutritional expert at Hesse’s consumer protection organization, in many stores the powder is being sold to under-age kids even though a warning is printed on the packets: “Alcohol can be addictive — no sales to minors.”

    Besides the high alcohol content, youth advocates also worry about the powder’s other ingredients, including high levels of preservatives, sorbic acid, and dyes that have not been approved by health experts.

    Consumer protection authorities, such as Waltraud Fesser from Rhineland-Palatinate, would like to see the special tax on liquid alcopops be applied to their cousins in powder form.

    “As soon as alcohol enters into the picture, we have to protect our young people,” she said.

    Source: www,DW-World.de 2.06.05
    Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

    Recovery Schools Support Sobriety for Young People

    People who are in recovery from addiction are often advised to avoid the “people, places and things” associated with their past drinking or other drug use. But adolescents who’ve been through treatment for drug dependence may find this impossible to do.

    According to one study, almost all adolescents returning to their old school after completing a treatment program were offered drugs on their first day back. Findings such as this sparked a recent innovation in American education: recovery schools, which are high school or college programs designed to support young people in recovery from addiction.

    Recovery schools have developed quickly over the past few years, but often in isolation from each other. That’s changing, however. Staff members at recovery schools are making connections with each other, a body of best practices is emerging to guide their work, and formal research to evaluate recovery schools is on the horizon. The bottom line: Parents and students looking for an academic environment that supports sobriety can now rely on more than guesswork and gut feelings when choosing a recovery school.

    The need for recovery schools will not go away, as evidenced by the 2003 National Survey on Drug Use and Health from the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, which found that:

     

    • Nearly 1 percent of 12-year-olds in the United States either abused or became dependent on alcohol or illicit drugs in 2001


    • the percentage of abusing or dependent adolescents increased each year up to age 21, when 22.8 percent fit the abuse or dependence criteria


    • in both 2002 and 2003, nearly 2.3 million Americans aged 12 to 17 needed treatment for an alcohol or drug problem. Of this group, only 168,000 received care at a dedicated treatment facility.

    Adolescents who are fresh out of treatment are also at greatest risk for relapsing to alcohol and other drug use. This is the time when such students return to their homes, schools and neighborhoods — the very milieu that supported their abuse or dependence in the first place.

    Here is where the benefits of recovery schools click in. According to Andrew Finch, director of the Association of Recovery Schools, such programs offer a “protective cocoon” that supports recovery as students work towards graduation.

    Since 2002, the number of recovery schools has doubled to 25 high schools and eight college programs. According to Finch, some lessons have emerged from all this activity. If a group is starting a recovery school, Finch recommends that the founders “be patient and persistent and reach out to people who have established schools. Also, be aware of referral sources and funding opportunities. One of the biggest mistakes a new school can make is to open but not have a consistent referral base of local treatment centers, schools, and other resources.”

    Finch adds that recovery schools must stay on top of local and state education laws: “These must be followed, and they differ greatly from state to state and district to district.”

    According to the ARS, recovery schools should:

     

    • Operate with state approval and be designed specifically for students recovering from chemical dependency.

     

    • Provide academic services and recovery assistance – but not operate primarily as treatment centers or mental-health agencies.

     

    • Require students to be sober and working a program of recovery.

     

    • Offer academic courses for credit and assist students to make transitions to college, a career, or another school.

     

    • Have a plan to handle student crises, including access to counselors on staff, on contract, or available by written referral.


    Finch has written a new book, “Starting a Recovery School: A How-To Manual” (Hazelden, 2005), that offers a blueprint for developing an effective recovery school and includes details about existing schools. Related information and a list of sobriety schools in the United States are online at the Association of Recovery Schools website.

    Source: Hazelden’s Alive & Free news column April 4, 2005
    Filed under: Treatment/Addiction,Youth :

    Special K, the horse pill taking over from ecstasy among clubbers

    Cheap, hallucinogenic drug soon to be given class C ratingIn veterinary circles, ketamine is used as a horse tranquilliser; on the battlefield, it has proved an effective anaesthetic. But in UK clubs and bars, the drug, known as Special K, has developed a mass following. According to new research, Special K, which has strong hallucinogenic qualities, is becoming as popular as ecstasy.

     

    The rise in popularity of ketamine in the past year is revealed in a survey published today by DrugScope, the leading drugs information charity. The results of the survey – which involved analysing data from 40 frontline drug services operating in 15 cities – show that the drug, which was once only popular within the gay clubbing scene, has widened its appeal. Special K is now to be found on the list of major drugs on sale in eight of the 15 cities for the first time.

    “The emergence of ketamine as a key substance of choice is an entirely new phenomenon since we last carried out the survey in 2004 when it didn’t figure at all,” said Harry Shapiro, editor of Druglink, the drug information charity’s magazine.

    The survey quotes Nottingham drugs worker Peter Hurd, of the drug counselling service Compass: “Ketamine has now established its place alongside the usual dance scene drugs like ecstasy. It is popular in pre-club bars and has a big following in both gay and straight clubs. It is being taken with other dance drugs by middle-class people who like to party hard at the weekend and then go back to work in the week.”

    Ketamine is being sold for as little as £15 a gram in London and Nottingham, half the average UK cost.

    Neil Venables, a Birmingham drug treatment worker said that for some young people ketamine had replaced ecstasy: “Ecstasy pills contain less MDMA [the active ingredient] than they used and so it is more of ‘just a stimulant’ than something that alters your state of mind. People aged 18 to 25 are taking ketamine for a more trippy night out. You can spot them on the dance floor because they are not dancing, they’re sitting down in a bit of vegetative state.”

    This anecdotal evidence from frontline drugs agencies is backed up by figures from the National Poisons Information Service, which reports that cases of ketamine intoxication have risen from 10 in 1995 to more than 100 in 2001.

    The rise in popularity of ketamine has alarmed Home Office ministers, who have decided to outlaw it as a class C drug later this year on a par with cannabis and amphetamines.

    Ketamine was invented by Parke-Davis laboratories in 1962 as a replacement for PCP or Angel Dust and is used as a horse tranquilliser. But it has also been used widely on humans after its worth as a “disassociative anaesthetic” in battlefield surgery was proved by the Americans in Vietnam. This hallucinogenic quality meant it helps to “separate” the mind from the body enabling urgent surgery to be performed to save the soldier’s life.

    Talk to Frank, the government’s drug advice website, says: “Mixing it with anything else that slows down your body, like heroin, tranquillisers or alcohol, can be very dangerous. There’s a risk you’ll feel sleepy and unable to wake, and it’s more likely that if you’re sick you won’t wake up or cough, so you’ll choke on your own vomit. If it is mixed with ecstasy, it can bring back E sensations and feel quite trippy but it could also leave you with no control over your legs.”

    The Advisory Council on the Misuse of Drugs, which recommended that Ketamine be made a class C drug, said recreational users were unlikely to come to harm but it does pose risks for people with heart and circulation disorders and for those with schizophrenia and other psychotic disorders. They advised the government that it can be addictive but dependence level was substantially below nicotine and amphetamines.

    Traditionally, ketamine pills on the illegal market came from vets’ surgeries but more recently Customs and Excise say they have been brought in bulk from India, often shipped in as rosewater and massage oils. About one litre of ketamine liquid can make up to 50 grams of powder when cooked up.

    Source: The Guardian September 6, 2005
    Filed under: Ecstasy,Youth :

    Study Sees Rise in Alcohol Deaths, DUI in College

    Alcohol-related injury deaths and drunk driving both increased among college students over the past few years, according to a new report from the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA).

    More than 1,700 college students ages 18-24 died in 2001 as the result of alcohol-related injuries, up from about 1,500 in 1988. Moreover, according to NIAAA, an estimated 2.8 million drove while under the influence of alcohol in 2001, compared to 2.3 million in 1998.

    The study authors said that the problems could be mitigated through greater enforcement of drinking-age and zero-tolerance laws, increases in alcohol taxes, wider implementation of screening and counseling programs, and comprehensive community interventions.

    Researchers from Boston University and Harvard University analyzed data from the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the National Household Survey on Drug Abuse, and the Harvard College Alcohol Survey, as well as other reports.

    “In both 1998 and 2001 more than 500,000 students were unintentionally injured because of drinking and more than 600,000 were assaulted by another student who had been drinking,” said lead study author Ralph W. Hingson, Sc.D, a professor at the Boston University School of Public Health and Center to Prevent Alcohol Problems Among Young People. “We must remember, however, that since the 18-to-24-year-old non-college population vastly outnumbers the college population, they actually account for more alcohol-related problems than do college students. For example, while 2.8 million college students drove under the influence of alcohol in 2001, so too did 4.5 million college-aged persons who were not in college.”

    “The magnitude of problems posed by excessive drinking among college students should stimulate both improved measurement of these problems and efforts to reduce them,” added Hingson.

    Source: The study was published in the Annual Review of Public Health. March 2005

    Substantial Declines in Teen Drug use

    Washington, D.C. – Today, the National Institute on Drug Abuse released the 2004 Monitoring the Future (MTF) survey. The MTF survey showed a 6% decrease in illegal drug use by teenagers between 2003 and 2004.

    In 2002, President Bush set ambitious goals to reduce teen drug use by 10% in two years, and 25% in five years. The 2003 MTF survey showed that we had exceeded the two year goal, with an 11 % reduction. Over the past three years there has been a 17% decrease in teenage drug use.

    “There are now 600,000 fewer teens using drugs than there were in 2001,” said John Walters, Director of National Drug Control Policy. “This is real progress. We know that if we can prevent kids from trying drugs in their teenage years, we dramatically reduce the likelihood that they will go on to have problems later in life. The results released today are good news for American parents and teens, and great news for our country.”

    Source: e-mail from Drugwatch International
    Filed under: Youth :

    Teen Drug Use Continues To Decline

    National Youth Anti-Drug Media Campaign Messages Have Positive Impact on Overall Decline in Teen Drug UseIllicit drug use among teens is on the decline, according to the largest and most comprehensive study of drug use in the United States. (NSDUH) released yesterday showed a nine percent decrease in overall illicit drug use among American youth between the ages of 12 and 17 from 2002 to 2004.

     

    The findings of the NSDUH are consistent with another large-scale longitudinal survey, Monitoring the Future, which shows a reduction in teen drug use by 17 percent in the past three years.

    According to the NSDUH, a large number of teens reported hearing anti-drug messages, and they are making a significant impact. Out-of-school exposure to prevention messages in the past year was reported by 83% of youths aged 12 to 17. Past month use of illicit drugs was lower among those who were exposed to those messages than among those not exposed (10.3% vs. 11.8%). Similarly, a recently issued SAMHSA report, “Youths’ Exposure to Substance Use Prevention Messages: 2003,” demonstrated that those who have seen or heard alcohol or drug prevention messages from the media are significantly less likely to abuse drugs than their peers.

    The Office of National Drug Control Policy conducts the Nation’s most visible effort to prevent teen drug use through the National Youth Anti-Drug Media Campaign. Collaborating with the Partnership for a Drug Free America, the Campaign targets youth, especially those making the difficult transition from middle school to high school, and conveys the various risks of using marijuana. It also reaches parents, encouraging them to talk to their children about drugs and monitor their behaviors, a skill shown to reduce drug use. The Campaign reaches 86% of youth 4.4 times a week and 72% of parents 3.6 times a week via television, radio, print publications and the Internet.

    The latest NSDUH findings also reaffirmed the crucial role parents play in keeping their children drug-free. Most youths reported that their parents would strongly disapprove of their trying marijuana once or twice. Among these teens, only 5.1% had used marijuana in the past month. However, among youths who perceived that their parents would only somewhat disapprove or neither approve nor disapprove of their trying, 30% used marijuana.

    The NSDUH also showed that there were statistically significant declines in past-year and lifetime use of marijuana among youth from 2002 to 2004. Particularly significant was an 11% decline in current (past month) marijuana use among boys, from 9.1% in 2002, down to 8.1% in 2004. Consistent with this finding, the initiation rate for male youths declined by 16%, from 6.3% in 2002 to 5.3% in 2004. In addition, there was a major decline (33%) in methamphetamine use among teens.

    The average age of first marijuana use among recent initiates increased from 17 years in 2002 to 18 years in 2004. For initiation occurring under age 21, the mean age of initiation was 16 years in 2004, compared to 15.9 years in both 2002 and 2003.

    Teen perception of the risk of drug use continues to remain high. The % age of youths aged 12 to 17 indicating that smoking marijuana once a month was a great risk increased to 35% in 2004 from 32.4% in 2003. The perception of risk in smoking marijuana once or twice a week increased from 51.5% in 2002 to 54.4 % in 2003, then remained stable at 54.7% in 2004.

    Source: The Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration’s (SAMHSA) 2004 National Survey on Drug Use and Health Sept.2005
    Filed under: Youth :

    The European “Schools Health Education Unit”

    The European “Schools Health Education Unit” survey questioned 15881 teenagers at 334 primary schools and found that 29% of 14 and 15-year old males had tried cannabis in 2001 compared to 19% in 1999. The proportion of 14 and 15-year-old girls who had smoked cannabis had also risen from 18% in 1999 to 25% in 2001. One of the leading causes for this sky-rocketing drug use was that the perception of harmfulness of cannabis (and drugs in general)is decreasing. The implementation of student drug testing in schools can give students a clear signal that illegal drug use is not tolerated in society and a reason to say ‘NO’.

    Source: The study on Random Student Drug Testing was conducted by Dr.Ivan van Damme. Read more on this subject at: www.eurad.net/ options/Student%20drug%20testing.htm
    Filed under: Youth :

    Tucson City Buses Help Youngsters Find Safe Haven

    The city bus authority in Tucson, Ariz., has partnered with Project Safe Place’s Open Inn initiative, which helps young people in an effort to prevent homelessness, drug use, and other problems. Under the program, drivers of the city’s 189 buses will provide young people in distress with a free ride while they radio their dispatcher to contact Open Inn, which provides social services to youths and families in crisis. Once contacted, an Open Inn outreach worker will meet the youth at a bus stop along the driver’s route.

    “We’re trying to catch folks before they run away,” said Jason Thorpe, Open Inn’s community education and outreach coordinator. “If they stay on the streets for 48 hours, they stay there longer. There’s so much substance abuse and so many predatory adults who victimize young people on the streets. The culture so quickly grabs them in.”

    Open Inn assigns a counselor and provides referrals for shelter and other services. According to Thorpe, Project Safe Place is aimed at young people up to age 18 who have been sexually, physically, or verbally abused, who are at risk for alcohol or other drug addiction, and may be a runaway or facing homelessness.

    Source: Tucson Citizen; Jan. 2005
    Filed under: Youth :

    Decline in Teen Smoking Falters as States Spend Less on Prevention

    A new report says that a drop in state spending on youth tobacco prevention efforts in recent years corresponded with a leveling-off of youth smoking rates after previous declines.

    HealthDay News reported Oct. 27 that states spent an increasing amount of money on TV antismoking campaigns between 1999 and 2002 — funded by the 1998 nationwide tobacco settlement — but spending fell 28 percent between 2002 and 2003 as states diverted the money to cover budget deficits. Researchers said the shift could be part of the reason why youth smoking declines leveled off between 2002 and 2004, after falling steadily since 1997.

    “It does seem that the more [states] spend on tobacco-control programs, the greater the impact,” said David Nelson of the Center for Disease Control and Prevention’s (CDC) Office on Smoking and Health. “States need to support anti-tobacco activities. One of the key components is a media presence.”

    “This is an inevitable result of the cuts to state tobacco-prevention programs that we’ve see over the last several years,” said Danny McGoldrick of the Campaign for Tobacco-Free Kids. “States never did a good job of allocating their tobacco-settlement dollars and their tobacco tax dollars to programs to reduce tobacco use. They’ve done even a worse job in the past few years.”

    McGoldrick said states could make a real difference if they spent even 10 percent of their tobacco-settlement funds on youth smoking prevention.

    Source: The research appears in the Oct. 28, 2005 issue of the CDC’s Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report.
    Filed under: Nicotine,Prevention,Youth :

    Cesar Study Finds 9 Warning Signs of Early Marijuana Use

    Cesar Study Finds 9 Warning Signs of Early Marijuana Use Among Maryland’s Public School Students Nine behaviors and attitudes differentiate students who used marijuana before age 15 from those who had not, according to an analysis of data from the 2002 Maryland Adolescent Survey (MAS). Overall, one-fifth of Maryland12th grade students reported using marijuana before age 15.

    A scale of 9 warning signs of early marijuana use among 12th graders was developed from an analysis of the MAS data . The scale also detected early use among 8th and 10th graders. The more warning signs a student had, the more likely he or she was to have used marijuana early . For example, approximately three-fourths of 12th graders with 6 or more warning signs were early marijuana users, compared to 3% of 12th graders with no warning signs.

    Students with more warning signs also reported using a greater number of other illegal drugs* and experiencing a greater number of serious problems resulting from drug and alcohol use . The report, “Warrning Signs for Early Marijuana Users Among Maryland’s Public School Students,” discusses the implications of these findings for intervening with youth and implementing prevention programs. Complimentary copies of the report can be ordered by contacting CESAR at cesar@cesar.umd.edu or 301-405-9770.

    The 9 Warning Signs for Early Marijuana Use

    Behaviors

    • Cigarette use before age 15
    • Alcohol use before age 15
    • 20 or more unexcused absences
    • Drug arrest
    • Alcohol arrest

    Attitudes/Opinions

    • Smoking marijuana is safe
    • Smoking cigarettes is safe
    • My parents think it’s okay to smoke marijuana
    • My parents think it’s okay to smoke cigarettes
    28, 2004

    Source: CESAR FAX Vol. 13, Issue 26
    Filed under: Cannabis,Youth :

    Teenage Drinking And Smoking – Siblings Are Powerful Role Models

    Brothers and sisters are more powerful role models than friends or parents when it comes to teenage drinking and smoking, research has shown.

    Researchers from The University of Queensland and University of Washington have proved that tobacco and alcohol use by older siblings increases the odds of similar behaviour from younger siblings by three to five times.

    University of Washington Sociologist Dr Abby Fagan studied the contributions and influence of parents, siblings and peers on teen drug use.

    Dr Fagan used data from 1370 Brisbane teenagers, who’ve been part of one of the world’s longest running health studies — the Mater-University of Queensland Study of Pregnancy.

    The teenagers were interviewed between 1995 and 1997 at 14 years old and were asked about how often they drank and smoked and also about their family relationships.

    On average, 13 percent of younger siblings reported smoking and 36 percent reported drinking, but rates increased when older siblings also reported substance use.

    About 10 percent of younger siblings with non-smoking older siblings used tobacco, compared to 40 percent of those whose older siblings smoked.

    Likewise, younger sibling alcohol use increased from 25 to 53 percent when older siblings reported drinking.

    “The results underscore the need to include siblings, or at least address issues relating to sibling relationships and influences, in prevention efforts,” Dr Fagan wrote in her study, published in the latest American Journal of Drug Issues.

    “Currently, most tobacco and alcohol prevention programs target individuals for change or are aimed at improving parent-child communication and interactions.

    “If siblings are more powerful role models than parents, however, sibling and their potential influences on each other should be a primary focus of intervention.”

    Maternal depression also had a significant effect on adolescent substance use.

    Dr Fagan’s paper was co-written with UQ’s Mater Study founder, Professor Jake Najman.

    The Mater Study was started in 1981 as a health and social study of 7223 pregnant women.

    Dr Fagan is a former UQ researcher who recently finished a two-year fellowship with UQ’s School of Social Science.

    Source: Professor Najman Research Australia www.researchaustralia.com.au 14.1.2006
    Filed under: Alcohol,Nicotine,Youth :

    Addiction danger for child drinkers

    The Age (AU)

    CHILDREN who start drinking before 14 are more likely to become dependent on alcohol in later life, doctors warned yesterday. Drinking in the early teens also puts men and women at greater risk of developing dependency more quickly and younger, researchers found.

    Almost half of those who started consuming alcohol before 14 became reliant on it at some point.

    This compared with 9% of those who began drinking after 21 the US study found.

    Those who started drinking as young teenagers were also more likely to become alcohol-dependent before they were 25.

    And they were more than three times at risk of having two or more episodes of alcohol dependency in their lifetime, scientists at Boston University’s Youth Alcohol Prevention Centre found. Dependency is defined as alcoholism or development of problems because of regular drinking. Reliancy periods can Last months or years. Lead researcher Dr Ralph Hingson said:’ ln general, each additional year earlier than 21 that a respondent began to drink, the greater the odds that he or she would develop alcohol dependence. ‘Our analysis suggests that interventions that delay drinking onset may not only reduce the acute consequences of drinking among youth but may help reduce alcohol dependence among adults.’

    The team studied more than 43,000 adults in a survey, Its findings add to mounting research warn ing that alcohol causes more damage to the developing brains of teenagers than once thought.

    Source: Daily Mail, July 5, 2006
    Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

    Aggressive teens more likely to try tobacco, pot

    Among young adolescents, aggression is linked to a likelihood of experimenting with cigarettes or marijuana for the first time, while impulsivity confers a greater risk of trying alcohol, a new study shows.

    However, the researchers found no association between attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) and substance-use initiation.

    Dr. Monique Ernst of the National Institute of Mental Health in Bethesda, Maryland and her colleagues sought to determine whether a psychiatric diagnosis like ADHD or behavioral measures such as level of aggression or impulsivity might influence the risk that a child would try pot, cigarettes or alcohol for the first time. They followed 78 12-14-year old boys and girls, 50 of whom had been diagnosed with ADHD.

    Four years after the study had begun, 37 of the participants had not tried substances, 41 had tried at least one, and 29 had experimented with more than one. Just three cases could be defined as substance abuse, as opposed to substance use.

    Kids who used tobacco were more aggressive and hyperactive and had more trouble with attention and learning than nonsmokers, the researchers report in the medical journal Pediatrics. Statistical analysis found that a child’s level of aggressiveness was independently tied to tobacco use. Aggression also independently predicted marijuana use.

    The only characteristic associated with trying alcohol was impulsivity. This suggests, the investigators note, that there may be different biological factors that make a person vulnerable to starting to use a particular substance.

    The researchers also found that aggressive teens were more likely to use substances heavily and to try more substances.

    However, Ernst and her colleagues found that children with ADHD, ADHD plus conduct disorder, depression or anxiety were no more likely to try substances than their peers without a psychiatric diagnosis. The team suggests that it may make more sense to identify at-risk teens by looking at the severity of certain behavioral symptoms, rather than any particular psychiatric diagnosis.

    “Substance-use initiation confers vulnerability for later substance abuse, and a better understanding of its behavioral predictors can help to shape preventive measures at both the individual and societal levels,” they conclude.

    SOURCE: Pediatrics, June 2006.
    Filed under: Cannabis,Nicotine,Youth :

    Alcohol damage to babies concern

    Some doctors are concerned about the number of children being damaged because their mother drank alcohol while pregnant.Official figures suggest the number of children being diagnosed with Foetal Alcohol Syndrome has not changed dramatically over the last 10 years.

     

    This represents only the severest cases, who are deformed at birth.

    But some doctors think the extent of the problem may be masked by a common misdiagnosis of attention disorders.

    Behavioural problems

    Paediatricians said they were diagnosing increasing numbers of children with learning difficulties and hyperactivity as a result of their mother’s drinking.

    They say the true scale of the problem may be obscured by a common misdiagnosis of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder, prescriptions for which have risen dramatically in recent years.

    Many children develop behavioural problems as they approach school age.

    Dr Diana Lever, a community paediatrician in the Borders, sees people over the age of five when problems are beginning to surface.

    She said: “They will have difficulty concentrating taking in instructions; they will have difficulty learning new concepts and frequently they will be quite good as far as being able to express themselves but their understanding will be quite poor.”

    Dr Adrian Margerison, a community paediatrician at Borders General Hospital, said that he had two cases of FAS in 1984, but now he has 10.

    He said: “I would have to say that all the 10 patients have varying degrees of attention deficit and at least half are quite hyperactive.

    “There is undoubtedly a chance this is more common than we think.”

    Dr John McClure, consultant paediatrician at Crosshouse Hospital in Ayrshire, said that he had 30 children with degrees of FAS.

    He called for greater warnings to be issued with alcoholic drinks.

    Source: BBC.co.uk 16th August 2006
    Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

    Assessing the Impact of Antidrug Advertising on Adolescent Drug Consumption: Results From a Behavioral Economic Model

    Objectives. This study examined whether adolescents’ recall of antidrug advertising is associated with a decreased probability of using illicit drugs and, given drug use, a reduced volume of use.

    Methods. A behavioral economic model of influences on drug consumption was developed with survey data from a nationally representative sample of adolescents to determine the incremental impact of antidrug advertising.

    Results. The findings provided evidence that recall of antidrug advertising was associated with a lower probability of marijuana and cocaine/crack use. Recall of such advertising was not associated with the decision of how much marijuana or cocaine/crack to use. Results suggest that individuals predisposed to try marijuana are also predisposed to try cocaine/crack.

    Conclusions. The present results provide support for the effectiveness of antidrug advertising programs

    Lauren G. Block, PhD, Vicki G. Morwitz, PhD, William P. Putsis, Jr, PhD and Subrata K. Sen, PhD

    Lauren G. Block is with the Department of Marketing, Baruch College, New York City. Vicki G. Morwitz is with the Department of Marketing, New York University, New York City. William P. Putsis Jr is with the Department of Marketing, London Business School, London, England. Subrata K. Sen is with the Department of Marketing, Yale University, New Haven, Conn.

    Correspondence: Requests for reprints should be sent to William P. Putsis Jr, London Business School, Regent’s Park, London NW1 4SA, United Kingdom (e-mail: bputsis@london.edu

    Source: August 2002, Vol 92, No. 8 | American Journal of Public Health 1346-1351 © 2002 American Public Health Association

    Source: August 2002, Vol 92, No. 8 | American Journal of Public Health 1346-1351 © 2002 American Public Health Association
    Filed under: Prevention,Youth :

    Bad Habits May Run in the Family

    Kids of smokers, drinkers especially prone to these behaviors, study findsChildren with a parent who smokes, drinks heavily or uses marijuana are more likely to adopt these behaviors when they’re teens or adults, U.S. research suggests.

     

    Children of smokers are especially at risk, say a team from the University of Washington.

    “If your parents were smokers, it is a double whammy because you are more likely to use drugs in general and even more likely to smoke cigarettes,” study co-author Karl Hill, a research associate professor at the university’s Social Development Research Group, said in a prepared statement.

    “There is something about tobacco that if parents smoke, their kids are more likely to smoke. It may be that parents who smoke might leave cigarettes around where their children can see and get to them. Parents may not leave marijuana and alcohol around in the same way,” Hill said.

    The researchers tracked 808 people who were students when they were first recruited from Seattle elementary schools in 1985. Data was also collected from their parents and their children.

    In addition to a family/substance abuse link, the researchers found familial links for child behavior problems such as conduct disorder (fighting, stealing); attention-deficit disorder (lack of focus, inability to sit still or maintain attention); and oppositional-defiant disorder (problems with authority).

    “Children of smokers, heavy drinkers, or marijuana users are more likely to have behavior problems when they are young, and consequently more likely to have drug problems themselves as they get old. These children then grow up to be adult substance users, whose kids have behavior problems and the cycle is repeated,” study author and research scientist Jennifer Bailey said in a prepared statement.

    The study was published in the current issue of the Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology.

    More information

    The American Academy of Pediatrics offers information about preventing substance abuse in children.

    SOURCE: University of Washington, news release, Aug. 10, 2006
    Filed under: Parents,Youth :

    Can Just One Cigarette Hook Teens?

    Study: Preventing Youths From Smoking Even Once May Be VitalMay 25, 2006 (WebMD) A new study shows that 11-year-olds who smoke just one cigarette are more likely to become regular smokers by the time they’re 14 years old.

     

    “It may be that preventing children from trying even one cigarette is an important goal, and prevention efforts could usefully be focused at the earliest ages,” write University College London’s Jennifer Fidler, Ph.D., and colleagues.

    Fidler’s team also writes that one-time smoking may have a “sleeper effect,” or a period in which youths who have smoked one cigarette may be particularly vulnerable to becoming regular smokers.

    The study comes on the heels of a CDC report showing that, worldwide, nearly two in 10 students aged 15-17 years report currently using a tobacco product (9 percent are cigarette smokers; 11 percent use other tobacco products). Those figures are published in the CDC’s Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report.

    Young Novice Smokers

    Fidler and colleagues studied more than 5,800 students from 36 London schools.

    The study started when the students were 11 years old and ended when they were 16. The group was diverse in terms of ethnicity and income.

    Every year, the students completed surveys about whether they had ever smoked and, if so, how often they smoked. They also provided saliva samples that were tested for cotinine, a chemical marker of nicotine.

    The students didn’t have to participate in any of those tests. About a third had complete data for all five years; Fidler’s team focused on those 2,041 students.

    When those students were 11 years old, 206 reported having smoked just one cigarette. They were twice as likely to start smoking regularly by age 14 than their peers who reported never smoking cigarettes at age 11.

    ‘Sleeper’ Effect

    “Our results show that progression from experimenting with one cigarette (being a ‘one-time trier’) to current smoking can take up to three years,” write Fidler and colleagues.

    “However, we have also shown that, between trying an early cigarette and regular smoking uptake, there may be a protracted period of dormancy when no reported smoking occurs,” they continue.

    The researchers suggest that that dormancy “may be termed a ‘sleeper effect,’ a personal propensity or vulnerability to smoke that may not become manifest without additional triggers.”

    The reason for that effect isn’t clear, note Fidler and colleagues. They suggest three possible explanations:

    • One cigarette may set the stage, biologically, for vulnerability to smoking.

    • Smoking a first cigarette may break down social barriers to smoking.

    • Personality traits, in certain situations, may nudge one-time smokers towards regular smoking.

    Study’s Limits

    The researchers note some limits to their study.

    • Only adolescents took part, so the data doesn’t show if the findings apply to adults.

    • The students may not have reported their smoking habits accurately. However, Fidler’s team notes that previous studies have shown that adolescents are generally reliable in reporting their smoking habits.

    • Fidler’s team also isn’t sure that the findings apply to other groups of students, though they point out that their group was socially and ethnically diverse.

    • Finally, the study doesn’t look at younger kids. It’s possible that the “sleeper” period might start earlier than age 11.

    Further studies of younger children and young adults would help clarify how some youths progress from one-time smokers to regular smokers, note Fidler and colleagues.

    SOURCES: Fidler, J. Tobacco Control; June 2006, Vol. 15: pp. 205-209. CDC, Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, May 26, 2006; Vol. 55: pp. 553-556. News release, BMJ Specialist Journals. News release, CDC.
    Filed under: Nicotine,Prevention,Youth :

    Early Alcohol Users Five Times More Likely to Be Alcohol Dependent in Lifetime

    Early alcohol use increases the likelihood of developing alcohol dependence at a later age, according to an analysis of data from the National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions (NESARC).

    Nearly one-half (47%) of persons who began drinking before age 14 were alcohol dependent at some point in their lifetime, and 13% were dependent in the past year, compared to 9% and 2%, respectively, of those who began drinking after age 20.

    Early drinking was also related to higher rates of dependence within 10 years of onset of drinking and dependence before age 25.

    These findings held after controlling for family history of alcohol and other relevant factors, suggesting that “this relationship may not be solely a by-product of greater risk-taking behavior among early drinkers reflected by tobacco or drug use or predisposing psychological characteristics or disorders.”

    For details, including data charts, source information and caveats, download the PDF file at www.cesar.umd.edu/cesar/cesarfax/vol15/15-30.pdf.

    . Source: CESAR Fax August l7 2006
    Filed under: Alcohol,Youth :

    Fetal Alcohol Exposure: Baby’s First Stool May Provide Clues

    Meconium: Baby’s first stool may provide clues to fetal alcohol exposure * Fetal alcohol exposure is usually determined through self-reported maternal consumption. * New research shows that certain fatty acid ethyl esters (FAEEs) in meconium may provide dependable biomarkers of fetal alcohol exposure. * FAEEs ethyl linoleate and ethyl arachidonate appear particularly promising.

    Fetal alcohol exposure is usually determined through self-reported maternal consumption. Self-reported drinking, however, is often an unreliable measure. Researchers have found that the presence of certain fatty acid ethyl esters (FAEEs) in meconium may provide a dependable biomarker of fetal alcohol exposure.

    Results are published in the July 2006 issue of Alcoholism: Clinical & Experimental Research

    “There are only a few biomarkers that indicate if an infant has been exposed to alcohol during pregnancy, and most of them are not strictly associated with alcohol use,” said Enrique M. Ostrea, Jr., professor of pediatrics at Wayne State University. “In this study, we have found a direct association between the presence of certain FAEEs and alcohol use.” Ostrea, Jr. is also the corresponding author for the study.

    When people drink alcohol, it combines with certain fats in the body known as fatty acids, and FAEEs are formed. These “markers” are either deposited in tissues or, in the case of a growing fetus, in fetal urine or meconium.

    “People characteristically under-report the amount of alcohol they drink,” said Michael Laposata, director of clinical laboratories at the Massachusetts General Hospital and professor of pathology at Harvard Medical School. “One can measure blood alcohol but it disappears from the blood relatively quickly after drinking stops, so only very recent intake can be documented. FAEEs are ‘long-term markers’ of alcohol intake because they stay much longer in blood than alcohol itself and, in this case, accumulate in meconium.” For this study, researchers examined 124 mother/infant pairs. Based on self reports, 93 of the mothers had consumed alcohol during pregnancy, and 31 had not. FAEEs were analyzed in the infants’ meconium by a highly sensitive and specific method called positive chemical ionization gas chromatography/mass spectrometry. Results were correlated to maternal alcohol use during pregnancy.

    The presence of FAEE ethyl linoleate in meconium is highly indicative of fetal exposure to alcohol during pregnancy, said Ostrea, Jr.

    “The incidence of ethyl linoleate in meconium was found to be significantly higher in the alcohol-exposed group when compared to the control group,” he said. “There was also a significant association between alcohol exposure and group concentrations of ethyl linoleate. Furthermore, the highest ethyl-linoleate concentration was only found in the alcohol-exposed infants.”

    Ostrea, Jr. said that results also suggest that FAEEs ethyl arachidonate and docosahexanoate may have potential as biomarkers of alcohol effects on the developing fetal brain.

    “Polyunsaturated long chain fatty acids, such as arachidonic and docosahexanoic acids, are important for the body,” he explained. “Arachidonic acid is used in the formation of important compounds called eicosanoids, while docosahexanoic acid is used for retinal and brain development in the fetus and infant. We propose that when the fetus is exposed to alcohol … arachidonic and docosahexanoic acids may become unavailable to the fetus for its developmental needs, particularly brain development. This could result in mental retardation.”

    “This is an important report,” said Laposata. “The measurements of the FAEEs are exceedingly well done. However, the test is only able to identify about one quarter of the mothers who ingest alcohol during pregnancy.” He suggested that testing expectant mothers for alcohol intake prior to delivery would have more merit than testing meconium after birth because an objective identification of alcohol intake during pregnancy could lead to intervention, possible cessation of drinking, and a better outcome for the fetus. “We have an obvious need to check mothers during pregnancy before damage to the fetus is done,” he said.

    Until that transpires, said Ostrea, Jr., “our manuscript is supportive of the validity of using FAEEs as biomarkers of prenatal alcohol exposure. This would allow early identification and treatment for children born with fetal alcohol effects who might otherwise not be recognized, particularly if the mother does not admit to drinking.”

    Alcoholism: Clinical & Experimental Research (ACER) is the official journal of the Research Society on Alcoholism and the International Society for Biomedical Research on Alcoholism. Co-authors of the ACER paper, “Fatty acid ethyl esters in meconium: Are they biomarkers of fetal alcohol exposure and effect?,” were: Joel D. Hernandez, Dawn M. Bielawski, Jack M. Kan and Gregorio M. Leonardo of the Department of Pediatrics at Hutzel Hospital; Michelle Buda Abela, Michael W. Church, John H. Hannigan, and Robert J. Sokol of the Department of Obstetrics at the Mott Center for Human Growth and Development; and James J. Janisse and Joel W. Ager of the Center for Healthcare Effectiveness Research at Wayne State University. The study was funded by the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism.

    Source: Medical News Today 27.06.06
    Filed under: Alcohol,Health,Youth :

    Parents backing for random drug tests in schools

    SCOTS parents want teenagers to be given random drug tests in schools, according to new research.

    More than three quarters (78%) of Scottish parents said they would support the move in a bid to stamp out the growing use of drugs in the playground.

    The research found that almost all parents (95%) said they were worried about the problem.

    Two-thirds (65%) said they backed random testing – because they are afraid schools are not doing enough to tackle the drugs problem.

    They want education leaders to introduce random urine tests for recreational drugs such as cannabis, ecstasy and cocaine.

    Researchers questioned more than 600 parents and guardians of secondary school teenagers across the UK.

    Nearly half of those questioned thought testing was the most effective way to reduce drug abuse among teenagers.

    But fewer than one in five thought information campaigns worked.

    One in nine wanted an increased police presence near schools that have a problem with drugs.

    The poll comes after a study by Glasgow Universities Centre for Drugs Misuse last year found that Scots children as young as ten have taken cocaine and heroin.

    And it revealed that hundreds of primary school pupils regularly smoke cannabis and experiment with other Class A drugs.

    The most recent study was carried out for drug-test supplier Euromed by market research company, 1FF Research.

    Euromed sells tailored test kits – which provide results in under ten minutes – to clients such as NHS trusts and the UK Prison Service.

    A spokeswoman for Euromed said: Drug testing in schools is a very sensitive issue and they must be careful if they are considering introducing them.

    “But random testing has proven a successful way to tackle drug misuse.

    “This research shows how drugs in secondary schools are a worry to parents and how parents are not confident that schools are successfully tacking the issue.”

    She added: “In Scotland there was by far the highest concern among all UK parents about drugs being available in secondary schools.

    “And more parents in Scotland backed their own children being randomly drug tested.”

    Source: News.scotsman.com Jan 2004
    Filed under: Parents,Youth :

    People who first try marijuana at a young age are more likely to develop mental illnesses

    According to a research review by the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy. Federal drug czar John Walters said that while the rate of mental illness is about 8-9% among U.S. adults, the rate is 12.5%  among those who use marijuana. Among those who used pot before age 12, mental-illness prevalence jumps to 21%, said Walters.

    “We’re trying to get out the word that the last 10 years of research have helped to alert us to the use of marijuana in particular is a very dangerous risk for the mental health of our young people,” he said. The data cited came from the National Survey on Drug Use and Health, a study of twins published in the Archives of General Psychiatry, and other sources.

    Source: CNN May 3rd 2005

    Symptoms of anxiety and depression in childhood and use of MDMA

    Anja C Huizink, assistant professor1, Robert F Ferdinand, psychiatrist1, Jan van der Ende, assistant professor1, Frank C Verhulst, professor1

    1 Department of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Erasmus Medical Center Rotterdam/Sophia Children’s Hospital, PO Box 2060, 3000 CB Rotterdam, Netherlands

    Correspondence to: A C Huizink a.c.huizink@erasmusmc.nl

    Abstract

    Objective To investigate whether using ecstasy (3,4-methylenedioxymethamphetamine, MDMA) is preceded by symptoms of behavioural and emotional problems in childhood and early adolescence.

    Design Prospective, longitudinal, population based study

    Setting:The Dutch province of Zuid-Holland. Participants: A sample of 1580 individuals, followed up across a 14 year period, from childhood into adulthood.

    Main outcome measures The first assessment took place in 1983 before MDMA appeared as a recreational drug in the Netherlands and included the child behaviour checklist to obtain standardised parents’ reports of their children’s behavioural and emotional problems. Use of the drug was assessed with the composite international diagnostic interview 14 years later.

    Results Eight syndrome scales of childhood behaviour were examined. Scores in the deviant range for the scales designated as anxious or depressed in childhood were significantly related to use of MDMA in adolescents and adults, resulting in an increased risk (hazard ratio 2.22, 95% confidence interval 1.20 to 4.11, P = 0.01).

    Conclusions Individuals with childhood symptoms of anxiety and depression may have an increased tendency to use MDMA in adolescence or young adulthood. Its effects are supposed to include enhanced feelings of bonding with other people, euphoria, or relaxation

    Source:BMJ 2006;332:825-828 (8 April), doi:10.1136/bmj.38743.539398.3A (published 24 February 2006)

    Smoking May Be Linked to Childhood Leukemia

    Children of fathers who smoke may be at higher risk of developing childhood leukemia, even when fathers quit smoking prior to conception, Reuters reported June 28.

    A study led by University of California researchers found that paternal smoking appeared to raise the risk of acute myeloid leukemia (AML) in children, and might also be linked to an elevated risk of acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL). Maternal smoking, on the other hand, did not seem to be related to leukemia risk among children.

    Researcher Jeffrey S. Chang and colleagues noted that the findings on AML were based on a small group of research subjects, but said the study could provide an incentive for men to quit smoking.

    Source: American Journal of Epidemiology .June 2006

    Teen ER Visits Often Involve Alcohol, Other Drugs

    Research SummaryResearchers from the University of Michigan Health System tested 443 patients ages 14-17 who entered the emergency room at the school’s hospital for treatment of severe injuries. They found that 29 percent tested positive for opiates, 11.2 percent tested positive for alcohol, and 20 percent tested positive for marijuana.

     

    “The two major preventable health issues facing adolescents are injuries that result in death or disability, and lifestyle choices that have long-term, adverse health consequences,” said lead researcher Peter Ehrlich. “To help alter this risk-taking behavior, it is essential that drug testing and brief substance-abuse intervention programs be included in the treatment of all injured adolescents.”

    Ehrlich called for comprehensive drug screening in emergency rooms.

    The research was published in the Journal of Pediatric Surgery.

    Reference:

    Ehrlich PF, Brown JK, Drongowski R. (2006) Characterization of the drug-positive adolescent trauma population: should we, do we, and does it make a difference if we test? Journal of Pediatric Surgery, 41(5): 927-930.

    Source: , Reuters reported May 17 2006
    Filed under: Drugs and Accidents,Youth :

    U.K. Girls Indulge in Violence

    Research SummaryBritish girls are among the most violent in the world, and binge drinking may be to blame, the Sydney Morning Herald reported Jan. 24.

     

    A World Health Organization study found that about one in three U.K. girls said they had been in a fight during the previous year, compared to a worldwide average of 23 percent. The highest rate of female violence was found in Hungary, where 32 percent of girls said they had been in a fight; the lowest rate of violence was reported in Finland, at 13 percent.

    “In the last 10 years alcohol consumption among British girls has been going up to the point where there is now virtually no gender difference in drinking between boys and girls,” said study co-author Candace Currie, director of Edinburgh University’s child and adolescent health research unit. “That’s not true in the rest of Europe. What we have to ask is whether fighting is part of this behaviour of drunkenness or whether there are other factors involved.”

    The study also looked at violence among boys: young males in the Czech Republic reported the highest levels of violence, with 69 percent reporting a past-year fight, while Finnish boys were the least likely to fight (37 percent).

    Source: Center for Effective Drug Abuse Research & Statistics. March 21. 2006

    Family Advocacy Network (FAN)

    The FAN Club involved the parents of youth participating in the Boys and Girls Clubs of America’s SMART Moves program and the SMART Leaders booster program. Participants included parents of 11 to 13-year-old boys and girls of various ethnic groups. The club was designed to strengthen families and promote family bonding, which has been shown to increase children’s resistance to drug use. Parents in the FAN Club received stress management support and participated in educational and enrichment activities, parental leadership activities, and regularly scheduled group social activities.

    After their parents participated in the FAN Club, children showed a greater ability to refuse alcohol, marijuana, and cigarettes. They also learned of the health consequences and prevalence of substance use.

    Filed under: Parents,Prevention,Youth :

    Dare To Be You

    The Dare To Be You program included preschoolers, ages 2 to 5, and their families, teachers, and related community members in four ethnically diverse areas in Colorado. Parents participated in a 24-hour educational curriculum where trained facilitators taught them responsibility, personal efficacy, self-esteem, communication and social skills, problem solving and decision-making skills, and child development and home-management strategies. Facilitators also provided them with booster sessions and monthly family group meetings and participated in periodic community events for ongoing support. The children were enrolled in a 20-hour educational program focusing on communications, responsibility, self-esteem, and problem solving.
    Dare To Be You showed a dramatic improvement in the parents’ sense of competence, satisfaction with – and positive attitude about – being a parent, and use of nurturing family management strategies. There were substantial decreases in the parents’ use of harsh punishment, and significant increases in the children’s developmental levels compared with non-participant peers.

    Filed under: Parents,Prevention,Youth :

    Child Development Project (CDP)

    CDP is a comprehensive school-based program designed to reduce risk and bolster protective factors related to substance use. Implemented in five school districts across the country, CDP staff transformed 12 elementary schools into “caring communities” where the students’ desires to learn were nurtured, supportive relationships were cultivated, and commitments to social values were promoted.

    The program was successful in its efforts to decrease substance use (alcohol use decreased by 11 percent, marijuana use by 2 percent, and tobacco use by 8 percent). CDP also helped motivate students to learn and to increase their enjoyment of school, as well as assisting students with skills in resolving conflicts, which ultimately increased their sense of social competence.

    Filed under: Prevention,Youth :

    Across Ages

    Across Ages is a Philadelphia-based program targeted primarily at African American middle school children (white, Asian, and Hispanic children composed a minority of the program’s participants). Adult mentors were paired with students, providing them with positive, nurturing role models. In addition, youth participated in classroom-based activities to develop life skills, and performed community services in area nursing homes. Parents were encouraged to become involved and meet their children’s mentors.

    Across Ages improved school attendance and strengthened children’s bonding to significant adults and to the community. Evaluations of the program showed an increased knowledge about – and negative attitudes toward – alcohol and tobacco use and helped enhance students’ ability to respond appropriately to situations involving drug use.

    Steve Gardiner, Division of Knowledge and Evaluation, CSAP at (301) 443-9110.Publ in Prevention Pipeline Sept/Oct 1998
    Filed under: Prevention,Youth :

    Drugs and crime in the UK

    In West Yorkshire, 93% of young offenders were found to be regular drug users and spent £130 to £600 a week on drugs. Weekend expenditures ranged from £60 to £300.
    All 93% were regular users of cannabis. Other drugs used regularly included Ecstasy (80%), cocaine (59%), amphetamines (53%), heroin (48%) and LSD (38%). Of the total sample, 43% believed they had a drug problem (e.g. they had no control over their drug use).
    Most of the young offenders admitted that crime was their main source of income. A closer examination of offenders’ criminal activity and drug use showed that 65% of the total sample had committed crime under the influence of legal drugs (e.g. alcohol, inhalants). The proportion of the total sample committing crimes under the influence of illegal drugs was 44%.

    Source: “Drugs and Crime: Report of Findings.” prepared by Caroline Bond and Janet Morgan for the West Yorkshire Police and the Regional Health Authority, 1993.

    Culturally Relevant Smoking Prevention for Minority Youth

    A rap contest methodology for smoking prevention was tested with sixth and seventh grade students in a predominantly minority public school district. Contests were held after initial assemblies in which students heard anti-smoking rap messages from same-age and older peers on audio and videotape. Pretesting and posttesting (N = 268) indicated high preference ratings for most aspects of the intervention. Analyses of variance revealed no differences across races on any of the dependent measures. However, smaller assemblies were more effective than larger ones in enhancing attitudes against smoking and obtaining more positive contest evaluations and predictions about smoking behavior. A rap contest method therefore may be effective against the initiation of smoking by disadvantaged children in sixth and seventh grades because it is highly acceptable and perceived as culturally relevant. This effectiveness may be better demonstrated in a single classroom environment rather than larger assemblies.

    Source: Celia, D.F.; Tulsky, D.S.; Sarafian, B.; Thomas, C.R., Sr.; and Thomas, C.R., Jr.- Journal of School Health 62(8):377-360, 1992

    Filed under: Prevention,Youth :

    Dutch Students Cannabis Use

    The Dutch Institute on Alcohol and Drugs recently questioned 8.000 young people and found that the percentage of students smoking cannabis has more than doubled in four years (from 3% in 1984 to 7% in 1988).

    (Source: Guardian, 9th November 1993)

    Filed under: Cannabis,Youth :

    Preventive education for adolescents or children

    What is preventive education for adolescents or children?
    One of the most popular forms of ATOD (Alcohol, Tobacco and Other Drugs)prevention is preventive education for adolescents or children. Youth in classrooms or other community settings are presented with preventive lessons by a teacher, preventionist, trained police officer, or other authority. Often, trained teen volunteers may co-present a lesson. Lesson content may include ATOD information, life skills, or other components. (Note: Preventive education is just one way that schools play a prevention role. See the U.S. Dept. of Education’s list of “Characteristics of a Safe, Disciplined, and Drug-Free School,” in Appendix E of this Best Practices Handbook.)

    Why does preventive education work?
    Different kinds of curricula are based on different premises. Some seek to remedy a lack of drug information. Some seek to develop decision-making and resistance skills. Some seek to help adolescents counter pro-drug social influence as the youth establish their attitudes about ATOD. Research indicates that only some of these premises are valid.

    How effective is preventive education for adolescents or children?
    Preventionists have long been aware that preventive education alone is inferior to a more comprehensive approach that includes a focus on parents and community. Even so, preventive education as a sole approach has been one of the most heavily researched approaches to ATOD prevention. As a result of cumulative research, particularly in the 1980s and early 1990s, the evolving consensus of researchers in the field is that:

    1. 1.      Given the correct curriculum, implementation support, and teaching approach, preventive education can   have a significant positive effect in terms of delaying or preventing youth ATOD use.
    2. 2. Most currently used preventive education materials are NOT among the effective ones. But, they continue to be used due to political support, low cost, or other factors.

    What else does research tell us about preventive education?

    For adolescent education, two key research sources are Tobler and Stratton (1997) and Hansen (1996). Following earlier (1986 and 1992) meta-analysis studies of drug prevention programs, researcher Nancy S. Tobler conducted a meta-analysis of 120 experimental or quasi-experimental school-based adolescent drug prevention programs (5th-12th grade) that evaluated success on self-reported drug use measures. Each program was classified as either interactive (included guided discussion among students) or non-interactive (included only a lecture and discussion with the class facilitator).
    Tobler found a tremendous difference in effectiveness, with non-interactive programs having little impact but the interactive programs having a substantial impact. Surprisingly, this impact on drug use occurred even when the average program length was only 10 contact hours.

    Content categories of the various programs also played a role in effectiveness. Programs that focused only on intrapersonal skills such as decision-making, goal setting, and values clarification were ineffective. Effective programs may have had some intrapersonal skills, but included a strong interpersonal skill component focused on dealing with peer influence. Even with this content, programs delivered in a non-interactive way were substantially less effective, and frequently ineffective.

    Another attribute, program size, was unexpectedly found to play a significant role in effectiveness. ‘Small” interactive programs did much better than “large” interactive programs, even though the latter did better than small non-interactive programs. The Tobler article does not define “small” and “large”, but a sub-analysis with “extremely large programs” may be used to infer a cutoff of about 1,000 students between the two categories.

    Tobler’s meta-analysis used self-reported drug use as the sole measure of effectiveness, but “mediating variables” including knowledge and attitudes were also measured. An interesting point about the pattern of results on these measures is that interactive and non-interactive programs were approximately equal in producing knowledge gain, but interactive programs were superior in changing attitudes and decreasing use.

    William Hansen’s summary of work in progress indicates that the three most powerful curricular elements in ATOD prevention are:

    1. Normative Beliefs. Youth tend to greatly overestimate the percent of peers who use drugs. When given actual numbers, they apparently feel less deviant in their non-use.

    2. Life Style Compatibility. In spite of hearing about the negative effects of drugs, many adolescents don’t necessarily see any threat by drug use to their desired lifestyle. When these connections are explicitly made, it has an impact.

    3. Commitment. Opportunities for adolescents to make a personal, public commitment to avoiding ATOD use can lead to lower use rates.

    For preventive education of younger (elementary school) children, the National Structured Evaluation indicates that a “Psychosocial Skill” approach is best. The approach is congruent with a “youth development” model, emphasizing affective, social, and other skills. It includes no didactic ATOD education. Examples of beneficial life skills for prevention include resistance skills, assertiveness, social problem solving, and decision-making.

    Source: Best practices in ATOD prevention: US Dept. of Health & Human Services, National Inst. Of Health. 1997
    Filed under: Prevention,Youth :

    Trauma and stress in early life increases vulnerability to cocaine addiction in adulthood.

    The trauma that a majority of drug addicts suffer in early life has now been shown to increase their vulnerability to drug addiction, Yale researchers report in a new study. “Using well-established animal models, we’ve found strong evidence that early life stress enhances vulnerability to drug addiction,” said Therese A. Kosten, assistant professor of psychiatry at Yale School of Medicine.  “This study demonstrates the need to target drug abuse prevention strategies to children with early life traumas.”
    Rat pups that were separated from their mothers for one hour per day during the first week of life learned to self-administer cocaine more readily when they were adults compared to rats that had not had this early life stress.  This effect was not due to differences in learning or general activity levels.  “Previous studies show that most drug addicts have had early life trauma,” said Kosten, principal investigator on the study.  “Given that 1.8 million Americans are currently using cocaine, this information will be valuable in directing future research toward potential interventions for children with early stress experiences in order to reduce the risk of developing drug addiction in adults.”
    Kosten and her team tested 14 adult rats, eight of which had experienced the stress of isolation from their mother, siblings and nest three months earlier.  Compared to six rats that had not experienced this stress, isolated rats learned to press a lever to receive a cocaine infusion in two-thirds the number of days, and at half the dose needed for the non-isolated rats.  Kosten said the groups did not differ in the number of days to learn to press a lever to receive food pellets, demonstrating that the isolation effect was specific to cocaine.

    (Source: Kosten et al. Yale School Medicine
    Published in Brain Research Journal 2000)
    Filed under: Cocaine,Youth :

    Opiate and Cocaine Exposed Newborns: Growth

    This investigation examined growth parameters at birth in 204 infants born to mothers who used cocaine and/or opiates during pregnancy.  Analyses considered both type (cocaine, opiate or both) and pattern of in utero drug exposure.  A unique feature of the investigation was the large group of opiate exposed infants.  Singleton newborn infants born to cocaine and/or opiate using mothers, were recruited.  Using a structured interview and urine toxicology screens, information was obtained on the type and pattern of in utero drug exposure for each infant.  Outcome measures included birth weight, length, and head circumference.  Birth weight and length were significantly different by type of drug exposure with the opiate only infants the largest (p=.0001) and longest (p=.008).  Differences in head circumference size were not statistically significant (p=.58).  Mean Z-scores were I S.D. lower for birth weight and length and 1.5 S.D. lower for head circumference when compared to National Center for Health Statistics (NCHS) growth standards.  This study provides support that in utero cocaine exposure may confer more risk for somatic growth retardation at birth than opiate exposure even when controlling for nicotine and alcohol exposure, amount of prenatal care, gender, maternal age, education and marital status.

    (Source: Butz et al.  “Opiate and Cocaine Exposed Newborns: Growth Outcomes”, ‘Child & Adolescent Sub. Abuse’, 1-16, 1999)

    Dutch Teenagers Get Hooked On Drugs At An Ever Younger Age

    On August 1, the Dutch daily ‘Rotterdams Dagblad’ reported that youngsters get hooked on drugs at an ever-younger age. Youngsters are using especially cannabis increasingly in the age groups from 12 to 18 years.
    Severely addicted youngsters have to deal with psychiatric problems and are increasingly admitted to special clinics to get rid of their addiction.
    This is stated by the Dr. Kuno van Dijk Foundation in Groningen, the Netherlands, which receives young addicts. “We see that youngsters at the highest level of primary school in fact know all the different kinds of drugs”, said spokesman Rob van der Vloed, according to the paper. “That is still something different than use, but it is remarkable that experimenting with drugs starts at an ever younger age. This results in a group of youngsters that become addicted to it and suffers from severe psychiatric problems.”
    The foundation in Groningen runs one of the few institutions in the Netherlands where it is possible to treat severely addicted youngsters. From the lst of January 2002 onwards it will be officially recognized as an addiction clinic. “This should be seen as a recognition of the problems that this target group suffers from. The Ministry of Health now indicates that these kind of clinics are necessary and gives us the money to combat the problems.”
    Although the use of cannabis produces the biggest problems, the addiction care services also see a shift towards the use of other drugs. “We encounter  more and more so called poly-drug users. These are youngsters that take everything they come across and can pay for.”
    The youngsters that are treated, show – apart from severe addiction problems – severe problematic behaviour and have psychiatric complaints. More than 40 percent of them have been diagnosed as having a psychiatric disturbance. Distorted family relations cause problems for a lot of youngsters.
    The youngsters that are being admitted into the foundation’s clinic stay for a few months, up to one year. More than 40 percent of the youngsters admitted don’t complete the treatment.
                                                                                                           Source: Dutch daily newspaper Rotterdam’s ‘Dagblad’ August 1st 2001

    Filed under: Youth :

    Relationship Between Self- Esteem and Smoking Behavior Among Japanese Early Adolescents: Initial Results from a Three-Year Study

    Researchers examined the relationship between self-esteem and smoking behavior among Japanese elementary and junior high school students.  Students (2090) in fourth to ninth grade from three elementary schools and two junior high schools in the Hyogo and Nigata prefectures completed an anonymous questionnaire.  Self-esteem was measured using the Harter Perceived Competence Scale, the Pope Self-Esteem Scale, and the Rosenberg Self-Esteem Scale.  Results indicate that never-smokers had higher cognitive, family and global self-esteem, but lower physical self-esteem than ever-smokers.  Grade and gender were significantly associated with self-esteem, showing a decrease of self-esteem with increases in grade and a higher level of self-esteem among boys than girls.  The results suggest that effective smoking prevention programs for Japanese early adolescents should be integrated into more comprehensive health education or health promotion programs including self-esteem enhancement training.
                                                                            ‘Relationship Between Self-Esteem and Smoking Behavior Among Japanese early Adolescents:
                                                                     Initial Results from a Three-Year Study,” Journal of School Health Source Id: 69(7).280-284, 1999
                                                                                                        Authors: Kawabata, T., Cross, D., Nishioka, N., Shimai, S. 16 Nov. 1999
     

    Filed under: Nicotine,Youth :

    Teen smoking down, but one in 10 middle-schoolers smokes

    ATLANTA (AP) – Smoking among high school students in the USA dropped in 1999 for the first time since the government began keeping track at the start of the decade.  But nearly one in 10 children are already smoking cigarettes in middle school.
    A nationwide survey of 7,529 high schoolers in September and October found that 28.4% reported using tobacco products in the preceding month.
    In 1997, 36.4% of students said they had smoked in the preceding month.  At the time, teen smoking was on the rise, from 34.8% in 1995 and 27.5% in 1991, the first year the CDC started keeping track.
    The drop in smoking rates had been expected because tobacco companies raised cigarette prices about 45 cents a pack last year to help pay for the $206 billion national settlement.
    As part of the settlement, billboard ads for cigarettes were banned and the tobacco industry was barred from running advertisements with cartoon characters such as Joe Camel that anti-smoking activists say are aimed at youngsters.  In many places, cigarette billboards have been replaced by signs with anti-smoking messages.
    For the first time ever, the CDC also surveyed middle school students about smoking, questioning about as many middle-schoolers as high school students.
    9% of the students in grades six through eight said they had smoked cigarettes.  Nearly 13% said they had used some tobacco product – including chewing tobacco, pipes and cigars.
    The study also found that the wide gap in smoking rates between white and black high school students does not exist among middle-schoolers.
    The proportion of  blacks smoking in high school was nearly 16% – half the percentage of white smokers.  But in middle school, both racial groups were about 9%.
    Though it is too soon to tell, this could signal the end of a 25-year trend in which blacks started smoking later than whites.
                                                                                                                Report of Center for Disease Control and Prevention, 28 Jan. 2000

    Filed under: Nicotine,Youth :

    More Teens Treated for Addiction Study Finds

    More U.S. teens are being admitted to centres to be treated for alcohol and drug abuse, a government report released on Thursday shows. The report, by the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), shows that the number of adolescents aged between 12 and 17 admitted to substance abuse treatment increased by 20 percent between 1994 and 1999.
    The survey, which covered 1.6 million cases of adults and youths over age 12 who were admitted for treatment at a centre, found that most were abusing alcohol – 47 %.  16% were users of opiates. mostly heroin, 14% used cocaine and 14% marijuana or hashish. More than half the patients abused more than one substance.
    But for teen-agers the numbers were dramatically different. In 1994, 43% of teens treated for substance abuse were marijuana users. In 1999, 60% were. Half of them were sent to treatment by the courts, the report finds.  While we can all be thankful that people who need help are getting it, this report shows some of the real-life consequences of marijuana use,” said John Walters, appointed this month as director of the Office of National Drug Control Policy.

    Source:   Report from SAMHSA December 2001
    Filed under: Treatment/Addiction,Youth :

    Back to top of page - Back to Research

    Powered by WordPress